The Ancient Mediterranean Religions Index Database

Results for
Please note: the results are produced through a computerized process which may frequently lead to errors, both in incorrect tagging and in other issues. Please use with caution.
Due to load times, full text fetching is currently attempted for validated results only.
Full texts for Hebrew Bible and rabbinic texts is kindly supplied by Sefaria; for Greek and Latin texts, by Perseus Scaife, for the Quran, by Tanzil.net

For a list of book indices included, see here.

191 results for "holy"

1. Septuagint, Tobit, 1.3, 1.5-1.7, 1.9, 1.13, 1.17-1.19, 2.3-2.8, 8.3, 11.14, 13.1, 13.3-13.6, 13.8-13.17, 14.2, 14.5-14.7 (th cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 123; Salvesen et al (2020) 99

1.3. I, Tobit, walked in the ways of truth and righteousness all the days of my life, and I performed many acts of charity to my brethren and countrymen who went with me into the land of the Assyrians, to Nineveh. 1.5. All the tribes that joined in apostasy used to sacrifice to the calf Baal, and so did the house of Naphtali my forefather. 1.6. But I alone went often to Jerusalem for the feasts, as it is ordained for all Israel by an everlasting decree. Taking the first fruits and the tithes of my produce and the first shearings, I would give these to the priests, the sons of Aaron, at the altar. 1.7. of all my produce I would give a tenth to the sons of Levi who ministered at Jerusalem; a second tenth I would sell, and I would go and spend the proceeds each year at Jerusalem; 1.9. When I became a man I married Anna, a member of our family, and by her I became the father of Tobias. 1.13. Then the Most High gave me favor and good appearance in the sight of Shalmaneser, and I was his buyer of provisions. 1.17. I would give my bread to the hungry and my clothing to the naked; and if I saw any one of my people dead and thrown out behind the wall of Nineveh, I would bury him. 1.18. And if Sennacherib the king put to death any who came fleeing from Judea, I buried them secretly. For in his anger he put many to death. When the bodies were sought by the king, they were not found. 1.19. Then one of the men of Nineveh went and informed the king about me, that I was burying them; so I hid myself. When I learned that I was being searched for, to be put to death, I left home in fear. 2.3. But he came back and said, "Father, one of our people has been strangled and thrown into the market place." 2.4. So before I tasted anything I sprang up and removed the body to a place of shelter until sunset. 2.5. And when I returned I washed myself and ate my food in sorrow. 2.6. Then I remembered the prophecy of Amos, how he said, "Your feasts shall be turned into mourning, and all your festivities into lamentation." And I wept. 2.7. When the sun had set I went and dug a grave and buried the body. 2.8. And my neighbors laughed at me and said, "He is no longer afraid that he will be put to death for doing this; he once ran away, and here he is burying the dead again!" 8.3. And when the demon smelled the odor he fled to the remotest parts of Egypt, and the angel bound him. 11.14. Then he saw his son and embraced him, and he wept and said, "Blessed art thou, O God, and blessed is thy name for ever, and blessed are all thy holy angels. 13.1. Then Tobit wrote a prayer of rejoicing, and said:"Blessed is God who lives for ever,and blessed is his kingdom. 13.3. Acknowledge him before the nations, O sons of Israel;for he has scattered us among them. 13.4. Make his greatness known there,and exalt him in the presence of all the living;because he is our Lord and God,he is our Father for ever. 13.5. He will afflict us for our iniquities;and again he will show mercy,and will gather us from all the nations among whom you have been scattered. 13.6. If you turn to him with all your heart and with all your soul,to do what is true before him,then he will turn to you and will not hide his face from you. But see what he will do with you;give thanks to him with your full voice. Praise the Lord of righteousness,and exalt the King of the ages. I give him thanks in the land of my captivity,and I show his power and majesty to a nation of sinners. Turn back, you sinners, and do right before him;who knows if he will accept you and have mercy on you? 13.8. Let all men speak,and give him thanks in Jerusalem. 13.9. O Jerusalem, the holy city,he will afflict you for the deeds of your sons,but again he will show mercy to the sons of the righteous. 13.10. Give thanks worthily to the Lord,and praise the King of the ages,that his tent may be raised for you again with joy. May he cheer those within you who are captives,and love those within you who are distressed,to all generations for ever. 13.11. Many nations will come from afar to the name of the Lord God,bearing gifts in their hands, gifts for the King of heaven. Generations of generations will give you joyful praise. 13.12. Cursed are all who hate you;blessed for ever will be all who love you. 13.13. Rejoice and be glad for the sons of the righteous;for they will be gathered together,and will praise the Lord of the righteous. 13.14. How blessed are those who love you!They will rejoice in your peace. Blessed are those who grieved over all your afflictions;for they will rejoice for you upon seeing all your glory,and they will be made glad for ever. 13.15. Let my soul praise God the great King. 13.16. For Jerusalem will be built with sapphires and emeralds,her walls with precious stones,and her towers and battlements with pure gold. 13.17. The streets of Jerusalem will be paved with beryl and ruby and stones of Ophir; 14.2. He was fifty-eight years old when he lost his sight, and after eight years he regained it. He gave alms, and he continued to fear the Lord God and to praise him. 14.5. But God will again have mercy on them, and bring them back into their land; and they will rebuild the house of God, though it will not be like the former one until the times of the age are completed. After this they will return from the places of their captivity, and will rebuild Jerusalem in splendor. And the house of God will be rebuilt there with a glorious building for all generations for ever, just as the prophets said of it. 14.6. Then all the Gentiles will turn to fear the Lord God in truth, and will bury their idols. 14.7. All the Gentiles will praise the Lord, and his people will give thanks to God, and the Lord will exalt his people. And all who love the Lord God in truth and righteousness will rejoice, showing mercy to our brethren.

2. Hebrew Bible, Genesis, 1.16, 10.13, 12.10-12.20, 13.10, 15.14, 15.18, 24.34, 37.25, 41.5, 41.9, 41.45, 46.1, 46.33-46.34, 47.11, 47.18, 47.27, 48.4, 49.6 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 323, 324, 325; Salvesen et al (2020) 201, 583, 604, 614, 618, 621, 622, 623

1.16. "וַיַּעַשׂ אֱלֹהִים אֶת־שְׁנֵי הַמְּאֹרֹת הַגְּדֹלִים אֶת־הַמָּאוֹר הַגָּדֹל לְמֶמְשֶׁלֶת הַיּוֹם וְאֶת־הַמָּאוֹר הַקָּטֹן לְמֶמְשֶׁלֶת הַלַּיְלָה וְאֵת הַכּוֹכָבִים׃", 10.13. "וּמִצְרַיִם יָלַד אֶת־לוּדִים וְאֶת־עֲנָמִים וְאֶת־לְהָבִים וְאֶת־נַפְתֻּחִים׃", 12.11. "וַיְהִי כַּאֲשֶׁר הִקְרִיב לָבוֹא מִצְרָיְמָה וַיֹּאמֶר אֶל־שָׂרַי אִשְׁתּוֹ הִנֵּה־נָא יָדַעְתִּי כִּי אִשָּׁה יְפַת־מַרְאֶה אָתְּ׃", 12.12. "וְהָיָה כִּי־יִרְאוּ אֹתָךְ הַמִּצְרִים וְאָמְרוּ אִשְׁתּוֹ זֹאת וְהָרְגוּ אֹתִי וְאֹתָךְ יְחַיּוּ׃", 12.13. "אִמְרִי־נָא אֲחֹתִי אָתְּ לְמַעַן יִיטַב־לִי בַעֲבוּרֵךְ וְחָיְתָה נַפְשִׁי בִּגְלָלֵךְ׃", 12.14. "וַיְהִי כְּבוֹא אַבְרָם מִצְרָיְמָה וַיִּרְאוּ הַמִּצְרִים אֶת־הָאִשָּׁה כִּי־יָפָה הִוא מְאֹד׃", 12.15. "וַיִּרְאוּ אֹתָהּ שָׂרֵי פַרְעֹה וַיְהַלְלוּ אֹתָהּ אֶל־פַּרְעֹה וַתֻּקַּח הָאִשָּׁה בֵּית פַּרְעֹה׃", 12.16. "וּלְאַבְרָם הֵיטִיב בַּעֲבוּרָהּ וַיְהִי־לוֹ צֹאן־וּבָקָר וַחֲמֹרִים וַעֲבָדִים וּשְׁפָחֹת וַאֲתֹנֹת וּגְמַלִּים׃", 12.17. "וַיְנַגַּע יְהוָה אֶת־פַּרְעֹה נְגָעִים גְּדֹלִים וְאֶת־בֵּיתוֹ עַל־דְּבַר שָׂרַי אֵשֶׁת אַבְרָם׃", 12.18. "וַיִּקְרָא פַרְעֹה לְאַבְרָם וַיֹּאמֶר מַה־זֹּאת עָשִׂיתָ לִּי לָמָּה לֹא־הִגַּדְתָּ לִּי כִּי אִשְׁתְּךָ הִוא׃", 12.19. "לָמָה אָמַרְתָּ אֲחֹתִי הִוא וָאֶקַּח אֹתָהּ לִי לְאִשָּׁה וְעַתָּה הִנֵּה אִשְׁתְּךָ קַח וָלֵךְ׃", 15.14. "וְגַם אֶת־הַגּוֹי אֲשֶׁר יַעֲבֹדוּ דָּן אָנֹכִי וְאַחֲרֵי־כֵן יֵצְאוּ בִּרְכֻשׁ גָּדוֹל׃", 15.18. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא כָּרַת יְהוָה אֶת־אַבְרָם בְּרִית לֵאמֹר לְזַרְעֲךָ נָתַתִּי אֶת־הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת מִנְּהַר מִצְרַיִם עַד־הַנָּהָר הַגָּדֹל נְהַר־פְּרָת׃", 24.34. "וַיֹּאמַר עֶבֶד אַבְרָהָם אָנֹכִי׃", 37.25. "וַיֵּשְׁבוּ לֶאֱכָל־לֶחֶם וַיִּשְׂאוּ עֵינֵיהֶם וַיִּרְאוּ וְהִנֵּה אֹרְחַת יִשְׁמְעֵאלִים בָּאָה מִגִּלְעָד וּגְמַלֵּיהֶם נֹשְׂאִים נְכֹאת וּצְרִי וָלֹט הוֹלְכִים לְהוֹרִיד מִצְרָיְמָה׃", 41.5. "וּלְיוֹסֵף יֻלַּד שְׁנֵי בָנִים בְּטֶרֶם תָּבוֹא שְׁנַת הָרָעָב אֲשֶׁר יָלְדָה־לּוֹ אָסְנַת בַּת־פּוֹטִי פֶרַע כֹּהֵן אוֹן׃", 41.5. "וַיִּישָׁן וַיַּחֲלֹם שֵׁנִית וְהִנֵּה שֶׁבַע שִׁבֳּלִים עֹלוֹת בְּקָנֶה אֶחָד בְּרִיאוֹת וְטֹבוֹת׃", 41.9. "וַיְדַבֵּר שַׂר הַמַּשְׁקִים אֶת־פַּרְעֹה לֵאמֹר אֶת־חֲטָאַי אֲנִי מַזְכִּיר הַיּוֹם׃", 41.45. "וַיִּקְרָא פַרְעֹה שֵׁם־יוֹסֵף צָפְנַת פַּעְנֵחַ וַיִּתֶּן־לוֹ אֶת־אָסְנַת בַּת־פּוֹטִי פֶרַע כֹּהֵן אֹן לְאִשָּׁה וַיֵּצֵא יוֹסֵף עַל־אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם׃", 46.1. "וּבְנֵי שִׁמְעוֹן יְמוּאֵל וְיָמִין וְאֹהַד וְיָכִין וְצֹחַר וְשָׁאוּל בֶּן־הַכְּנַעֲנִית׃", 46.1. "וַיִּסַּע יִשְׂרָאֵל וְכָל־אֲשֶׁר־לוֹ וַיָּבֹא בְּאֵרָה שָּׁבַע וַיִּזְבַּח זְבָחִים לֵאלֹהֵי אָבִיו יִצְחָק׃", 46.33. "וְהָיָה כִּי־יִקְרָא לָכֶם פַּרְעֹה וְאָמַר מַה־מַּעֲשֵׂיכֶם׃", 46.34. "וַאֲמַרְתֶּם אַנְשֵׁי מִקְנֶה הָיוּ עֲבָדֶיךָ מִנְּעוּרֵינוּ וְעַד־עַתָּה גַּם־אֲנַחְנוּ גַּם־אֲבֹתֵינוּ בַּעֲבוּר תֵּשְׁבוּ בְּאֶרֶץ גֹּשֶׁן כִּי־תוֹעֲבַת מִצְרַיִם כָּל־רֹעֵה צֹאן׃", 47.11. "וַיּוֹשֵׁב יוֹסֵף אֶת־אָבִיו וְאֶת־אֶחָיו וַיִּתֵּן לָהֶם אֲחֻזָּה בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בְּמֵיטַב הָאָרֶץ בְּאֶרֶץ רַעְמְסֵס כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוָּה פַרְעֹה׃", 47.18. "וַתִּתֹּם הַשָּׁנָה הַהִוא וַיָּבֹאוּ אֵלָיו בַּשָּׁנָה הַשֵּׁנִית וַיֹּאמְרוּ לוֹ לֹא־נְכַחֵד מֵאֲדֹנִי כִּי אִם־תַּם הַכֶּסֶף וּמִקְנֵה הַבְּהֵמָה אֶל־אֲדֹנִי לֹא נִשְׁאַר לִפְנֵי אֲדֹנִי בִּלְתִּי אִם־גְּוִיָּתֵנוּ וְאַדְמָתֵנוּ׃", 47.27. "וַיֵּשֶׁב יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם בְּאֶרֶץ גֹּשֶׁן וַיֵּאָחֲזוּ בָהּ וַיִּפְרוּ וַיִּרְבּוּ מְאֹד׃", 48.4. "וַיֹּאמֶר אֵלַי הִנְנִי מַפְרְךָ וְהִרְבִּיתִךָ וּנְתַתִּיךָ לִקְהַל עַמִּים וְנָתַתִּי אֶת־הָאָרֶץ הַזֹּאת לְזַרְעֲךָ אַחֲרֶיךָ אֲחֻזַּת עוֹלָם׃", 49.6. "בְּסֹדָם אַל־תָּבֹא נַפְשִׁי בִּקְהָלָם אַל־תֵּחַד כְּבֹדִי כִּי בְאַפָּם הָרְגוּ אִישׁ וּבִרְצֹנָם עִקְּרוּ־שׁוֹר׃",

1.16. "And God made the two great lights: the greater light to rule the day, and the lesser light to rule the night; and the stars.", 10.13. "And Mizraim begot Ludim, and Anamim, and Lehabim, and Naphtuhim,", 12.10. "And there was a famine in the land; and Abram went down into Egypt to sojourn there; for the famine was sore in the land.", 12.11. "And it came to pass, when he was come near to enter into Egypt, that he said unto Sarai his wife: ‘Behold now, I know that thou art a fair woman to look upon.", 12.12. "And it will come to pass, when the Egyptians shall see thee, that they will say: This is his wife; and they will kill me, but thee they will keep alive.", 12.13. "Say, I pray thee, thou art my sister; that it may be well with me for thy sake, and that my soul may live because of thee.’", 12.14. "And it came to pass, that, when Abram was come into Egypt, the Egyptians beheld the woman that she was very fair.", 12.15. "And the princes of Pharaoh saw her, and praised her to Pharaoh; and the woman was taken into Pharaoh’s house.", 12.16. "And he dealt well with Abram for her sake; and he had sheep, and oxen, and he-asses, and men-servants, and maid-servants, and she-asses, and camels.", 12.17. "And the LORD plagued Pharaoh and his house with great plagues because of Sarai Abram’s wife.", 12.18. "And Pharaoh called Abram, and said: ‘What is this that thou hast done unto me? why didst thou not tell me that she was thy wife?", 12.19. "Why saidst thou: She is my sister? so that I took her to be my wife; now therefore behold thy wife, take her, and go thy way.’", 12.20. "And Pharaoh gave men charge concerning him; and they brought him on the way, and his wife, and all that he had.", 13.10. "And Lot lifted up his eyes, and beheld all the plain of the Jordan, that it was well watered every where, before the LORD destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah, like the garden of the LORD, like the land of Egypt, as thou goest unto Zoar.", 15.14. "and also that nation, whom they shall serve, will I judge; and afterward shall they come out with great substance.", 15.18. "In that day the LORD made a covet with Abram, saying: ‘Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates;", 24.34. "And he said: ‘I am Abraham’s servant.", 37.25. "And they sat down to eat bread; and they lifted up their eyes and looked, and, behold, a caravan of Ishmaelites came from Gilead, with their camels bearing spicery and balm and ladanum, going to carry it down to Egypt.", 41.5. "And he slept and dreamed a second time: and, behold, seven ears of corn came up upon one stalk, rank and good.", 41.9. "Then spoke the chief butler unto Pharaoh, saying: ‘I make mention of my faults this day:", 41.45. "And Pharaoh called Joseph’s name Zaphenath-paneah; and he gave him to wife Asenath the daughter of Poti-phera priest of On. And Joseph went out over the land of Egypt.—", 46.1. "And Israel took his journey with all that he had, and came to Beer-sheba, and offered sacrifices unto the God of his father Isaac.", 46.33. "And it shall come to pass, when Pharaoh shall call you, and shall say: What is your occupation?", 46.34. "that ye shall say: Thy servants have been keepers of cattle from our youth even until now, both we, and our fathers; that ye may dwell in the land of Goshen; for every shepherd is an abomination unto the Egyptians.’", 47.11. "And Joseph placed his father and his brethren, and gave them a possession in the land of Egypt, in the best of the land, in the land of Rameses, as Pharaoh had commanded.", 47.18. "And when that year was ended, they came unto him the second year, and said unto him: ‘We will not hide from my lord, how that our money is all spent; and the herds of cattle are my lord’s; there is nought left in the sight of my lord, but our bodies, and our lands.", 47.27. "And Israel dwelt in the land of Egypt, in the land of Goshen; and they got them possessions therein, and were fruitful, and multiplied exceedingly.", 48.4. "and said unto me: Behold, I will make thee fruitful, and multiply thee, and I will make of thee a company of peoples; and will give this land to thy seed after thee for an everlasting possession.", 49.6. "Let my soul not come into their council; Unto their assembly let my glory not be not united; For in their anger they slew men, And in their self-will they houghed oxen.",

3. Hebrew Bible, Psalms, 50.20-50.21, 78.51, 85.2, 101.14, 105.23, 105.27, 125.3, 137.3, 137.5-137.6 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Klein and Wienand (2022) 25, 141; Salvesen et al (2020) 532, 534, 588, 622

50.21. "אֵלֶּה עָשִׂיתָ וְהֶחֱרַשְׁתִּי דִּמִּיתָ הֱיוֹת־אֶהְיֶה כָמוֹךָ אוֹכִיחֲךָ וְאֶעֶרְכָה לְעֵינֶיךָ׃", 78.51. "וַיַּךְ כָּל־בְּכוֹר בְּמִצְרָיִם רֵאשִׁית אוֹנִים בְּאָהֳלֵי־חָם׃", 85.2. "רָצִיתָ יְהוָה אַרְצֶךָ שַׁבְתָּ שבות [שְׁבִית] יַעֲקֹב׃", 105.23. "וַיָּבֹא יִשְׂרָאֵל מִצְרָיִם וְיַעֲקֹב גָּר בְּאֶרֶץ־חָם׃", 105.27. "שָׂמוּ־בָם דִּבְרֵי אֹתוֹתָיו וּמֹפְתִים בְּאֶרֶץ חָם׃", 125.3. "כִּי לֹא יָנוּחַ שֵׁבֶט הָרֶשַׁע עַל גּוֹרַל הַצַּדִּיקִים לְמַעַן לֹא־יִשְׁלְחוּ הַצַּדִּיקִים בְּעַוְלָתָה יְדֵיהֶם׃", 137.3. "כִּי שָׁם שְׁאֵלוּנוּ שׁוֹבֵינוּ דִּבְרֵי־שִׁיר וְתוֹלָלֵינוּ שִׂמְחָה שִׁירוּ לָנוּ מִשִּׁיר צִיּוֹן׃", 137.5. "אִם־אֶשְׁכָּחֵךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָם תִּשְׁכַּח יְמִינִי׃", 137.6. "תִּדְבַּק־לְשׁוֹנִי לְחִכִּי אִם־לֹא אֶזְכְּרֵכִי אִם־לֹא אַעֲלֶה אֶת־יְרוּשָׁלִַם עַל רֹאשׁ שִׂמְחָתִי׃",

50.20. "Thou sittest and speakest against thy brother; Thou slanderest thine own mother's son.", 50.21. "These things hast thou done, and should I have kept silence? Thou hadst thought that I was altogether such a one as thyself; but I will reprove thee, and set the cause before thine eyes.", 78.51. "And smote all the first-born in Egypt, The first-fruits of their strength in the tents of Ham;", 85.2. "LORD, Thou hast been favourable unto Thy land, Thou hast turned the captivity of Jacob.", 105.23. "Israel also came into Egypt; And Jacob sojourned in the land of Ham.", 105.27. "They wrought among them His manifold signs, And wonders in the land of Ham.", 125.3. "For the rod of wickedness shall not rest upon the lot of the righteous; That the righteous put not forth their hands unto iniquity.", 137.3. "For there they that led us captive asked of us words of song, And our tormentors asked of us mirth: ‘Sing us one of the songs of Zion.'", 137.5. "If I forget thee, O Jerusalem, Let my right hand forget her cunning.", 137.6. "Let my tongue cleave to the roof of my mouth, If I remember thee not; If I set not Jerusalem Above my chiefest joy.",

4. Hebrew Bible, Deuteronomy, 4.39, 5.6-5.18, 6.2, 6.4-6.9, 8.15, 10.19, 11.10, 11.13-11.21, 12.22, 17.16, 23.8, 26.5-26.8, 27.7, 28.68, 33.4 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 86, 91, 108, 109, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 121, 122, 123, 124, 125, 168, 210, 324; Salvesen et al (2020) 1, 158, 201, 534, 604, 622

4.39. "וְיָדַעְתָּ הַיּוֹם וַהֲשֵׁבֹתָ אֶל־לְבָבֶךָ כִּי יְהוָה הוּא הָאֱלֹהִים בַּשָּׁמַיִם מִמַּעַל וְעַל־הָאָרֶץ מִתָּחַת אֵין עוֹד׃", 5.6. "אָנֹכִי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֲשֶׁר הוֹצֵאתִיךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים׃", 5.7. "לֹא יִהְיֶה־לְךָ אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים עַל־פָּנָיַ׃", 5.8. "לֹא־תַעֲשֶׂה־לְךָ פֶסֶל כָּל־תְּמוּנָה אֲשֶׁר בַּשָּׁמַיִם מִמַּעַל וַאֲשֶׁר בָּאָרֶץ מִתָּחַת וַאֲשֶׁר בַּמַּיִם מִתַּחַת לָאָרֶץ׃", 5.9. "לֹא־תִשְׁתַּחֲוֶה לָהֶם וְלֹא תָעָבְדֵם כִּי אָנֹכִי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֵל קַנָּא פֹּקֵד עֲוֺן אָבוֹת עַל־בָּנִים וְעַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִים לְשֹׂנְאָי׃", 5.11. "לֹא תִשָּׂא אֶת־שֵׁם־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לַשָּׁוְא כִּי לֹא יְנַקֶּה יְהוָה אֵת אֲשֶׁר־יִשָּׂא אֶת־שְׁמוֹ לַשָּׁוְא׃", 5.12. "שָׁמוֹר אֶת־יוֹם הַשַׁבָּת לְקַדְּשׁוֹ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוְּךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ", 5.13. "שֵׁשֶׁת יָמִים תַּעֲבֹד וְעָשִׂיתָ כָּל־מְלַאכְתֶּךָ׃", 5.14. "וְיוֹם הַשְּׁבִיעִי שַׁבָּת לַיהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לֹא תַעֲשֶׂה כָל־מְלָאכָה אַתָּה וּבִנְךָ־וּבִתֶּךָ וְעַבְדְּךָ־וַאֲמָתֶךָ וְשׁוֹרְךָ וַחֲמֹרְךָ וְכָל־בְּהֶמְתֶּךָ וְגֵרְךָ אֲשֶׁר בִּשְׁעָרֶיךָ לְמַעַן יָנוּחַ עַבְדְּךָ וַאֲמָתְךָ כָּמוֹךָ׃", 5.15. "וְזָכַרְתָּ כִּי־עֶבֶד הָיִיתָ בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם וַיֹּצִאֲךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ מִשָּׁם בְּיָד חֲזָקָה וּבִזְרֹעַ נְטוּיָה עַל־כֵּן צִוְּךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לַעֲשׂוֹת אֶת־יוֹם הַשַׁבָּת׃", 5.16. "כַּבֵּד אֶת־אָבִיךָ וְאֶת־אִמֶּךָ כַּאֲשֶׁר צִוְּךָ יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לְמַעַן יַאֲרִיכֻן יָמֶיךָ וּלְמַעַן יִיטַב לָךְ עַל הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ נֹתֵן לָךְ׃", 5.17. "לֹא תִּרְצָח׃ וְלֹא תִּנְאָף׃ וְלֹא תִּגְנֹב׃ וְלֹא־תַעֲנֶה בְרֵעֲךָ עֵד שָׁוְא׃", 5.18. "וְלֹא תַחְמֹד אֵשֶׁת רֵעֶךָ וְלֹא תִתְאַוֶּה בֵּית רֵעֶךָ שָׂדֵהוּ וְעַבְדּוֹ וַאֲמָתוֹ שׁוֹרוֹ וַחֲמֹרוֹ וְכֹל אֲשֶׁר לְרֵעֶךָ׃", 6.2. "לְמַעַן תִּירָא אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ לִשְׁמֹר אֶת־כָּל־חֻקֹּתָיו וּמִצְוֺתָיו אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּךָ אַתָּה וּבִנְךָ וּבֶן־בִּנְךָ כֹּל יְמֵי חַיֶּיךָ וּלְמַעַן יַאֲרִכֻן יָמֶיךָ׃", 6.2. "כִּי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ בִנְךָ מָחָר לֵאמֹר מָה הָעֵדֹת וְהַחֻקִּים וְהַמִּשְׁפָּטִים אֲשֶׁר צִוָּה יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ אֶתְכֶם׃", 6.4. "שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ יְהוָה אֶחָד׃", 6.5. "וְאָהַבְתָּ אֵת יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ בְּכָל־לְבָבְךָ וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁךָ וּבְכָל־מְאֹדֶךָ׃", 6.6. "וְהָיוּ הַדְּבָרִים הָאֵלֶּה אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוְּךָ הַיּוֹם עַל־לְבָבֶךָ׃", 6.7. "וְשִׁנַּנְתָּם לְבָנֶיךָ וְדִבַּרְתָּ בָּם בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ בְּבֵיתֶךָ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ בַדֶּרֶךְ וּבְשָׁכְבְּךָ וּבְקוּמֶךָ׃", 6.8. "וּקְשַׁרְתָּם לְאוֹת עַל־יָדֶךָ וְהָיוּ לְטֹטָפֹת בֵּין עֵינֶיךָ׃", 6.9. "וּכְתַבְתָּם עַל־מְזוּזֹת בֵּיתֶךָ וּבִשְׁעָרֶיךָ׃", 8.15. "הַמּוֹלִיכֲךָ בַּמִּדְבָּר הַגָּדֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא נָחָשׁ שָׂרָף וְעַקְרָב וְצִמָּאוֹן אֲשֶׁר אֵין־מָיִם הַמּוֹצִיא לְךָ מַיִם מִצּוּר הַחַלָּמִישׁ׃", 10.19. "וַאֲהַבְתֶּם אֶת־הַגֵּר כִּי־גֵרִים הֱיִיתֶם בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם׃", 11.13. "וְהָיָה אִם־שָׁמֹעַ תִּשְׁמְעוּ אֶל־מִצְוֺתַי אֲשֶׁר אָנֹכִי מְצַוֶּה אֶתְכֶם הַיּוֹם לְאַהֲבָה אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם וּלְעָבְדוֹ בְּכָל־לְבַבְכֶם וּבְכָל־נַפְשְׁכֶם׃", 11.14. "וְנָתַתִּי מְטַר־אַרְצְכֶם בְּעִתּוֹ יוֹרֶה וּמַלְקוֹשׁ וְאָסַפְתָּ דְגָנֶךָ וְתִירֹשְׁךָ וְיִצְהָרֶךָ׃", 11.15. "וְנָתַתִּי עֵשֶׂב בְּשָׂדְךָ לִבְהֶמְתֶּךָ וְאָכַלְתָּ וְשָׂבָעְתָּ׃", 11.16. "הִשָּׁמְרוּ לָכֶם פֶּן יִפְתֶּה לְבַבְכֶם וְסַרְתֶּם וַעֲבַדְתֶּם אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים וְהִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶם לָהֶם׃", 11.17. "וְחָרָה אַף־יְהוָה בָּכֶם וְעָצַר אֶת־הַשָּׁמַיִם וְלֹא־יִהְיֶה מָטָר וְהָאֲדָמָה לֹא תִתֵּן אֶת־יְבוּלָהּ וַאֲבַדְתֶּם מְהֵרָה מֵעַל הָאָרֶץ הַטֹּבָה אֲשֶׁר יְהוָה נֹתֵן לָכֶם׃", 11.18. "וְשַׂמְתֶּם אֶת־דְּבָרַי אֵלֶּה עַל־לְבַבְכֶם וְעַל־נַפְשְׁכֶם וּקְשַׁרְתֶּם אֹתָם לְאוֹת עַל־יֶדְכֶם וְהָיוּ לְטוֹטָפֹת בֵּין עֵינֵיכֶם׃", 11.19. "וְלִמַּדְתֶּם אֹתָם אֶת־בְּנֵיכֶם לְדַבֵּר בָּם בְּשִׁבְתְּךָ בְּבֵיתֶךָ וּבְלֶכְתְּךָ בַדֶּרֶךְ וּבְשָׁכְבְּךָ וּבְקוּמֶךָ׃", 11.21. "לְמַעַן יִרְבּוּ יְמֵיכֶם וִימֵי בְנֵיכֶם עַל הָאֲדָמָה אֲשֶׁר נִשְׁבַּע יְהוָה לַאֲבֹתֵיכֶם לָתֵת לָהֶם כִּימֵי הַשָּׁמַיִם עַל־הָאָרֶץ׃", 12.22. "אַךְ כַּאֲשֶׁר יֵאָכֵל אֶת־הַצְּבִי וְאֶת־הָאַיָּל כֵּן תֹּאכְלֶנּוּ הַטָּמֵא וְהַטָּהוֹר יַחְדָּו יֹאכְלֶנּוּ׃", 17.16. "רַק לֹא־יַרְבֶּה־לּוֹ סוּסִים וְלֹא־יָשִׁיב אֶת־הָעָם מִצְרַיְמָה לְמַעַן הַרְבּוֹת סוּס וַיהוָה אָמַר לָכֶם לֹא תֹסִפוּן לָשׁוּב בַּדֶּרֶךְ הַזֶּה עוֹד׃", 23.8. "לֹא־תְתַעֵב אֲדֹמִי כִּי אָחִיךָ הוּא לֹא־תְתַעֵב מִצְרִי כִּי־גֵר הָיִיתָ בְאַרְצוֹ׃", 26.5. "וְעָנִיתָ וְאָמַרְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ אֲרַמִּי אֹבֵד אָבִי וַיֵּרֶד מִצְרַיְמָה וַיָּגָר שָׁם בִּמְתֵי מְעָט וַיְהִי־שָׁם לְגוֹי גָּדוֹל עָצוּם וָרָב׃", 26.6. "וַיָּרֵעוּ אֹתָנוּ הַמִּצְרִים וַיְעַנּוּנוּ וַיִּתְּנוּ עָלֵינוּ עֲבֹדָה קָשָׁה׃", 26.7. "וַנִּצְעַק אֶל־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵי אֲבֹתֵינוּ וַיִּשְׁמַע יְהוָה אֶת־קֹלֵנוּ וַיַּרְא אֶת־עָנְיֵנוּ וְאֶת־עֲמָלֵנוּ וְאֶת־לַחֲצֵנוּ׃", 26.8. "וַיּוֹצִאֵנוּ יְהוָה מִמִּצְרַיִם בְּיָד חֲזָקָה וּבִזְרֹעַ נְטוּיָה וּבְמֹרָא גָּדֹל וּבְאֹתוֹת וּבְמֹפְתִים׃", 27.7. "וְזָבַחְתָּ שְׁלָמִים וְאָכַלְתָּ שָּׁם וְשָׂמַחְתָּ לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֶיךָ׃", 28.68. "וֶהֱשִׁיבְךָ יְהוָה מִצְרַיִם בָּאֳנִיּוֹת בַּדֶּרֶךְ אֲשֶׁר אָמַרְתִּי לְךָ לֹא־תֹסִיף עוֹד לִרְאֹתָהּ וְהִתְמַכַּרְתֶּם שָׁם לְאֹיְבֶיךָ לַעֲבָדִים וְלִשְׁפָחוֹת וְאֵין קֹנֶה׃", 33.4. "תּוֹרָה צִוָּה־לָנוּ מֹשֶׁה מוֹרָשָׁה קְהִלַּת יַעֲקֹב׃",

4.39. "know this day, and lay it to thy heart, that the LORD, He is God in heaven above and upon the earth beneath; there is none else.", 5.6. "I am the LORD thy God, who brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage.", 5.7. "Thou shalt have no other gods before Me.", 5.8. "Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven image, even any manner of likeness, of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth.", 5.9. "Thou shalt not bow down unto them, nor serve them; for I the LORD thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the third and upon the fourth generation of them that hate Me,", 5.10. "and showing mercy unto the thousandth generation of them that love Me and keep My commandments.", 5.11. "Thou shalt not take the name of the LORD thy God in vain; for the LORD will not hold him guiltless that taketh His name in vain.", 5.12. "Observe the sabbath day, to keep it holy, as the LORD thy God commanded thee.", 5.13. "Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work;", 5.14. "but the seventh day is a sabbath unto the LORD thy God, in it thou shalt not do any manner of work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, nor thy man-servant, nor thy maid-servant, nor thine ox, nor thine ass, nor any of thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; that thy man-servant and thy maid-servant may rest as well as thou.", 5.15. "And thou shalt remember that thou was a servant in the land of Egypt, and the LORD thy God brought thee out thence by a mighty hand and by an outstretched arm; therefore the LORD thy God commanded thee to keep the sabbath day.", 5.16. "Honour thy father and thy mother, as the LORD thy God commanded thee; that thy days may be long, and that it may go well with thee, upon the land which the LORD thy God giveth thee.", 5.17. "Thou shalt not murder. Neither shalt thou commit adultery. Neither shalt thou steal. Neither shalt thou bear false witness against thy neighbour.", 5.18. "Neither shalt thou covet thy neighbour’s wife; neither shalt thou desire thy neighbour’s house, his field, or his man-servant, or his maid-servant, his ox, or his ass, or any thing that is thy neighbour’s.", 6.2. "that thou mightest fear the LORD thy God, to keep all His statutes and His commandments, which I command thee, thou, and thy son, and thy son’s son, all the days of thy life; and that thy days may be prolonged.", 6.4. "HEAR, O ISRAEL: THE LORD OUR GOD, THE LORD IS ONE.", 6.5. "And thou shalt love the LORD thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might.", 6.6. "And these words, which I command thee this day, shall be upon thy heart;", 6.7. "and thou shalt teach them diligently unto thy children, and shalt talk of them when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.", 6.8. "And thou shalt bind them for a sign upon thy hand, and they shall be for frontlets between thine eyes.", 6.9. "And thou shalt write them upon the door-posts of thy house, and upon thy gates.", 8.15. "who led thee through the great and dreadful wilderness, wherein were serpents, fiery serpents, and scorpions, and thirsty ground where was no water; who brought thee forth water out of the rock of flint;", 10.19. "Love ye therefore the stranger; for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt.", 11.10. "For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou didst sow thy seed, and didst water it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs;", 11.13. "And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto My commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve Him with all your heart and with all your soul,", 11.14. "that I will give the rain of your land in its season, the former rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.", 11.15. "And I will give grass in thy fields for thy cattle, and thou shalt eat and be satisfied.", 11.16. "Take heed to yourselves, lest your heart be deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them;", 11.17. "and the anger of the LORD be kindled against you, and He shut up the heaven, so that there shall be no rain, and the ground shall not yield her fruit; and ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you.", 11.18. "Therefore shall ye lay up these My words in your heart and in your soul; and ye shall bind them for a sign upon your hand, and they shall be for frontlets between your eyes.", 11.19. "And ye shall teach them your children, talking of them, when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.", 11.20. "And thou shalt write them upon the door-posts of thy house, and upon thy gates;", 11.21. "that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, upon the land which the LORD swore unto your fathers to give them, as the days of the heavens above the earth.", 12.22. "Howbeit as the gazelle and as the hart is eaten, so thou shalt eat thereof; the unclean and the clean may eat thereof alike.", 17.16. "Only he shall not multiply horses to himself, nor cause the people to return to Egypt, to the end that he should multiply horses; forasmuch as the LORD hath said unto you: ‘Ye shall henceforth return no more that way.’", 23.8. "Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite, for he is thy brother; thou shalt not abhor an Egyptian, because thou wast a stranger in his land.", 26.5. "And thou shalt speak and say before the LORD thy God: ‘A wandering Aramean was my father, and he went down into Egypt, and sojourned there, few in number; and he became there a nation, great, mighty, and populous.", 26.6. "And the Egyptians dealt ill with us, and afflicted us, and laid upon us hard bondage.", 26.7. "And we cried unto the LORD, the God of our fathers, and the LORD heard our voice, and saw our affliction, and our toil, and our oppression.", 26.8. "And the LORD brought us forth out of Egypt with a mighty hand, and with an outstretched arm, and with great terribleness, and with signs, and with wonders.", 27.7. "And thou shalt sacrifice peace-offerings, and shalt eat there; and thou shalt rejoice before the LORD thy God.", 28.68. "And the LORD shall bring thee back into Egypt in ships, by the way whereof I said unto thee: ‘Thou shalt see it no more again’; and there ye shall sell yourselves unto your enemies for bondmen and for bondwoman, and no man shall buy you.", 33.4. "Moses commanded us a law, An inheritance of the congregation of Jacob.",

5. Hebrew Bible, Numbers, 13.22, 20.15, 23.1 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 323, 325; Salvesen et al (2020) 614

13.22. "וַיַּעֲלוּ בַנֶּגֶב וַיָּבֹא עַד־חֶבְרוֹן וְשָׁם אֲחִימַן שֵׁשַׁי וְתַלְמַי יְלִידֵי הָעֲנָק וְחֶבְרוֹן שֶׁבַע שָׁנִים נִבְנְתָה לִפְנֵי צֹעַן מִצְרָיִם׃", 20.15. "וַיֵּרְדוּ אֲבֹתֵינוּ מִצְרַיְמָה וַנֵּשֶׁב בְּמִצְרַיִם יָמִים רַבִּים וַיָּרֵעוּ לָנוּ מִצְרַיִם וְלַאֲבֹתֵינוּ׃", 23.1. "וַיֹּאמֶר בִּלְעָם אֶל־בָּלָק בְּנֵה־לִי בָזֶה שִׁבְעָה מִזְבְּחֹת וְהָכֵן לִי בָּזֶה שִׁבְעָה פָרִים וְשִׁבְעָה אֵילִים׃", 23.1. "מִי מָנָה עֲפַר יַעֲקֹב וּמִסְפָּר אֶת־רֹבַע יִשְׂרָאֵל תָּמֹת נַפְשִׁי מוֹת יְשָׁרִים וּתְהִי אַחֲרִיתִי כָּמֹהוּ׃",

13.22. "And they went up into the South, and came unto Hebron; and Ahiman, Sheshai, and Talmai, the children of Anak, were there.—Now Hebron was built seven years before Zoan in Egypt.—", 20.15. "how our fathers went down into Egypt, and we dwelt in Egypt a long time; and the Egyptians dealt ill with us, and our fathers;", 23.1. "And Balaam said unto Balak: ‘Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams.’",

6. Hebrew Bible, Esther, 9.32 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 325

9.32. "וּמַאֲמַר אֶסְתֵּר קִיַּם דִּבְרֵי הַפֻּרִים הָאֵלֶּה וְנִכְתָּב בַּסֵּפֶר׃",

9.32. "And the commandment of Esther confirmed these matters of Purim; and it was written in the book.",

7. Hebrew Bible, Micah, 6.4 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 622

6.4. "כִּי הֶעֱלִתִיךָ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם וּמִבֵּית עֲבָדִים פְּדִיתִיךָ וָאֶשְׁלַח לְפָנֶיךָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁה אַהֲרֹן וּמִרְיָם׃",

6.4. "For I brought thee up out of the land of Egypt, And redeemed thee out of the house of bondage, And I sent before thee Moses, Aaron, and Miriam.",

8. Hebrew Bible, Leviticus, 21.7, 21.13 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 104

21.7. "אִשָּׁה זֹנָה וַחֲלָלָה לֹא יִקָּחוּ וְאִשָּׁה גְּרוּשָׁה מֵאִישָׁהּ לֹא יִקָּחוּ כִּי־קָדֹשׁ הוּא לֵאלֹהָיו׃", 21.13. "וְהוּא אִשָּׁה בִבְתוּלֶיהָ יִקָּח׃",

21.7. "They shall not take a woman that is a harlot, or profaned; neither shall they take a woman put away from her husband; for he is holy unto his God.", 21.13. "And he shall take a wife in her virginity.",

9. Hebrew Bible, Exodus, 1.11, 1.14, 2.23, 3.8, 3.17, 6.5, 7.27, 12.8, 12.26-12.27, 12.39, 13.8, 13.14, 14.2, 14.21, 15.11, 15.16, 16.14, 34.6-34.7 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 86, 91, 168, 323, 325; Salvesen et al (2020) 412, 461, 558, 614, 622

1.11. "וַיָּשִׂימוּ עָלָיו שָׂרֵי מִסִּים לְמַעַן עַנֹּתוֹ בְּסִבְלֹתָם וַיִּבֶן עָרֵי מִסְכְּנוֹת לְפַרְעֹה אֶת־פִּתֹם וְאֶת־רַעַמְסֵס׃", 1.14. "וַיְמָרְרוּ אֶת־חַיֵּיהֶם בַּעֲבֹדָה קָשָׁה בְּחֹמֶר וּבִלְבֵנִים וּבְכָל־עֲבֹדָה בַּשָּׂדֶה אֵת כָּל־עֲבֹדָתָם אֲשֶׁר־עָבְדוּ בָהֶם בְּפָרֶךְ׃", 2.23. "וַיְהִי בַיָּמִים הָרַבִּים הָהֵם וַיָּמָת מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם וַיֵּאָנְחוּ בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל מִן־הָעֲבֹדָה וַיִּזְעָקוּ וַתַּעַל שַׁוְעָתָם אֶל־הָאֱלֹהִים מִן־הָעֲבֹדָה׃", 3.8. "וָאֵרֵד לְהַצִּילוֹ מִיַּד מִצְרַיִם וּלְהַעֲלֹתוֹ מִן־הָאָרֶץ הַהִוא אֶל־אֶרֶץ טוֹבָה וּרְחָבָה אֶל־אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ אֶל־מְקוֹם הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהָאֱמֹרִי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי׃", 3.17. "וָאֹמַר אַעֲלֶה אֶתְכֶם מֵעֳנִי מִצְרַיִם אֶל־אֶרֶץ הַכְּנַעֲנִי וְהַחִתִּי וְהָאֱמֹרִי וְהַפְּרִזִּי וְהַחִוִּי וְהַיְבוּסִי אֶל־אֶרֶץ זָבַת חָלָב וּדְבָשׁ׃", 6.5. "וְגַם אֲנִי שָׁמַעְתִּי אֶת־נַאֲקַת בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר מִצְרַיִם מַעֲבִדִים אֹתָם וָאֶזְכֹּר אֶת־בְּרִיתִי׃", 7.27. "וְאִם־מָאֵן אַתָּה לְשַׁלֵּחַ הִנֵּה אָנֹכִי נֹגֵף אֶת־כָּל־גְּבוּלְךָ בַּצְפַרְדְּעִים׃", 12.8. "וְאָכְלוּ אֶת־הַבָּשָׂר בַּלַּיְלָה הַזֶּה צְלִי־אֵשׁ וּמַצּוֹת עַל־מְרֹרִים יֹאכְלֻהוּ׃", 12.26. "וְהָיָה כִּי־יֹאמְרוּ אֲלֵיכֶם בְּנֵיכֶם מָה הָעֲבֹדָה הַזֹּאת לָכֶם׃", 12.27. "וַאֲמַרְתֶּם זֶבַח־פֶּסַח הוּא לַיהוָה אֲשֶׁר פָּסַח עַל־בָּתֵּי בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵל בְּמִצְרַיִם בְּנָגְפּוֹ אֶת־מִצְרַיִם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּינוּ הִצִּיל וַיִּקֹּד הָעָם וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲוּוּ׃", 12.39. "וַיֹּאפוּ אֶת־הַבָּצֵק אֲשֶׁר הוֹצִיאוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם עֻגֹת מַצּוֹת כִּי לֹא חָמֵץ כִּי־גֹרְשׁוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם וְלֹא יָכְלוּ לְהִתְמַהְמֵהַּ וְגַם־צֵדָה לֹא־עָשׂוּ לָהֶם׃", 13.8. "וְהִגַּדְתָּ לְבִנְךָ בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא לֵאמֹר בַּעֲבוּר זֶה עָשָׂה יְהוָה לִי בְּצֵאתִי מִמִּצְרָיִם׃", 13.14. "וְהָיָה כִּי־יִשְׁאָלְךָ בִנְךָ מָחָר לֵאמֹר מַה־זֹּאת וְאָמַרְתָּ אֵלָיו בְּחֹזֶק יָד הוֹצִיאָנוּ יְהוָה מִמִּצְרַיִם מִבֵּית עֲבָדִים׃", 14.2. "דַּבֵּר אֶל־בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְיָשֻׁבוּ וְיַחֲנוּ לִפְנֵי פִּי הַחִירֹת בֵּין מִגְדֹּל וּבֵין הַיָּם לִפְנֵי בַּעַל צְפֹן נִכְחוֹ תַחֲנוּ עַל־הַיָּם׃", 14.2. "וַיָּבֹא בֵּין מַחֲנֵה מִצְרַיִם וּבֵין מַחֲנֵה יִשְׂרָאֵל וַיְהִי הֶעָנָן וְהַחֹשֶׁךְ וַיָּאֶר אֶת־הַלָּיְלָה וְלֹא־קָרַב זֶה אֶל־זֶה כָּל־הַלָּיְלָה׃", 14.21. "וַיֵּט מֹשֶׁה אֶת־יָדוֹ עַל־הַיָּם וַיּוֹלֶךְ יְהוָה אֶת־הַיָּם בְּרוּחַ קָדִים עַזָּה כָּל־הַלַּיְלָה וַיָּשֶׂם אֶת־הַיָּם לֶחָרָבָה וַיִּבָּקְעוּ הַמָּיִם׃", 15.11. "מִי־כָמֹכָה בָּאֵלִם יְהוָה מִי כָּמֹכָה נֶאְדָּר בַּקֹּדֶשׁ נוֹרָא תְהִלֹּת עֹשֵׂה פֶלֶא׃", 15.16. "תִּפֹּל עֲלֵיהֶם אֵימָתָה וָפַחַד בִּגְדֹל זְרוֹעֲךָ יִדְּמוּ כָּאָבֶן עַד־יַעֲבֹר עַמְּךָ יְהוָה עַד־יַעֲבֹר עַם־זוּ קָנִיתָ׃", 16.14. "וַתַּעַל שִׁכְבַת הַטָּל וְהִנֵּה עַל־פְּנֵי הַמִּדְבָּר דַּק מְחֻסְפָּס דַּק כַּכְּפֹר עַל־הָאָרֶץ׃", 34.6. "וַיַּעֲבֹר יְהוָה עַל־פָּנָיו וַיִּקְרָא יְהוָה יְהוָה אֵל רַחוּם וְחַנּוּן אֶרֶךְ אַפַּיִם וְרַב־חֶסֶד וֶאֱמֶת", 34.7. "נֹצֵר חֶסֶד לָאֲלָפִים נֹשֵׂא עָוֺן וָפֶשַׁע וְחַטָּאָה וְנַקֵּה לֹא יְנַקֶּה פֹּקֵד עֲוֺן אָבוֹת עַל־בָּנִים וְעַל־בְּנֵי בָנִים עַל־שִׁלֵּשִׁים וְעַל־רִבֵּעִים׃",

1.11. "Therefore they did set over them taskmasters to afflict them with their burdens. And they built for Pharaoh store-cities, Pithom and Raamses.", 1.14. "And they made their lives bitter with hard service, in mortar and in brick, and in all manner of service in the field; in all their service, wherein they made them serve with rigour.", 2.23. "And it came to pass in the course of those many days that the king of Egypt died; and the children of Israel sighed by reason of the bondage, and they cried, and their cry came up unto God by reason of the bondage.", 3.8. "and I am come down to deliver them out of the hand of the Egyptians, and to bring them up out of that land unto a good land and a large, unto a land flowing with milk and honey; unto the place of the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Amorite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite.", 3.17. "And I have said: I will bring you up out of the affliction of Egypt unto the land of the Canaanite, and the Hittite, and the Amorite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and the Jebusite, unto a land flowing with milk and honey.", 6.5. "And moreover I have heard the groaning of the children of Israel, whom the Egyptians keep in bondage; and I have remembered My covet.", 7.27. "And if thou refuse to let them go, behold, I will smite all thy borders with frogs.", 12.8. "And they shall eat the flesh in that night, roast with fire, and unleavened bread; with bitter herbs they shall eat it.", 12.26. "And it shall come to pass, when your children shall say unto you: What mean ye by this service?", 12.27. "that ye shall say: It is the sacrifice of the LORD’s passover, for that He passed over the houses of the children of Israel in Egypt, when He smote the Egyptians, and delivered our houses.’ And the people bowed the head and worshipped.", 12.39. "And they baked unleavened cakes of the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt, for it was not leavened; because they were thrust out of Egypt, and could not tarry, neither had they prepared for themselves any victual.", 13.8. "And thou shalt tell thy son in that day, saying: It is because of that which the LORD did for me when I came forth out of Egypt.", 13.14. "And it shall be when thy son asketh thee in time to come, saying: What is this? that thou shalt say unto him: By strength of hand the LORD brought us out from Egypt, from the house of bondage;", 14.2. "’Speak unto the children of Israel, that they turn back and encamp before Pi-hahiroth, between Migdol and the sea, before Baal-zephon, over against it shall ye encamp by the sea.", 14.21. "And Moses stretched out his hand over the sea; and the LORD caused the sea to go back by a strong east wind all the night, and made the sea dry land, and the waters were divided.", 15.11. "Who is like unto Thee, O LORD, among the mighty? Who is like unto Thee, glorious in holiness, Fearful in praises, doing wonders?", 15.16. "Terror and dread falleth upon them; By the greatness of Thine arm they are as still as a stone; Till Thy people pass over, O LORD, Till the people pass over that Thou hast gotten.", 16.14. "And when the layer of dew was gone up, behold upon the face of the wilderness a fine, scale-like thing, fine as the hoar-frost on the ground.", 34.6. "And the LORD passed by before him, and proclaimed: ‘The LORD, the LORD, God, merciful and gracious, long-suffering, and abundant in goodness and truth;", 34.7. "keeping mercy unto the thousandth generation, forgiving iniquity and transgression and sin; and that will by no means clear the guilty; visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, and upon the children’s children, unto the third and unto the fourth generation.’",

10. Hebrew Bible, Joel, 2.18, 4.19 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •jesus and the jesus movement, and the holy land •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Salvesen et al (2020) 618

2.18. "וַיְקַנֵּא יְהוָה לְאַרְצוֹ וַיַּחְמֹל עַל־עַמּוֹ׃", 4.19. "מִצְרַיִם לִשְׁמָמָה תִהְיֶה וֶאֱדוֹם לְמִדְבַּר שְׁמָמָה תִּהְיֶה מֵחֲמַס בְּנֵי יְהוּדָה אֲשֶׁר־שָׁפְכוּ דָם־נָקִיא בְּאַרְצָם׃",

2.18. "Then was the LORD jealous for His land, And had pity on His people.", 4.19. "Egypt shall be a desolation, And Edom shall be a desolate wilderness, For the violence against the children of Judah, Because they have shed innocent blood in their land.",

11. Hebrew Bible, Job, 21.32-21.33 (9th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 534

21.32. "וְהוּא לִקְבָרוֹת יוּבָל וְעַל־גָּדִישׁ יִשְׁקוֹד׃", 21.33. "מָתְקוּ־לוֹ רִגְבֵי נָחַל וְאַחֲרָיו כָּל־אָדָם יִמְשׁוֹךְ וּלְפָנָיו אֵין מִסְפָּר׃",

21.32. "For he is borne to the grave, And watch is kept over his tomb.", 21.33. "The clods of the valley are sweet unto him, And all men draw after him, As there were innumerable before him.",

12. Hebrew Bible, 1 Kings, 5.3, 8.36, 8.65, 17.3-17.6 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •jesus and the jesus movement, and the holy land •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) •holy land Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Klein and Wienand (2022) 141; Reif (2006) 324; Salvesen et al (2020) 203

5.3. "עֲשָׂרָה בָקָר בְּרִאִים וְעֶשְׂרִים בָּקָר רְעִי וּמֵאָה צֹאן לְבַד מֵאַיָּל וּצְבִי וְיַחְמוּר וּבַרְבֻּרִים אֲבוּסִים׃", 5.3. "לְבַד מִשָּׂרֵי הַנִּצָּבִים לִשְׁלֹמֹה אֲשֶׁר עַל־הַמְּלָאכָה שְׁלֹשֶׁת אֲלָפִים וּשְׁלֹשׁ מֵאוֹת הָרֹדִים בָּעָם הָעֹשִׂים בַּמְּלָאכָה׃", 8.36. "וְאַתָּה תִּשְׁמַע הַשָּׁמַיִם וְסָלַחְתָּ לְחַטַּאת עֲבָדֶיךָ וְעַמְּךָ יִשְׂרָאֵל כִּי תוֹרֵם אֶת־הַדֶּרֶךְ הַטּוֹבָה אֲשֶׁר יֵלְכוּ־בָהּ וְנָתַתָּה מָטָר עַל־אַרְצְךָ אֲשֶׁר־נָתַתָּה לְעַמְּךָ לְנַחֲלָה׃", 8.65. "וַיַּעַשׂ שְׁלֹמֹה בָעֵת־הַהִיא אֶת־הֶחָג וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל עִמּוֹ קָהָל גָּדוֹל מִלְּבוֹא חֲמָת עַד־נַחַל מִצְרַיִם לִפְנֵי יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵינוּ שִׁבְעַת יָמִים וְשִׁבְעַת יָמִים אַרְבָּעָה עָשָׂר יוֹם׃", 17.3. "לֵךְ מִזֶּה וּפָנִיתָ לְּךָ קֵדְמָה וְנִסְתַּרְתָּ בְּנַחַל כְּרִית אֲשֶׁר עַל־פְּנֵי הַיַּרְדֵּן׃", 17.4. "וְהָיָה מֵהַנַּחַל תִּשְׁתֶּה וְאֶת־הָעֹרְבִים צִוִּיתִי לְכַלְכֶּלְךָ שָׁם׃", 17.5. "וַיֵּלֶךְ וַיַּעַשׂ כִּדְבַר יְהוָה וַיֵּלֶךְ וַיֵּשֶׁב בְּנַחַל כְּרִית אֲשֶׁר עַל־פְּנֵי הַיַּרְדֵּן׃", 17.6. "וְהָעֹרְבִים מְבִיאִים לוֹ לֶחֶם וּבָשָׂר בַּבֹּקֶר וְלֶחֶם וּבָשָׂר בָּעָרֶב וּמִן־הַנַּחַל יִשְׁתֶּה׃",

5.3. "ten fat oxen, and twenty oxen out of the pastures, and a hundred sheep, beside harts, and gazelles, and roebucks, and fatted fowl.", 8.36. "then hear Thou in heaven, and forgive the sin of Thy servants, and of Thy people Israel, when Thou teachest them the good way wherein they should walk; and send rain upon Thy land, which Thou hast given to Thy people for an inheritance.", 8.65. "So Solomon held the feast at that time, and all Israel with him, a great congregation, from the entrance Hamath unto the Brook of Egypt, before the LORD our God, seven days and seven days, even fourteen days.", 17.3. "’Get thee hence, and turn thee eastward, and hide thyself by the brook Cherith, that is before the Jordan.", 17.4. "And it shall be, that thou shalt drink of the brook; and I have commanded the ravens to feed thee there.’", 17.5. "So he went and did according unto the word of the LORD; for he went and dwelt by the brook Cherith, that is before the Jordan.", 17.6. "And the ravens brought him bread and flesh in the morning, and bread and flesh in the evening; and he drank of the brook.",

13. Hebrew Bible, 1 Samuel, 2.3 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 168

2.3. "לָכֵן נְאֻם־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל אָמוֹר אָמַרְתִּי בֵּיתְךָ וּבֵית אָבִיךָ יִתְהַלְּכוּ לְפָנַי עַד־עוֹלָם וְעַתָּה נְאֻם־יְהוָה חָלִילָה לִּי כִּי־מְכַבְּדַי אֲכַבֵּד וּבֹזַי יֵקָלּוּ׃", 2.3. "אַל־תַּרְבּוּ תְדַבְּרוּ גְּבֹהָה גְבֹהָה יֵצֵא עָתָק מִפִּיכֶם כִּי אֵל דֵּעוֹת יְהוָה ולא [וְלוֹ] נִתְכְּנוּ עֲלִלוֹת׃",

2.3. "Talk no more so very proudly; let not arrogancy come out of your mouth: for the Lord is a God of knowledge, and by him actions are weighed.",

14. Hebrew Bible, 2 Kings, 23.25, 24.7 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Reif (2006) 113; Salvesen et al (2020) 203

23.25. "וְכָמֹהוּ לֹא־הָיָה לְפָנָיו מֶלֶךְ אֲשֶׁר־שָׁב אֶל־יְהוָה בְּכָל־לְבָבוֹ וּבְכָל־נַפְשׁוֹ וּבְכָל־מְאֹדוֹ כְּכֹל תּוֹרַת מֹשֶׁה וְאַחֲרָיו לֹא־קָם כָּמֹהוּ׃", 24.7. "וְלֹא־הֹסִיף עוֹד מֶלֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לָצֵאת מֵאַרְצוֹ כִּי־לָקַח מֶלֶךְ בָּבֶל מִנַּחַל מִצְרַיִם עַד־נְהַר־פְּרָת כֹּל אֲשֶׁר הָיְתָה לְמֶלֶךְ מִצְרָיִם׃",

23.25. "And like unto him was there no king before him, that turned to the LORD with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses; neither after him arose there any like him.", 24.7. "And the king of Egypt came not again any more out of his land; for the king of Babylon had taken, from the Brook of Egypt unto the river Euphrates, all that pertained to the king of Egypt.",

15. Hebrew Bible, Isaiah, 6.3, 10.13, 10.24, 10.26, 11.3-11.4, 11.11-11.12, 11.16, 13.22, 14.25, 16.5, 16.20, 16.25, 19.16-19.25, 23.3, 27.12, 60.21, 63.7 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) •jesus and the jesus movement, and the holy land Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Reif (2006) 89, 91, 161, 324, 344; Salvesen et al (2020) 4, 110, 158, 160, 203, 204, 634

6.3. "וְקָרָא זֶה אֶל־זֶה וְאָמַר קָדוֹשׁ קָדוֹשׁ קָדוֹשׁ יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת מְלֹא כָל־הָאָרֶץ כְּבוֹדוֹ׃", 10.13. "כִּי אָמַר בְּכֹחַ יָדִי עָשִׂיתִי וּבְחָכְמָתִי כִּי נְבֻנוֹתִי וְאָסִיר גְּבוּלֹת עַמִּים ועתידתיהם [וַעֲתוּדוֹתֵיהֶם] שׁוֹשֵׂתִי וְאוֹרִיד כַּאבִּיר יוֹשְׁבִים׃", 10.24. "לָכֵן כֹּה־אָמַר אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה צְבָאוֹת אַל־תִּירָא עַמִּי יֹשֵׁב צִיּוֹן מֵאַשּׁוּר בַּשֵּׁבֶט יַכֶּכָּה וּמַטֵּהוּ יִשָּׂא־עָלֶיךָ בְּדֶרֶךְ מִצְרָיִם׃", 10.26. "וְעוֹרֵר עָלָיו יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת שׁוֹט כְּמַכַּת מִדְיָן בְּצוּר עוֹרֵב וּמַטֵּהוּ עַל־הַיָּם וּנְשָׂאוֹ בְּדֶרֶךְ מִצְרָיִם׃", 11.3. "וַהֲרִיחוֹ בְּיִרְאַת יְהוָה וְלֹא־לְמַרְאֵה עֵינָיו יִשְׁפּוֹט וְלֹא־לְמִשְׁמַע אָזְנָיו יוֹכִיחַ׃", 11.4. "וְשָׁפַט בְּצֶדֶק דַּלִּים וְהוֹכִיחַ בְּמִישׁוֹר לְעַנְוֵי־אָרֶץ וְהִכָּה־אֶרֶץ בְּשֵׁבֶט פִּיו וּבְרוּחַ שְׂפָתָיו יָמִית רָשָׁע׃", 11.11. "וְהָיָה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יוֹסִיף אֲדֹנָי שֵׁנִית יָדוֹ לִקְנוֹת אֶת־שְׁאָר עַמּוֹ אֲשֶׁר יִשָּׁאֵר מֵאַשּׁוּר וּמִמִּצְרַיִם וּמִפַּתְרוֹס וּמִכּוּשׁ וּמֵעֵילָם וּמִשִּׁנְעָר וּמֵחֲמָת וּמֵאִיֵּי הַיָּם׃", 11.12. "וְנָשָׂא נֵס לַגּוֹיִם וְאָסַף נִדְחֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּנְפֻצוֹת יְהוּדָה יְקַבֵּץ מֵאַרְבַּע כַּנְפוֹת הָאָרֶץ׃", 11.16. "וְהָיְתָה מְסִלָּה לִשְׁאָר עַמּוֹ אֲשֶׁר יִשָּׁאֵר מֵאַשּׁוּר כַּאֲשֶׁר הָיְתָה לְיִשְׂרָאֵל בְּיוֹם עֲלֹתוֹ מֵאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם׃", 13.22. "וְעָנָה אִיִּים בְּאַלְמנוֹתָיו וְתַנִּים בְּהֵיכְלֵי עֹנֶג וְקָרוֹב לָבוֹא עִתָּהּ וְיָמֶיהָ לֹא יִמָּשֵׁכוּ׃", 14.25. "לִשְׁבֹּר אַשּׁוּר בְּאַרְצִי וְעַל־הָרַי אֲבוּסֶנּוּ וְסָר מֵעֲלֵיהֶם עֻלּוֹ וְסֻבֳּלוֹ מֵעַל שִׁכְמוֹ יָסוּר׃", 16.5. "וְהוּכַן בַּחֶסֶד כִּסֵּא וְיָשַׁב עָלָיו בֶּאֱמֶת בְּאֹהֶל דָּוִד שֹׁפֵט וְדֹרֵשׁ מִשְׁפָּט וּמְהִר צֶדֶק׃", 19.16. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יִהְיֶה מִצְרַיִם כַּנָּשִׁים וְחָרַד וּפָחַד מִפְּנֵי תְּנוּפַת יַד־יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר־הוּא מֵנִיף עָלָיו׃", 19.17. "וְהָיְתָה אַדְמַת יְהוּדָה לְמִצְרַיִם לְחָגָּא כֹּל אֲשֶׁר יַזְכִּיר אֹתָהּ אֵלָיו יִפְחָד מִפְּנֵי עֲצַת יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת אֲשֶׁר־הוּא יוֹעֵץ עָלָיו׃", 19.18. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יִהְיוּ חָמֵשׁ עָרִים בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרַיִם מְדַבְּרוֹת שְׂפַת כְּנַעַן וְנִשְׁבָּעוֹת לַיהוָה צְבָאוֹת עִיר הַהֶרֶס יֵאָמֵר לְאֶחָת׃", 19.19. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יִהְיֶה מִזְבֵּחַ לַיהוָה בְּתוֹךְ אֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וּמַצֵּבָה אֵצֶל־גְּבוּלָהּ לַיהוָה׃", 19.21. "וְנוֹדַע יְהוָה לְמִצְרַיִם וְיָדְעוּ מִצְרַיִם אֶת־יְהוָה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא וְעָבְדוּ זֶבַח וּמִנְחָה וְנָדְרוּ־נֵדֶר לַיהוָה וְשִׁלֵּמוּ׃", 19.22. "וְנָגַף יְהוָה אֶת־מִצְרַיִם נָגֹף וְרָפוֹא וְשָׁבוּ עַד־יְהוָה וְנֶעְתַּר לָהֶם וּרְפָאָם׃", 19.23. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא תִּהְיֶה מְסִלָּה מִמִּצְרַיִם אַשּׁוּרָה וּבָא־אַשּׁוּר בְּמִצְרַיִם וּמִצְרַיִם בְּאַשּׁוּר וְעָבְדוּ מִצְרַיִם אֶת־אַשּׁוּר׃", 19.24. "בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יִהְיֶה יִשְׂרָאֵל שְׁלִישִׁיָּה לְמִצְרַיִם וּלְאַשּׁוּר בְּרָכָה בְּקֶרֶב הָאָרֶץ׃", 19.25. "אֲשֶׁר בֵּרֲכוֹ יְהוָה צְבָאוֹת לֵאמֹר בָּרוּךְ עַמִּי מִצְרַיִם וּמַעֲשֵׂה יָדַי אַשּׁוּר וְנַחֲלָתִי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 23.3. "וּבְמַיִם רַבִּים זֶרַע שִׁחֹר קְצִיר יְאוֹר תְּבוּאָתָהּ וַתְּהִי סְחַר גּוֹיִם׃", 27.12. "וְהָיָה בַּיּוֹם הַהוּא יַחְבֹּט יְהוָה מִשִּׁבֹּלֶת הַנָּהָר עַד־נַחַל מִצְרָיִם וְאַתֶּם תְּלֻקְּטוּ לְאַחַד אֶחָד בְּנֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל׃", 60.21. "וְעַמֵּךְ כֻּלָּם צַדִּיקִים לְעוֹלָם יִירְשׁוּ אָרֶץ נֵצֶר מטעו [מַטָּעַי] מַעֲשֵׂה יָדַי לְהִתְפָּאֵר׃", 63.7. "חַסְדֵי יְהוָה אַזְכִּיר תְּהִלֹּת יְהוָה כְּעַל כֹּל אֲשֶׁר־גְּמָלָנוּ יְהוָה וְרַב־טוּב לְבֵית יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲשֶׁר־גְּמָלָם כְּרַחֲמָיו וּכְרֹב חֲסָדָיו׃",

6.3. "And one called unto another, and said: Holy, holy, holy, is the LORD of hosts; The whole earth is full of His glory.", 10.13. "For he hath said: By the strength of my hand I have done it, And by my wisdom, for I am prudent; In that I have removed the bounds of the peoples, And have robbed their treasures, And have brought down as one mighty the inhabitants;", 10.24. "Therefore thus saith the Lord, the GOD of hosts: O My people that dwellest in Zion, be not afraid of Asshur, though he smite thee with the rod, and lift up his staff against thee, after the manner of Egypt.", 10.26. "And the LORD of hosts shall stir up against him a scourge, as in the slaughter of Midian at the Rock of Oreb; and as His rod was over the sea, so shall He lift it up after the manner of Egypt.", 11.3. "And his delight shall be in the fear of the LORD; And he shall not judge after the sight of his eyes, Neither decide after the hearing of his ears;", 11.4. "But with righteousness shall he judge the poor, And decide with equity for the meek of the land; And he shall smite the land with the rod of his mouth, And with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked.", 11.11. "And it shall come to pass in that day, That the Lord will set His hand again the second time To recover the remt of His people, That shall remain from Assyria, and from Egypt, And from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, And from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea.", 11.12. "And He will set up an ensign for the nations, And will assemble the dispersed of Israel, And gather together the scattered of Judah From the four corners of the earth.", 11.16. "And there shall be a highway for the remt of His people, That shall remain from Assyria, Like as there was for Israel In the day that he came up out of the land of Egypt.", 13.22. "And jackals shall howl in their castles, And wild-dogs in the pleasant palaces; And her time is near to come, And her days shall not be prolonged.", 14.25. "That I will break Asshur in My land, And upon My mountains tread him under foot; then shall his yoke depart from off them, And his burden depart from off their shoulder.", 16.5. "And a throne is established through mercy, And there sitteth thereon in truth, in the tent of David, One that judgeth, and seeketh justice, and is ready in righteousness.", 19.16. "In that day shall Egypt be like unto women; and it shall tremble and fear because of the shaking of the hand of the LORD of hosts, which He shaketh over it.", 19.17. "And the land of Judah shall become a terror unto Egypt, whensoever one maketh mention thereof to it; it shall be afraid, because of the purpose of the LORD of hosts, which He purposeth against it.", 19.18. "In that day there shall be five cities in the land of Egypt that speak the language of Canaan, and swear to the LORD of hosts; one shall be called The city of destruction.", 19.19. "In that day shall there be an altar to the LORD in the midst of the land of Egypt, and a pillar at the border thereof to the LORD.", 19.20. "And it shall be for a sign and for a witness unto the LORD of hosts in the land of Egypt; for they shall cry unto the LORD because of the oppressors, and He will send them a saviour, and a defender, who will deliver them.", 19.21. "And the LORD shall make Himself known to Egypt, and the Egyptians shall know the LORD in that day; yea, they shall worship with sacrifice and offering, and shall vow a vow unto the LORD, and shall perform it.", 19.22. "And the LORD will smite Egypt, smiting and healing; and they shall return unto the LORD, and He will be entreated of them, and will heal them.", 19.23. "In that day shall there be a highway out of Egypt to Assyria, and the Assyrian shall come into Egypt, and the Egyptian into Assyria; and the Egyptians shall worship with the Assyrians.", 19.24. "In that day shall Israel be the third with Egypt and with Assyria, a blessing in the midst of the earth;", 19.25. "for that the LORD of hosts hath blessed him, saying: ‘Blessed be Egypt My people and Assyria the work of My hands, and Israel Mine inheritance.’", 23.3. "And on great waters the seed of Shihor, The harvest of the Nile, was her revenue; And she was the mart of nations.", 27.12. "And it shall come to pass in that day, That the LORD will beat off [His fruit] From the flood of the River unto the Brook of Egypt, And ye shall be gathered one by one, O ye children of Israel.", 60.21. "Thy people also shall be all righteous, They shall inherit the land for ever; The branch of My planting, the work of My hands, Wherein I glory.", 63.7. "I will make mention of the mercies of the LORD, and the praises of the LORD, according to all that the LORD hath bestowed on us; and the great goodness toward the house of Israel, which He hath bestowed on them according to His compassions, and according to the multitude of His mercies.",

16. Hebrew Bible, Lamentations, 1.16, 2.6, 3.64-3.66 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 86, 306; Salvesen et al (2020) 383

1.16. "עַל־אֵלֶּה אֲנִי בוֹכִיָּה עֵינִי עֵינִי יֹרְדָה מַּיִם כִּי־רָחַק מִמֶּנִּי מְנַחֵם מֵשִׁיב נַפְשִׁי הָיוּ בָנַי שׁוֹמֵמִים כִּי גָבַר אוֹיֵב׃", 2.6. "וַיַּחְמֹס כַּגַּן שֻׂכּוֹ שִׁחֵת מוֹעֲדוֹ שִׁכַּח יְהוָה בְּצִיּוֹן מוֹעֵד וְשַׁבָּת וַיִּנְאַץ בְּזַעַם־אַפּוֹ מֶלֶךְ וְכֹהֵן׃", 3.64. "תָּשִׁיב לָהֶם גְּמוּל יְהוָה כְּמַעֲשֵׂה יְדֵיהֶם׃", 3.65. "תִּתֵּן לָהֶם מְגִנַּת־לֵב תַּאֲלָתְךָ לָהֶם׃", 3.66. "תִּרְדֹּף בְּאַף וְתַשְׁמִידֵם מִתַּחַת שְׁמֵי יְהוָה׃",

1.16. "For these things I weep; my eye, yea my eye, sheds tears, for the comforter to restore my soul is removed from me; my children are desolate, for the enemy has prevailed.", 2.6. "And He hath stripped His tabernacle, as if it were a garden, He hath destroyed His place of assembly; The LORD hath caused to be forgotten in Zion Appointed season and sabbath, And hath rejected in the indignation of His anger The king and the priest.", 3.64. "Thou wilt render unto them a recompense, O LORD, According to the work of their hands.", 3.65. "Thou wilt give them hardness of heart, Thy curse unto them.", 3.66. "Thou wilt pursue them in anger, and destroy them From under the heavens of the LORD.",

17. Hebrew Bible, Joshua, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4, 8.5, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 8.9, 8.10, 8.11, 8.12, 8.13, 8.14, 8.15, 8.16, 8.17, 8.18, 8.19, 8.20, 8.21, 8.22, 8.23, 8.24, 8.25, 8.26, 8.27, 8.28, 8.29, 10.1-12.24, 13.3, 15.4, 15.15, 15.47, 19.26 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 203

15.47. "אַשְׁדּוֹד בְּנוֹתֶיהָ וַחֲצֵרֶיהָ עַזָּה בְּנוֹתֶיהָ וַחֲצֵרֶיהָ עַד־נַחַל מִצְרָיִם וְהַיָּם הגבול [הַגָּדוֹל] וּגְבוּל׃",

15.47. "Ashdod, its towns and its villages; Gaza, its towns and its villages; unto the Brook of Egypt, the Great Sea being the border thereof.",

18. Hebrew Bible, Jeremiah, 2.7, 2.18, 7.9, 8.17, 8.22, 26.20-26.23, 42.22, 43.13 (8th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Reif (2006) 113; Salvesen et al (2020) 161, 204, 534, 555

2.7. "וָאָבִיא אֶתְכֶם אֶל־אֶרֶץ הַכַּרְמֶל לֶאֱכֹל פִּרְיָהּ וְטוּבָהּ וַתָּבֹאוּ וַתְּטַמְּאוּ אֶת־אַרְצִי וְנַחֲלָתִי שַׂמְתֶּם לְתוֹעֵבָה׃", 2.18. "וְעַתָּה מַה־לָּךְ לְדֶרֶךְ מִצְרַיִם לִשְׁתּוֹת מֵי שִׁחוֹר וּמַה־לָּךְ לְדֶרֶךְ אַשּׁוּר לִשְׁתּוֹת מֵי נָהָר׃", 7.9. "הֲגָנֹב רָצֹחַ וְנָאֹף וְהִשָּׁבֵעַ לַשֶּׁקֶר וְקַטֵּר לַבָּעַל וְהָלֹךְ אַחֲרֵי אֱלֹהִים אֲחֵרִים אֲשֶׁר לֹא־יְדַעְתֶּם׃", 8.17. "כִּי הִנְנִי מְשַׁלֵּחַ בָּכֶם נְחָשִׁים צִפְעֹנִים אֲשֶׁר אֵין־לָהֶם לָחַשׁ וְנִשְּׁכוּ אֶתְכֶם נְאֻם־יְהוָה׃", 8.22. "הַצֳרִי אֵין בְּגִלְעָד אִם־רֹפֵא אֵין שָׁם כִּי מַדּוּעַ לֹא עָלְתָה אֲרֻכַת בַּת־עַמִּי׃", 26.21. "וַיִּשְׁמַע הַמֶּלֶךְ־יְהוֹיָקִים וְכָל־גִּבּוֹרָיו וְכָל־הַשָּׂרִים אֶת־דְּבָרָיו וַיְבַקֵּשׁ הַמֶּלֶךְ הֲמִיתוֹ וַיִּשְׁמַע אוּרִיָּהוּ וַיִּרָא וַיִּבְרַח וַיָּבֹא מִצְרָיִם׃", 26.22. "וַיִּשְׁלַח הַמֶּלֶךְ יְהוֹיָקִים אֲנָשִׁים מִצְרָיִם אֵת אֶלְנָתָן בֶּן־עַכְבּוֹר וַאֲנָשִׁים אִתּוֹ אֶל־מִצְרָיִם׃", 26.23. "וַיּוֹצִיאוּ אֶת־אוּרִיָּהוּ מִמִּצְרַיִם וַיְבִאֻהוּ אֶל־הַמֶּלֶךְ יְהוֹיָקִים וַיַּכֵּהוּ בֶּחָרֶב וַיַּשְׁלֵךְ אֶת־נִבְלָתוֹ אֶל־קִבְרֵי בְּנֵי הָעָם׃", 42.22. "וְעַתָּה יָדֹעַ תֵּדְעוּ כִּי בַּחֶרֶב בָּרָעָב וּבַדֶּבֶר תָּמוּתוּ בַּמָּקוֹם אֲשֶׁר חֲפַצְתֶּם לָבוֹא לָגוּר שָׁם׃", 43.13. "וְשִׁבַּר אֶת־מַצְּבוֹת בֵּית שֶׁמֶשׁ אֲשֶׁר בְּאֶרֶץ מִצְרָיִם וְאֶת־בָּתֵּי אֱלֹהֵי־מִצְרַיִם יִשְׂרֹף בָּאֵשׁ׃",

2.7. "And I brought you into a land of fruitful fields, to eat the fruit thereof and the good thereof; but when ye entered, ye defiled My land, and made My heritage an abomination.", 2.18. "And now what hast thou to do in the way to Egypt, to drink the waters of Shihor? Or what hast thou to do in the way to Assyria, to drink the waters of the River?", 7.9. "Will ye steal, murder, and commit adultery, and swear falsely, and offer unto Baal, and walk after other gods whom ye have not known,", 8.17. "For, behold, I will send serpents, basilisks, among you, which will not be charmed; and they shall bite you, saith the LORD.", 8.22. "Is there no balm in Gilead? Is there no physician there? Why then is not the health of the daughter of my people recovered?", 26.20. "And there was also a man that prophesied in the name of the LORD, Uriah the son of Shemaiah of Kiriath-jearim; and he prophesied against this city and against this land according to all the words of Jeremiah;", 26.21. "and when Jehoiakim the king, with all his mighty men, and all the princes, heard his words, the king sought to put him to death; but when Uriah heard it, he was afraid, and fled, and went into Egypt;", 26.22. "and Jehoiakim the king sent men into Egypt, Elnathan the son of Achbor, and certain men with him, into Egypt;", 26.23. "and they fetched forth Uriah out of Egypt, and brought him unto Jehoiakim the king; who slew him with the sword, and cast his dead body into the graves of the children of the people.", 42.22. "Now therefore know certainly that ye shall die by the sword, by the famine, and by the pestilence, in the place whither ye desire to go to sojourn there.’", 43.13. "He shall also break the pillars of Beth-shemesh, that is in the land of Egypt; and the houses of the gods of Egypt shall he burn with fire.’",

19. Hebrew Bible, Ezekiel, 9.37, 36.5, 38.16 (6th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land •jesus and the jesus movement, and the holy land Found in books: Gordon (2020) 9; Klein and Wienand (2022) 141

36.5. "לָכֵן כֹּה־אָמַר אֲדֹנָי יְהוִה אִם־לֹא בְּאֵשׁ קִנְאָתִי דִבַּרְתִּי עַל־שְׁאֵרִית הַגּוֹיִם וְעַל־אֱדוֹם כֻּלָּא אֲשֶׁר נָתְנוּ־אֶת־אַרְצִי לָהֶם לְמוֹרָשָׁה בְּשִׂמְחַת כָּל־לֵבָב בִּשְׁאָט נֶפֶשׁ לְמַעַן מִגְרָשָׁהּ לָבַז׃", 38.16. "וְעָלִיתָ עַל־עַמִּי יִשְׂרָאֵל כֶּעָנָן לְכַסּוֹת הָאָרֶץ בְּאַחֲרִית הַיָּמִים תִּהְיֶה וַהֲבִאוֹתִיךָ עַל־אַרְצִי לְמַעַן דַּעַת הַגּוֹיִם אֹתִי בְּהִקָּדְשִׁי בְךָ לְעֵינֵיהֶם גּוֹג׃",

36.5. "therefore thus saith the Lord GOD: Surely in the fire of My jealousy have I spoken against the residue of the nations, and against all Edom, that have appointed My land unto themselves for a possession with the joy of all their heart, with disdain of soul, to cast it out for a prey;", 38.16. "and thou shalt come up against My people Israel, as a cloud to cover the land; it shall be in the end of days, and I will bring thee against My land, that the nations may know Me, when I shall be sanctified through thee, O Gog, before their eyes.",

20. Hebrew Bible, Nehemiah, 9.5 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

9.5. "וַיֹּאמְרוּ הַלְוִיִּם יֵשׁוּעַ וְקַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִי חֲשַׁבְנְיָה שֵׁרֵבְיָה הוֹדִיָּה שְׁבַנְיָה פְתַחְיָה קוּמוּ בָּרֲכוּ אֶת־יְהוָה אֱלֹהֵיכֶם מִן־הָעוֹלָם עַד־הָעוֹלָם וִיבָרְכוּ שֵׁם כְּבוֹדֶךָ וּמְרוֹמַם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָה וּתְהִלָּה׃",

9.5. "Then the Levites, Jeshua, and Kadmiel, Bani, Hashabneiah, Sherebiah, Hodiah, Shebaniah, and Pethahiah, said: ‘Stand up and bless the LORD your God from everlasting to everlasting; and let them say: Blessed be Thy glorious Name, that is exalted above all blessing and praise.",

21. Hebrew Bible, Zechariah, 2.16 (5th cent. BCE - 4th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •jerusalem, vs. holy land Found in books: Schwartz (2008) 141

2.16. "וְנָחַל יְהוָה אֶת־יְהוּדָה חֶלְקוֹ עַל אַדְמַת הַקֹּדֶשׁ וּבָחַר עוֹד בִּירוּשָׁלִָם׃",

2.16. "And the LORD shall inherit Judah as His portion in the holy land, and shall choose Jerusalem again.",

22. Hebrew Bible, 2 Chronicles, 7.8 (5th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 203

7.8. "וַיַּעַשׂ שְׁלֹמֹה אֶת־הֶחָג בָּעֵת הַהִיא שִׁבְעַת יָמִים וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל עִמּוֹ קָהָל גָּדוֹל מְאֹד מִלְּבוֹא חֲמָת עַד־נַחַל מִצְרָיִם׃",

7.8. "So Solomon held the feast at that time seven days, and all Israel with him, a very great congregation, from the entrance of Hamath unto the Brook of Egypt.",

23. Herodotus, Histories, 2.35 (5th cent. BCE - 5th cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 211

2.35. It is sufficient to say this much concerning the Nile . But concerning Egypt , I am going to speak at length, because it has the most wonders, and everywhere presents works beyond description; therefore, I shall say the more concerning Egypt . ,Just as the Egyptians have a climate peculiar to themselves, and their river is different in its nature from all other rivers, so, too, have they instituted customs and laws contrary for the most part to those of the rest of mankind. Among them, the women buy and sell, the men stay at home and weave; and whereas in weaving all others push the woof upwards, the Egyptians push it downwards. ,Men carry burdens on their heads, women on their shoulders. Women pass water standing, men sitting. They ease their bowels indoors, and eat out of doors in the streets, explaining that things unseemly but necessary should be done alone in private, things not unseemly should be done openly. ,No woman is dedicated to the service of any god or goddess; men are dedicated to all deities male or female. Sons are not compelled against their will to support their parents, but daughters must do so though they be unwilling.

24. Hebrew Bible, 1 Chronicles, 1.11, 12.8, 13.5 (5th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Reif (2006) 323, 324; Salvesen et al (2020) 204

1.11. "וּמִצְרַיִם יָלַד אֶת־לודיים [לוּדִים] וְאֶת־עֲנָמִים וְאֶת־לְהָבִים וְאֶת־נַפְתֻּחִים׃", 12.8. "וְיוֹעֵאלָה וּזְבַדְיָה בְּנֵי יְרֹחָם מִן־הַגְּדוֹר׃", 13.5. "וַיַּקְהֵל דָּוִיד אֶת־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵל מִן־שִׁיחוֹר מִצְרַיִם וְעַד־לְבוֹא חֲמָת לְהָבִיא אֶת־אֲרוֹן הָאֱלֹהִים מִקִּרְיַת יְעָרִים׃",

1.11. "And Mizraim begot Ludim, and Anamim, and Lehabim, and Naphtuhim,", 12.8. "and Joelah, and Zebadiah, the sons of Jeroham of the troop.", 13.5. "So David assembled all Israel together, from Shihor the brook of Egypt even unto the entrance of Hamath, to bring the ark of God from Kiriath-jearim.",

25. Theocritus, Idylls, 17.1-17.13 (4th cent. BCE - 3rd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 89

26. Septuagint, Tobit, 1.3, 1.5-1.7, 1.9, 1.13, 1.17-1.19, 2.3-2.8, 8.3, 11.14, 13.1, 13.3-13.6, 13.8-13.17, 14.2, 14.5-14.7 (4th cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 123; Salvesen et al (2020) 99

27. Dead Sea Scrolls, (Cairo Damascus Covenant) Cd-A, 1.13-1.14 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •jerusalem, vs. holy land Found in books: Schwartz (2008) 141

28. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q504, 0 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 39

29. Septuagint, 2 Maccabees, 1.1, 3.1-3.4, 4.2, 4.5, 4.7, 4.9-4.11, 4.48, 4.50, 5.6, 5.8, 5.23, 6.1, 8.2-8.3, 8.17, 8.36, 9.4, 9.14-9.15, 9.19, 10.8, 10.27, 11.2-11.3, 12.31, 12.43, 13.13-13.14, 14.8, 14.33, 14.37, 15.17, 15.30, 15.33, 15.36-15.37 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Schwartz (2008) 6, 7, 141

1.1. The Jewish brethren in Jerusalem and those in the land of Judea, To their Jewish brethren in Egypt, Greeting, and good peace.' 3.1. While the holy city was inhabited in unbroken peace and the laws were very well observed because of the piety of the high priest Onias and his hatred of wickedness,' 3.2. it came about that the kings themselves honored the place and glorified the temple with the finest presents,' 3.3. o that even Seleucus, the king of Asia, defrayed from his own revenues all the expenses connected with the service of the sacrifices.' 3.4. But a man named Simon, of the tribe of Benjamin, who had been made captain of the temple, had a disagreement with the high priest about the administration of the city market;' 4.2. He dared to designate as a plotter against the government the man who was the benefactor of the city, the protector of his fellow countrymen, and a zealot for the laws.' 4.5. So he betook himself to the king, not accusing his fellow citizens but having in view the welfare, both public and private, of all the people.' 4.7. When Seleucus died and Antiochus who was called Epiphanes succeeded to the kingdom, Jason the brother of Onias obtained the high priesthood by corruption,' 4.9. In addition to this he promised to pay one hundred and fifty more if permission were given to establish by his authority a gymnasium and a body of youth for it, and to enrol the men of Jerusalem as citizens of Antioch.' 4.10. When the king assented and Jason came to office, he at once shifted his countrymen over to the Greek way of life.' 4.11. He set aside the existing royal concessions to the Jews, secured through John the father of Eupolemus, who went on the mission to establish friendship and alliance with the Romans; and he destroyed the lawful ways of living and introduced new customs contrary to the law.' 4.48. And so those who had spoken for the city and the villages and the holy vessels quickly suffered the unjust penalty." 4.50. But Menelaus, because of the cupidity of those in power, remained in office, growing in wickedness, having become the chief plotter against his fellow citizens.' 5.6. But Jason kept relentlessly slaughtering his fellow citizens, not realizing that success at the cost of one's kindred is the greatest misfortune, but imagining that he was setting up trophies of victory over enemies and not over fellow countrymen.' 5.8. Finally he met a miserable end. Accused before Aretas the ruler of the Arabs, fleeing from city to city, pursued by all men, hated as a rebel against the laws, and abhorred as the executioner of his country and his fellow citizens, he was cast ashore in Egypt;' 5.23. and at Gerizim, Andronicus; and besides these Menelaus, who lorded it over his fellow citizens worse than the others did. In his malice toward the Jewish citizens,' 6.1. Not long after this, the king sent an Athenian senator to compel the Jews to forsake the laws of their fathers and cease to live by the laws of God,' 8.2. They besought the Lord to look upon the people who were oppressed by all, and to have pity on the temple which had been profaned by ungodly men,' 8.3. and to have mercy on the city which was being destroyed and about to be leveled to the ground, and to hearken to the blood that cried out to him,' 8.17. keeping before their eyes the lawless outrage which the Gentiles had committed against the holy place, and the torture of the derided city, and besides, the overthrow of their ancestral way of life.' 8.36. Thus he who had undertaken to secure tribute for the Romans by the capture of the people of Jerusalem proclaimed that the Jews had a Defender, and that therefore the Jews were invulnerable, because they followed the laws ordained by him.' 9.4. Transported with rage, he conceived the idea of turning upon the Jews the injury done by those who had put him to flight; so he ordered his charioteer to drive without stopping until he completed the journey. But the judgment of heaven rode with him! For in his arrogance he said, 'When I get there I will make Jerusalem a cemetery of Jews.' 9.14. that the holy city, which he was hastening to level to the ground and to make a cemetery, he was now declaring to be free;' 9.15. and the Jews, whom he had not considered worth burying but had planned to throw out with their children to the beasts, for the birds to pick, he would make, all of them, equal to citizens of Athens;' 9.19. To his worthy Jewish citizens, Antiochus their king and general sends hearty greetings and good wishes for their health and prosperity.' 10.8. They decreed by public ordice and vote that the whole nation of the Jews should observe these days every year." 10.27. And rising from their prayer they took up their arms and advanced a considerable distance from the city; and when they came near to the enemy they halted." 11.2. gathered about eighty thousand men and all his cavalry and came against the Jews. He intended to make the city a home for Greeks,' 11.3. and to levy tribute on the temple as he did on the sacred places of the other nations, and to put up the high priesthood for sale every year.' 12.31. they thanked them and exhorted them to be well disposed to their race in the future also. Then they went up to Jerusalem, as the feast of weeks was close at hand.' 12.43. He also took up a collection, man by man, to the amount of two thousand drachmas of silver, and sent it to Jerusalem to provide for a sin offering. In doing this he acted very well and honorably, taking account of the resurrection.' 13.13. After consulting privately with the elders, he determined to march out and decide the matter by the help of God before the king's army could enter Judea and get possession of the city.' 13.14. So, committing the decision to the Creator of the world and exhorting his men to fight nobly to the death for the laws, temple, city, country, and commonwealth, he pitched his camp near Modein.' 14.8. first because I am genuinely concerned for the interests of the king, and second because I have regard also for my fellow citizens. For through the folly of those whom I have mentioned our whole nation is now in no small misfortune.' 14.33. he stretched out his right hand toward the sanctuary, and swore this oath: 'If you do not hand Judas over to me as a prisoner, I will level this precinct of God to the ground and tear down the altar, and I will build here a splendid temple to Dionysus.' 14.37. A certain Razis, one of the elders of Jerusalem, was denounced to Nicanor as a man who loved his fellow citizens and was very well thought of and for his good will was called father of the Jews.' 15.17. Encouraged by the words of Judas, so noble and so effective in arousing valor and awaking manliness in the souls of the young, they determined not to carry on a campaign but to attack bravely, and to decide the matter, by fighting hand to hand with all courage, because the city and the sanctuary and the temple were in danger.' 15.30. And the man who was ever in body and soul the defender of his fellow citizens, the man who maintained his youthful good will toward his countrymen, ordered them to cut off Nicanor's head and arm and carry them to Jerusalem.' 15.33. and he cut out the tongue of the ungodly Nicanor and said that he would give it piecemeal to the birds and hang up these rewards of his folly opposite the sanctuary." 15.36. And they all decreed by public vote never to let this day go unobserved, but to celebrate the thirteenth day of the twelfth month -- which is called Adar in the Syrian language -- the day before Mordecai's day.' 15.37. This, then, is how matters turned out with Nicanor. And from that time the city has been in the possession of the Hebrews. So I too will here end my story.'

30. Septuagint, Judith, 1.9 (2nd cent. BCE - 0th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 201

1.9. and all who were in Samaria and its surrounding towns, and beyond the Jordan as far as Jerusalem and Bethany and Chelous and Kadesh and the river of Egypt, and Tahpanhes and Raamses and the whole land of Goshen,

31. Septuagint, 1 Maccabees, 1.11 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 287

1.11. In those days lawless men came forth from Israel, and misled many, saying, "Let us go and make a covet with the Gentiles round about us, for since we separated from them many evils have come upon us."

32. Hebrew Bible, Daniel, 5.1, 9.26 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19, 178

5.1. "בֵּלְשַׁאצַּר מַלְכָּא עֲבַד לְחֶם רַב לְרַבְרְבָנוֹהִי אֲלַף וְלָקֳבֵל אַלְפָּא חַמְרָא שָׁתֵה׃", 5.1. "מַלְכְּתָא לָקֳבֵל מִלֵּי מַלְכָּא וְרַבְרְבָנוֹהִי לְבֵית מִשְׁתְּיָא עללת [עַלַּת] עֲנָת מַלְכְּתָא וַאֲמֶרֶת מַלְכָּא לְעָלְמִין חֱיִי אַל־יְבַהֲלוּךְ רַעְיוֹנָךְ וְזִיוָיךְ אַל־יִשְׁתַּנּוֹ׃", 9.26. "וְאַחֲרֵי הַשָּׁבֻעִים שִׁשִּׁים וּשְׁנַיִם יִכָּרֵת מָשִׁיחַ וְאֵין לוֹ וְהָעִיר וְהַקֹּדֶשׁ יַשְׁחִית עַם נָגִיד הַבָּא וְקִצּוֹ בַשֶּׁטֶף וְעַד קֵץ מִלְחָמָה נֶחֱרֶצֶת שֹׁמֵמוֹת׃",

5.1. "Belshazzar the king made a great feast to a thousand of his lords, and drank wine before the thousand.", 9.26. "And after the threescore and two weeks shall an anointed one be cut off, and be no more; and the people of a prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary; but his end shall be with a flood; and unto the end of the war desolations are determined.",

33. Dead Sea Scrolls, Damascus Document, 1.7-1.8, 3.4-3.7 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109

34. Dead Sea Scrolls, War Scroll, 1.3-1.4 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109

35. Dead Sea Scrolls, Damascus Document, 1.7-1.8, 3.4-3.7 (2nd cent. BCE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109

36. Septuagint, Ecclesiasticus (Siracides), None (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 63, 309; Salvesen et al (2020) 117

36.1. Have mercy upon us, O Lord, the God of all, and look upon us, 36.1. Crush the heads of the rulers of the enemy,who say, "There is no one but ourselves." 36.2. and cause the fear of thee to fall upon all the nations. 36.2. A perverse mind will cause grief,but a man of experience will pay him back. 36.3. Lift up thy hand against foreign nations and let them see thy might. 36.4. As in us thou hast been sanctified before them,so in them be thou magnified before us; 36.5. and let them know thee, as we have known that there is not God but thee, O Lord. 36.6. Show signs anew, and work further wonders;make thy hand and thy right arm glorious. 36.7. Rouse thy anger and pour out thy wrath;destroy the adversary and wipe out the enemy. 36.8. Hasten the day, and remember the appointed time,and let people recount thy mighty deeds. 36.9. Let him who survives be consumed in the fiery wrath,and may those who harm thy people meet destruction. 36.11. Gather all the tribes of Jacob,and give them their inheritance, as at the beginning. 36.12. Have mercy, O Lord, upon the people called by thy name,upon Israel, whom thou hast likened to a first-born son. 36.13. Have pity on the city of thy sanctuary,Jerusalem, the place of thy rest. 36.14. Fill Zion with the celebration of thy wondrous deeds,and thy temple with thy glory. 36.15. Bear witness to those whom thou didst create in the beginning,and fulfil the prophecies spoken in thy name. 36.16. Reward those who wait for thee,and let thy prophets be found trustworthy. 36.17. Hearken, O Lord, to the prayer of thy servants,according to the blessing of Aaron for thy people,and all who are on the earth will know that thou art the Lord, the God of the ages. 51.21. My heart was stirred to seek her,therefore I have gained a good possession. 51.22. The Lord gave me a tongue as my reward,and I will praise him with it. 51.23. Draw near to me, you who are untaught,and lodge in my school. 51.24. Why do you say you are lacking in these things,and why are your souls very thirsty? 51.25. I opened my mouth and said,Get these things for yourselves without money. 51.26. Put your neck under the yoke,and let your souls receive instruction;it is to be found close by. 51.27. See with your eyes that I have labored little and found myself much rest. 51.28. Get instruction with a large sum of silver,and you will gain by it much gold. 51.29. May your soul rejoice in his mercy,and may you not be put to shame when you praise him.

37. Septuagint, 3 Maccabees, 1-4, 6-7, 5 (2nd cent. BCE - 2nd cent. BCE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 3, 4, 12

38. Philo of Alexandria, On Flight And Finding, 179-180 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 211

180. for what the heaven during winter bestows on the other countries, the Nile affords to Egypt at the height of summer; for the heaven sends rain from above upon the earth, but the river, raining upward from below, which seems a most paradoxical statement, irrigates the corn-fields. And it is starting from this point that Moses has described the Egyptian disposition as an atheistical one, because it values the earth above the heaven, and the things of the earth above the things of heaven, and the body above the soul;

39. Philo of Alexandria, On The Contemplative Life, 68 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 99

68. And the women also share in this feast, the greater part of whom, though old, are virgins in respect of their purity (not indeed through necessity, as some of the priestesses among the Greeks are, who have been compelled to preserve their chastity more than they would have done of their own accord), but out of an admiration for and love of wisdom, with which they are desirous to pass their lives, on account of which they are indifferent to the pleasures of the body, desiring not a mortal but an immortal offspring, which the soul that is attached to God is alone able to produce by itself and from itself, the Father having sown in it rays of light appreciable only by the intellect, by means of which it will be able to perceive the doctrines of wisdom. IX.

40. Anon., Sibylline Oracles, 5.500-5.510 (1st cent. BCE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 110

41. Philo of Alexandria, On The Life of Moses, 1.6, 2.195 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 211

1.6. for the river of that country at the height of summer, when they say that all other rivers which are derived from winter torrents and from springs in the ground are smaller, rises and increases, and overflows so as to irrigate all the lands, and make them one vast lake. And so the land, without having any need of rain, supplies every year an unlimited abundance of every kind of good food, unless sometimes the anger of God interrupts this abundance by reason of the excessive impiety of the inhabitants. 2.195. For, since that country is not irrigated by rain as all other lands are, but by the inundations of the river which is accustomed every year to overflow its banks; the Egyptians, in their impious reason, make a god of the Nile, as if it were a copy and a rival of heaven, and use pompous language about the virtue of their country.

42. Philo of Alexandria, Against Flaccus, 17, 29, 43 (1st cent. BCE - missingth cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109

43. what then did the governor of the country do? Knowing that the city had two classes of inhabitants, our own nation and the people of the country, and that the whole of Egypt was inhabited in the same manner, and that Jews who inhabited Alexandria and the rest of the country from the Catabathmos on the side of Libya to the boundaries of Ethiopia were not less than a million of men; and that the attempts which were being made were directed against the whole nation, and that it was a most mischievous thing to distress the ancient hereditary customs of the land; he, disregarding all these considerations, permitted the mob to proceed with the erection of the statues, though he might have given them a vast number of admonitory precepts instead of any such permission, either commanding them as their governor, or advising them as their friend. VII.

43. Suetonius, Tiberius, 32.2 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 284

44. Josephus Flavius, Against Apion, 2.10, 2.28-2.32, 2.49-2.55, 2.65-2.69, 2.121-2.124 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109, 110, 287

2.10. for in his third book, which relates to the affairs of Egypt, he speaks thus:—“I have heard of the ancient men of Egypt, that Moses was of Heliopolis, and that he thought himself obliged to follow the customs of his forefathers, and offered his prayers in the open air, towards the city walls; but that he reduced them all to be directed towards the sun-rising, which was agreeable to the situation of Heliopolis; 2.28. 3. This is that novel account which the Egyptian Apion gives us concerning the Jews’ departure out of Egypt, and is no better than a contrivance of his own. But why should we wonder at the lies he tells us about our forefathers, when he affirms them to be of Egyptian original, when he lies also about himself? 2.29. for although he was born at Oasis in Egypt, he pretends to be, as a man may say, the top man of all the Egyptians; yet does he forswear his real country and progenitors, and by falsely pretending to be born at Alexandria, cannot deny the pravity of his family; 2.30. for you see how justly he calls those Egyptians whom he hates, and endeavors to reproach; for had he not deemed Egyptians to be a name of great reproach, he would not have avoided the name of an Egyptian himself; as we know that those who brag of their own countries, value themselves upon the denomination they acquire thereby, and reprove such as unjustly lay claim thereto. 2.31. As for the Egyptians’ claim to be of our kindred, they do it on one of the following accounts; I mean, either as they value themselves upon it, and pretend to bear that relation to us: or else as they would draw us in to be partakers of their own infamy. 2.32. But this fine fellow Apion seems to broach this reproachful appellation against us [that we were originally Egyptians] in order to bestow it on the Alexandrians as a reward for the privilege they had given him of being a fellow citizen with them; he also is apprised of the ill will the Alexandrians bear to those Jews who are their fellow citizens, and so proposes to himself to reproach them, although he must thereby include all the other Egyptians also; while in both cases he is no better than an impudent liar. /p 2.49. and as for Ptolemy Philometor and his wife Cleopatra, they committed their whole kingdom to Jews, when Onias and Dositheus, both Jews, whose names are laughed at by Apion, were the generals of their whole army; but certainly instead of reproaching them, he ought to admire their actions, and return them thanks for saving Alexandria, whose citizen he pretends to be; 2.50. for when these Alexandrians were making war with Cleopatra the queen, and were in danger of being utterly ruined, these Jews brought them to terms of agreement, and freed them from the miseries of a civil war. “But then (says Apion) Onias brought a small army afterward upon the city at the time when Thermus the Roman ambassador was there present.” 2.51. Yes, do I venture to say, and that he did rightly and very justly in so doing; for that Ptolemy who was called Physco, upon the death of his brother Philometor, came from Cyrene, and would have ejected Cleopatra as well as her sons out of their kingdom, 2.52. that he might obtain it for himself unjustly. For this cause then it was that Onias undertook a war against him on Cleopatra’s account; nor would he desert that trust the royal family had reposed in him in their distress. 2.53. Accordingly, God gave a remarkable attestation to his righteous procedure; for when Ptolemy Physco had the presumption to fight against Onias’s army, and had caught all the Jews that were in the city [Alexandria], with their children and wives, and exposed them naked and in bonds to his elephants, that they might be trodden upon and destroyed, and when he had made those elephants drunk for that purpose, the event proved contrary to his preparations; 2.54. for these elephants left the Jews who were exposed to them, and fell violently upon Physco’s friends, and slew a great number of them; nay, after this, Ptolemy saw a terrible ghost, which prohibited his hurting those men; 2.55. his very concubine, whom he loved so well (some call her Ithaca, and others Irene), making supplication to him, that he would not perpetrate so great a wickedness. So he complied with her request, and repented of what he either had already done, or was about to do; whence it is well known that the Alexandrian Jews do with good reason celebrate this day, on the account that they had thereon been vouchsafed such an evident deliverance from God. 2.65. 6. But besides this, Apion objects to us thus:—“If the Jews (says he) be citizens of Alexandria, why do they not worship the same gods with the Alexandrians?” To which I give this answer: Since you are yourselves Egyptians, why do you fight out one against another, and have implacable wars about your religion? 2.66. At this rate we must not call you all Egyptians, nor indeed in general men, because you breed up with great care beasts of a nature quite contrary to that of men, although the nature of all men seems to be one and the same. 2.67. Now if there be such differences in opinion among you Egyptians, why are you surprised that those who came to Alexandria from another country, and had original laws of their own before, should persevere in the observance of those laws? 2.68. But still he charges us with being the authors of sedition: which accusation, if it be a just one, why is it not laid against us all, since we are known to be all of one mind? 2.69. Moreover, those that search into such matters will soon discover that the authors of sedition have been such citizens of Alexandria as Apion is; for while they were the Grecians and Macedonians who were in possession of this city, there was no sedition raised against us, and we were permitted to observe our ancient solemnities; but when the number of the Egyptians therein came to be considerable, the times grew confused, and then these seditions brake out still more and more, while our people continued uncorrupted. 2.121. 11. Apion also tells a false story, when he mentions an oath of ours, as if we “swore by God, the maker of the heaven, and earth, and sea, to bear no good will to any foreigner, and particularly to none of the Greeks.” 2.122. Now this liar ought to have said directly that “we would bear no good will to any foreigner, and particularly to none of the Egyptians.” For then his story about the oath would have squared with the rest of his original forgeries, in case our forefathers had been driven away by their kinsmen the Egyptians, not on account of any wickedness they had been guilty of, but on account of the calamities they were under; 2.123. for as to the Grecians, we are rather remote from them in place than different from them in our institutions, insomuch that we have no enmity with them, nor any jealousy of them. On the contrary, it hath so happened, that many of them have come over to our laws, and some of them have continued in their observation, although others of them had not courage enough to persevere, and so departed from them again; 2.124. nor did any body ever hear this oath sworn by us: Apion, it seems, was the only person that heard it, for he indeed was the first composer of it. /p

45. Josephus Flavius, Jewish War, 1.2, 2.124-2.125, 2.487, 7.409-7.419, 7.427-7.432, 7.437-7.440 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 176; Salvesen et al (2020) 89, 109, 110, 331

1.2. and while those that were there present have given false accounts of things, and this either out of a humor of flattery to the Romans, or of hatred towards the Jews; and while their writings contain sometimes accusations, and sometimes encomiums, but nowhere the accurate truth of the facts, 2.124. 4. They have no one certain city, but many of them dwell in every city; and if any of their sect come from other places, what they have lies open for them, just as if it were their own; and they go in to such as they never knew before, as if they had been ever so long acquainted with them. 2.125. For which reason they carry nothing at all with them when they travel into remote parts, though still they take their weapons with them, for fear of thieves. Accordingly, there is, in every city where they live, one appointed particularly to take care of strangers, and to provide garments and other necessaries for them. 2.487. 7. But for Alexandria, the sedition of the people of the place against the Jews was perpetual, and this from that very time when Alexander [the Great], upon finding the readiness of the Jews in assisting him against the Egyptians, and as a reward for such their assistance, gave them equal privileges in this city with the Grecians themselves; 7.409. for still it came to pass that many Jews were slain at Alexandria in Egypt; 7.410. for as many of the Sicarii as were able to fly thither, out of the seditious wars in Judea, were not content to have saved themselves, but must needs be undertaking to make new disturbances, and persuaded many of those that entertained them to assert their liberty, to esteem the Romans to be no better than themselves, and to look upon God as their only Lord and Master. 7.411. But when part of the Jews of reputation opposed them, they slew some of them, and with the others they were very pressing in their exhortations to revolt from the Romans; 7.412. but when the principal men of the senate saw what madness they were come to, they thought it no longer safe for themselves to overlook them. So they got all the Jews together to an assembly, and accused the madness of the Sicarii, and demonstrated that they had been the authors of all the evils that had come upon them. 7.413. They said also that “these men, now they were run away from Judea, having no sure hope of escaping, because as soon as ever they shall be known, they will be soon destroyed by the Romans, they come hither and fill us full of those calamities which belong to them, while we have not been partakers with them in any of their sins.” 7.414. Accordingly, they exhorted the multitude to have a care, lest they should be brought to destruction by their means, and to make their apology to the Romans for what had been done, by delivering these men up to them; 7.415. who being thus apprised of the greatness of the danger they were in, complied with what was proposed, and ran with great violence upon the Sicarii, and seized upon them; 7.416. and indeed six hundred of them were caught immediately: but as to all those that fled into Egypt and to the Egyptian Thebes, it was not long ere they were caught also, and brought back,— 7.417. whose courage, or whether we ought to call it madness, or hardiness in their opinions, everybody was amazed at. 7.418. For when all sorts of torments and vexations of their bodies that could be devised were made use of to them, they could not get anyone of them to comply so far as to confess, or seem to confess, that Caesar was their lord; but they preserved their own opinion, in spite of all the distress they were brought to, as if they received these torments and the fire itself with bodies insensible of pain, and with a soul that in a manner rejoiced under them. 7.419. But what was most of all astonishing to the beholders was the courage of the children; for not one of these children was so far overcome by these torments, as to name Caesar for their lord. So far does the strength of the courage [of the soul] prevail over the weakness of the body. 7.427. where Onias built a fortress and a temple, not like to that at Jerusalem, but such as resembled a tower. He built it of large stones to the height of sixty cubits; 7.428. he made the structure of the altar in imitation of that in our own country, and in like manner adorned with gifts, excepting the make of the candlestick, 7.429. for he did not make a candlestick, but had a [single] lamp hammered out of a piece of gold, which illuminated the place with its rays, and which he hung by a chain of gold; 7.430. but the entire temple was encompassed with a wall of burnt brick, though it had gates of stone. The king also gave him a large country for a revenue in money, that both the priests might have a plentiful provision made for them, and that God might have great abundance of what things were necessary for his worship. 7.431. Yet did not Onias do this out of a sober disposition, but he had a mind to contend with the Jews at Jerusalem, and could not forget the indignation he had for being banished thence. Accordingly, he thought that by building this temple he should draw away a great number from them to himself. 7.432. There had been also a certain ancient prediction made by [a prophet] whose name was Isaiah, about six hundred years before, that this temple should be built by a man that was a Jew in Egypt. And this is the history of the building of that temple. 7.437. 1. And now did the madness of the Sicarii, like a disease, reach as far as the cities of Cyrene; 7.438. for one Jonathan, a vile person, and by trade a weaver, came thither and prevailed with no small number of the poorer sort to give ear to him; he also led them into the desert, upon promising them that he would show them signs and apparitions. 7.439. And as for the other Jews of Cyrene, he concealed his knavery from them, and put tricks upon them; but those of the greatest dignity among them informed Catullus, the governor of the Libyan Pentapolis, of his march into the desert, and of the preparations he had made for it. 7.440. So he sent out after him both horsemen and footmen, and easily overcame them, because they were unarmed men; of these many were slain in the fight, but some were taken alive, and brought to Catullus.

46. New Testament, 2 Corinthians, 6.16 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land Found in books: Levine (2005) 242

6.16. τίς δὲ συνκατάθεσις ναῷ θεοῦ μετὰ εἰδώλων; ἡμεῖς γὰρ ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμὲν ζῶντος· καθὼς εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς ὅτι

47. New Testament, Acts, 17.24 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land Found in books: Levine (2005) 242

17.24. ὁ θεὸς ὁ ποιήσας τὸν κόσμον καὶ πάντατὰ ἐν αὐτῷ, οὗτος οὐρανοῦ καὶ γῆς ὑπάρχων κύριος οὐκ ἐν χειροποιήτοις ναοῖς κατοικεῖ

17.24. The God who made the world and all things in it, he, being Lord of heaven and earth, dwells not in temples made with hands,

48. New Testament, John, 4.19-4.26, 20.16 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Levine (2005) 242; Reif (2006) 243

4.19. λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή Κύριε, θεωρῶ ὅτι προφήτης εἶ σύ. 4.20. οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ προσεκύνησαν· καὶ ὑμεῖς λέγετε ὅτι ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις ἐστὶν ὁ τόπος ὅπου προσκυνεῖν δεῖ. 4.21. λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Πίστευέ μοι, γύναι, ὅτι ἔρχεται ὥρα ὅτε οὔτε ἐν τῷ ὄρει τούτῳ οὔτε ἐν Ἰεροσολύμοις προσκυνήσετε τῷ πατρί. 4.22. ὑμεῖς προσκυνεῖτε ὃ οὐκ οἴδατε, ἡμεῖς προσκυνοῦμεν ὃ οἴδαμεν, ὅτι ἡ σωτηρία ἐκ τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἐστίν· 4.23. ἀλλὰ ἔρχεται ὥρα καὶ νῦν ἐστίν, ὅτε οἱ ἀληθινοὶ προσκυνηταὶ προσκυνήσουσιν τῷ πατρὶ ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, καὶ γὰρ ὁ πατὴρ τοιούτους ζητεῖ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτόν· 4.24. πνεῦμα ὁ θεός, καὶ τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας αὐτὸν ἐν πνεύματι καὶ ἀληθείᾳ δεῖ προσκυνεῖν. 4.25. λέγει αὐτῷ ἡ γυνή Οἶδα ὅτι Μεσσίας ἔρχεται, ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός· ὅταν ἔλθῃ ἐκεῖνος, ἀναγγελεῖ ἡμῖν ἅπαντα. 4.26. λέγει αὐτῇ ὁ Ἰησοῦς Ἐγώ εἰμι, ὁ λαλῶν σοι. 20.16. λέγει αὐτῇ Ἰησοῦς Μαριάμ. στραφεῖσα ἐκείνη λέγει αὐτῷ Ἐβραϊστί Ῥαββουνεί ?̔ὃ λέγεται Διδάσκαλἐ.

4.19. The woman said to him, "Sir, I perceive that you are a prophet. 4.20. Our fathers worshiped in this mountain, and you Jews say that in Jerusalem is the place where people ought to worship." 4.21. Jesus said to her, "Woman, believe me, the hour comes, when neither in this mountain, nor in Jerusalem, will you worship the Father. 4.22. You worship that which you don't know. We worship that which we know; for salvation is from the Jews. 4.23. But the hour comes, and now is, when the true worshippers will worship the Father in spirit and truth, for the Father seeks such to be his worshippers. 4.24. God is spirit, and those who worship him must worship in spirit and truth." 4.25. The woman said to him, "I know that Messiah comes," (he who is called Christ). "When he has come, he will declare to us all things." 4.26. Jesus said to her, "I am he, the one who speaks to you." 20.16. Jesus said to her, "Mary."She turned and said to him, "Rhabbouni!" which is to say, "Teacher!"

49. New Testament, Luke, 9.32, 19.44 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19; Poorthuis and Schwartz (2014) 346

9.32. ὁ δὲ Πέτρος καὶ οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ ἦσαν βεβαρημένοι ὕπνῳ· διαγρηγορήσαντες δὲ εἶδαν τὴν δόξαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς δύο ἄνδρας τοὺς συνεστῶτας αὐτῷ. 19.44. καὶ ἐδαφιοῦσίν σε καὶ τὰ τέκνα σου ἐν σοί, καὶ οὐκ ἀφήσουσιν λίθον ἐπὶ λίθον ἐν σοί, ἀνθʼ ὧν οὐκ ἔγνως τὸν καιρὸν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς σου.

9.32. Now Peter and those who were with him were heavy with sleep, but when they were fully awake, they saw his glory, and the two men who stood with him. 19.44. and will dash you and your children within you to the ground. They will not leave in you one stone on another, because you didn't know the time of your visitation."

50. New Testament, Mark, 10.51, 13.2 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19; Poorthuis and Schwartz (2014) 243, 244, 248, 253, 262, 346; Reif (2006) 243

10.51. καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς αὐτῷ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν Τί σοι θέλεις ποιήσω; ὁ δὲ τυφλὸς εἶπεν αὐτῷ Ῥαββουνεί, ἵνα ἀναβλέψω. 13.2. καὶ ὁ Ἰησοῦς εἶπεν αὐτῷ Βλέπεις ταύτας τὰς μεγάλας οἰκοδομάς; οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον ὃς οὐ μὴ καταλυθῇ .

10.51. Jesus asked him, "What do you want me to do for you?"The blind man said to him, "Rhabboni, that I may see again." 13.2. Jesus said to him, "Do you see these great buildings? There will not be left here one stone on another, which will not be thrown down."

51. Tosefta, Kippurim, 3.13 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 130

3.13. "שמונה ברכות מברך <עליהן> באותו יום על התורה כדרך שמברכין על התורה בבית הכנסת על העבודה ועל ההודאה ועל מחילת העון כסדרן ועל המקדש ברכה בפני עצמו [ועל ישראל ברכה בפני עצמן] ועל הכהנים ברכה בפני עצמן ושאר תפלה תחנה ובקשה שעמך ישראל צריכין להוושע מלפניך וחותם בשומע תפלה כל העם קורין [שלהן] כדי להראות חזיתן לרבים.",

52. Tacitus, Annals, 2.85-2.87 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 284

2.85. Eodem anno gravibus senatus decretis libido feminarum coercita cautumque ne quaestum corpore faceret cui avus aut pater aut maritus eques Romanus fuisset. nam Vistilia praetoria familia genita licentiam stupri apud aedilis vulgaverat, more inter veteres recepto, qui satis poenarum adversum impudicas in ipsa professione flagitii credebant. exactum et a Titidio Labeone Vistiliae marito cur in uxore delicti manifesta ultionem legis omisisset. atque illo praetendente sexaginta dies ad consultandum datos necdum praeterisse, satis visum de Vistilia statuere; eaque in insulam Seriphon abdita est. actum et de sacris Aegyptiis Iudaicisque pellendis factumque patrum consultum ut quattuor milia libertini generis ea superstitione infecta quis idonea aetas in insulam Sardiniam veherentur, coercendis illic latrociniis et, si ob gravitatem caeli interissent, vile damnum; ceteri cederent Italia nisi certam ante diem profanos ritus exuissent. 2.86. Post quae rettulit Caesar capiendam virginem in locum Occiae, quae septem et quinquaginta per annos summa sanctimonia Vestalibus sacris praesederat; egitque grates Fonteio Agrippae et Domitio Pollioni quod offerendo filias de officio in rem publicam certarent. praelata est Pollionis filia, non ob aliud quam quod mater eius in eodem coniugio manebat; nam Agrippa discidio domum imminuerat. et Caesar quamvis posthabitam decies sestertii dote solatus est. 2.87. Saevitiam annonae incusante plebe statuit frumento pretium quod emptor penderet, binosque nummos se additurum negotiatoribus in singulos modios. neque tamen ob ea parentis patriae delatum et antea vocabulum adsumpsit, acerbeque increpuit eos qui divinas occupationes ipsumque dominum dixerant. unde angusta et lubrica oratio sub principe qui libertatem metuebat adulationem oderat.

2.85. In the same year, bounds were set to female profligacy by stringent resolutions of the senate; and it was laid down that no woman should trade in her body, if her father, grandfather, or husband had been a Roman knight. For Vistilia, the daughter of a praetorian family, had advertised her venality on the aediles' list â the normal procedure among our ancestors, who imagined the unchaste to be sufficiently punished by the avowal of their infamy. Her husband, Titidius Labeo, was also required to explain why, in view of his wife's manifest guilt, he had not invoked the penalty of the law. As he pleaded that sixty days, not yet elapsed, were allowed for deliberation, it was thought enough to pass sentence on Vistilia, who was removed to the island of Seriphos. â Another debate dealt with the proscription of the Egyptian and Jewish rites, and a senatorial edict directed that four thousand descendants of enfranchised slaves, tainted with that superstition and suitable in point of age, were to be shipped to Sardinia and there employed in suppressing brigandage: "if they succumbed to the pestilential climate, it was a cheap loss." The rest had orders to leave Italy, unless they had renounced their impious ceremonial by a given date. 2.86. The emperor then moved for the appointment of a Virgin to replace Occia, who for fifty-seven years had presided over the rites of Vesta with unblemished purity: Fonteius Agrippa and Domitius Pollio he thanked for the public-spirited rivalry which had led them to proffer their own daughters. Pollio's child was preferred, for no reason save that her mother was still living with the same husband, while Agrippa's divorce had impaired the credit of his house. As a solatium to the rejected candidate, the Caesar presented her with a dowry of a million sesterces. 2.87. As the commons protested against the appalling dearness of corn, he fixed a definite price to be paid by the buyer, and himself guaranteed the seller a subsidy of two sesterces the peck. Yet he would not on that score accept the title "Father of his Country," which had indeed been offered previously; and he administered a severe reprimand to those who had termed his occupations "divine," and himself "Lord." The speaker, consequently, had to walk a strait and slippery road under a prince who feared liberty and detested flattery.

53. Tosefta, Sotah, 3.12 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 306

54. Lucan, Pharsalia, 1.273 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 141

55. Tosefta, Rosh Hashanah, 2.14 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 121

2.14. "רבן גמליאל אומר שליח צבור מוציא את הרבים ידי חובתן וחכמים אומרים כל אחד וא' מוציא [את] עצמו [אמר להן אם כן למה מורידין אותו לפני התיבה אמרו לו כדי להוציא את מי שאינו יודע אמר להם] אם כן למה מתפללין כל אחד ואחד לעצמו [אמרו לו] מפני ששליח צבור מתקין את עצמו אמר להם א\"כ למה מורידין אותו לפני התיבה אמרו לו להוציא את מי שאינו יודע אמר להם כשם שהוא מוציא את מי שאינו יודע כך הוא מוציא את מי שיודע. ",

56. Tosefta, Pesahim, 3.15 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 122

3.15. "ששה דברים עשו אנשי יריחו שלשה ברצון חכמים ושלשה שלא ברצון חכמים מרכיבין דקלים [בערבי פסחים] כל היום [כולו] וכורכין את שמע וקוצרין לפני העומר ברצון חכמים ואלו שלא ברצון חכמים [מתירין גמזיות של הקדש ואוכלין נשורין בשבת ונותנין פאה לירקות א\"ר יהודה] אם ברצון חכמים [הן] עושין יהו כל אדם עושין כן [אלא שלשה מיחו בידן ושלשה] לא מיחו בידן [אלו] שלא מיחו בידן מרכיבין דקלים [בערבי פסחים] כל היום וכורכין את שמע וקוצרין וגודשין לפני העומר [ולא מחו בידן אלו] שמיחו בידן [מתירין] גמזיות של הקדש ואוכלין נשורין בשבת ונותנין פאה לירק.",

57. Tosefta, Megillah, a b c d\n0 3.27 3.27 3 27\n1 3(4).21 3(4).21 3(4) 21 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Poorthuis and Schwartz (2014) 183, 243, 244, 248, 253, 262, 346

58. Tosefta, Berachot, 2.13, 3.25 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 120, 121, 133, 159

2.13. "בעל קרי שאין לו מים לטבול הרי זה קורא את שמע ואינו משמיע לאזנו ואינו מברך לפניה ולא לאחריה דברי רבי מאיר וחכ\"א קורא את שמע ומשמיע לאזנו ומברך לפניה ולאחריה אמר ר' מאיר פעם אחת היינו יושבין לפני ר' עקיבה בבית המדרש והיינו קורין את שמע ולא היינו משמיעים לאזנינו מפני קסדור אחד שהיה עומד על הפתח אמר לו אין שעת הסכנה ראיה.", 3.25. "שמונה עשרה שאמרו חכמים כנגד שמונה עשרה אזכרות שבהבו לה' בני אלים וכולל של מינים בשל פרושין ושל גרים בשל זקנים ושל דוד בירושלים ואם אמר אלו לעצמן ואלו לעצמן יצא.",

59. New Testament, Matthew, 2.13-2.23, 24.2 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19; Salvesen et al (2020) 201

2.13. Ἀναχωρησάντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος Κυρίου φαίνεται κατʼ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ λέγων Ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ φεῦγε εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἴσθι ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν εἴπω σοι· μέλλει γὰρ Ἡρῴδης ζητεῖν τὸ παιδίον τοῦ ἀπολέσαι αὐτό. 2.14. ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ νυκτὸς καὶ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ ἦν ἐκεῖ ἕως τῆς τελευτῆς Ἡρῴδου· 2.15. ἵνα πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν ὑπὸ Κυρίου διὰ τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος Ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἐκάλεσα τὸν υἱόν μου . 2.16. Τότε Ἡρῴδης ἰδὼν ὅτι ἐνεπαίχθη ὑπὸ τῶν μάγων ἐθυμώθη λίαν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἀνεῖλεν πάντας τοὺς παῖδας τοὺς ἐν Βηθλεὲμ καὶ ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς ἀπὸ διετοῦς καὶ κατωτέρω, κατὰ τὸν χρόνον ὃν ἠκρίβωσεν παρὰ τῶν μάγων. 2.17. Τότε ἐπληρώθη τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ Ἰερεμίου τοῦ προφήτου λέγοντος 2.18. φωνὴ ἐν Ῥαμὰ ἠκούσθη, κλαυθμὸς καὶ ὀδυρμὸς πολύς· Ῥαχὴλ κλαίουσα τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς, καὶ οὐκ ἤθελεν παρακληθῆναι ὅτι οὐκ εἰσίν. 2.19. Τελευτήσαντος δὲ τοῦ Ἡρῴδου ἰδοὺ ἄγγελος Κυρίου φαίνεται κατʼ ὄναρ τῷ Ἰωσὴφ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ 2.20. λέγων Ἐγερθεὶς παράλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ πορεύου εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ, τεθνήκασιν γὰρ οἱ ζητοῦντες τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ παιδίου. 2.21. ὁ δὲ ἐγερθεὶς παρέλαβε τὸ παιδίον καὶ τὴν μητέρα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς γῆν Ἰσραήλ. 2.22. ἀκούσας δὲ ὅτι Ἀρχέλαος βασιλεύει τῆς Ἰουδαίας ἀντὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ Ἡρῴδου ἐφοβήθη ἐκεῖ ἀπελθεῖν· χρηματισθεὶς δὲ κατʼ ὄναρ ἀνεχώρησεν εἰς τὰ μέρη τῆς Γαλιλαίας, 2.23. καὶ ἐλθὼν κατῴκησεν εἰς πόλιν λεγομένην Ναζαρέτ, ὅπως πληρωθῇ τὸ ῥηθὲν διὰ τῶν προφητῶν ὅτι Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται. 24.2. ὁ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Οὐ βλέπετε ταῦτα πάντα; ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν, οὐ μὴ ἀφεθῇ ὧδε λίθος ἐπὶ λίθον ὃς οὐ καταλυθήσεται.

2.13. Now when they had departed, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph in a dream, saying, "Arise and take the young child and his mother, and flee into Egypt, and stay there until I tell you, for Herod will seek the young child to destroy him." 2.14. He arose and took the young child and his mother by night, and departed into Egypt, 2.15. and was there until the death of Herod; that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Lord through the prophet, saying, "Out of Egypt I called my son." 2.16. Then Herod, when he saw that he was mocked by the wise men, was exceedingly angry, and sent out, and killed all the male children who were in Bethlehem and in all the surrounding countryside, from two years old and under, according to the exact time which he had learned from the wise men. 2.17. Then that which was spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled, saying, 2.18. "A voice was heard in Ramah, Lamentation, weeping and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children; She wouldn't be comforted, Because they are no more." 2.19. But when Herod was dead, behold, an angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt, saying, 2.20. "Arise and take the young child and his mother, and go into the land of Israel, for those who sought the young child's life are dead." 2.21. He arose and took the young child and his mother, and came into the land of Israel. 2.22. But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning over Judea in the place of his father, Herod, he was afraid to go there. Being warned in a dream, he withdrew into the region of Galilee, 2.23. and came and lived in a city called Nazareth; that it might be fulfilled which was spoken through the prophets: "He will be called a Nazarene." 24.2. But he answered them, "Don't you see all of these things? Most assuredly I tell you, there will not be left here one stone on another, that will not be thrown down."

60. Tosefta, Sanhedrin, 2.5 (1st cent. CE - 2nd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 323

2.5. "אין מעברין את השנה לא שביעית ולא מוצאי שביעית אימתי רגילין לעבר בערב שביעית אין מעברין את השנה מפני רעבון ר\"מ אומר הרי הוא אומר (מלכים ב ד) ואיש בא מבעל שלישה וגו' בצקלונו והלא אין לך מקום שמתבכר בא\"י קודם לבעל שלישה ואעפ\"כ לא בכר אלא מאותו המין שהביא לאיש האלהים יכול שהביאו קודם לעומר ת\"ל (שם) ויאמר תנו אל העם ויאכלו מלמד שלא הביאו אלא לאחר העומר והלא אותה שנה ראויה לעבר מפני מה לא עברה אלישע מפני שהיתה שנת רעבון וכל העם רצין לגרנות.",

61. Josephus Flavius, Jewish Antiquities, 1.39, 13.62-13.73, 15.300 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 110, 204, 287

1.39. Euphrates also, as well as Tigris, goes down into the Red Sea. Now the name Euphrates, or Phrath, denotes either a dispersion, or a flower: by Tigris, or Diglath, is signified what is swift, with narrowness; and Geon runs through Egypt, and denotes what arises from the east, which the Greeks call Nile. 13.62. 1. But then the son of Onias the high priest, who was of the same name with his father, and who fled to king Ptolemy, who was called Philometor, lived now at Alexandria, as we have said already. When this Onias saw that Judea was oppressed by the Macedonians and their kings, 13.63. out of a desire to purchase to himself a memorial and eternal fame he resolved to send to king Ptolemy and queen Cleopatra, to ask leave of them that he might build a temple in Egypt like to that at Jerusalem, and might ordain Levites and priests out of their own stock. 13.64. The chief reason why he was desirous so to do, was, that he relied upon the prophet Isaiah, who lived above six hundred years before, and foretold that there certainly was to be a temple built to Almighty God in Egypt by a man that was a Jew. Onias was elevated with this prediction, and wrote the following epistle to Ptolemy and Cleopatra: 13.65. “Having done many and great things for you in the affairs of the war, by the assistance of God, and that in Celesyria and Phoenicia, I came at length with the Jews to Leontopolis, and to other places of your nation, 13.66. where I found that the greatest part of your people had temples in an improper manner, and that on this account they bare ill-will one against another, which happens to the Egyptians by reason of the multitude of their temples, and the difference of opinions about divine worship. Now I found a very fit place in a castle that hath its name from the country Diana; this place is full of materials of several sorts, and replenished with sacred animals; 13.67. I desire therefore that you will grant me leave to purge this holy place, which belongs to no master, and is fallen down, and to build there a temple to Almighty God, after the pattern of that in Jerusalem, and of the same dimensions, that may be for the benefit of thyself, and thy wife and children, that those Jews which dwell in Egypt may have a place whither they may come and meet together in mutual harmony one with another, and he subservient to thy advantages; 13.68. for the prophet Isaiah foretold that, ‘there should be an altar in Egypt to the Lord God;’” and many other such things did he prophesy relating to that place. 13.69. 2. And this was what Onias wrote to king Ptolemy. Now any one may observe his piety, and that of his sister and wife Cleopatra, by that epistle which they wrote in answer to it; for they laid the blame and the transgression of the law upon the head of Onias. And this was their reply: 13.70. “King Ptolemy and queen Cleopatra to Onias, send greeting. We have read thy petition, wherein thou desirest leave to be given thee to purge that temple which is fallen down at Leontopolis, in the Nomus of Heliopolis, and which is named from the country Bubastis; on which account we cannot but wonder that it should be pleasing to God to have a temple erected in a place so unclean, and so full of sacred animals. 13.71. But since thou sayest that Isaiah the prophet foretold this long ago, we give thee leave to do it, if it may be done according to your law, and so that we may not appear to have at all offended God herein.” 13.72. 3. So Onias took the place, and built a temple, and an altar to God, like indeed to that in Jerusalem, but smaller and poorer. I do not think it proper for me now to describe its dimensions or its vessels, which have been already described in my seventh book of the Wars of the Jews. 13.73. However, Onias found other Jews like to himself, together with priests and Levites, that there performed divine service. But we have said enough about this temple. 15.300. for, in the first place, there were perpetual droughts, and for that reason the ground was barren, and did not bring forth the same quantity of fruits that it used to produce; and after this barrenness of the soil, that change of food which the want of corn occasioned produced distempers in the bodies of men, and a pestilential disease prevailed, one misery following upon the back of another;

62. Mishnah, Zevahim, 5 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 178

63. Mishnah, Yoma, 3.8, 6.2 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

3.8. "בָּא לוֹ אֵצֶל פָּרוֹ, וּפָרוֹ הָיָה עוֹמֵד בֵּין הָאוּלָם וְלַמִּזְבֵּחַ, רֹאשׁוֹ לַדָּרוֹם וּפָנָיו לַמַּעֲרָב, וְהַכֹּהֵן עוֹמֵד בַּמִּזְרָח וּפָנָיו לַמַּעֲרָב, וְסוֹמֵךְ שְׁתֵּי יָדָיו עָלָיו וּמִתְוַדֶּה. וְכָךְ הָיָה אוֹמֵר, אָנָּא הַשֵּׁם, עָוִיתִי פָּשַׁעְתִּי חָטָאתִי לְפָנֶיךָ אֲנִי וּבֵיתִי. אָנָּא הַשֵּׁם, כַּפֶּר נָא לָעֲוֹנוֹת וְלַפְּשָׁעִים וְלַחֲטָאִים, שֶׁעָוִיתִי וְשֶׁפָּשַׁעְתִּי וְשֶׁחָטָאתִי לְפָנֶיךָ אֲנִי וּבֵיתִי, כַּכָּתוּב בְּתוֹרַת משֶׁה עַבְדֶּךָ (ויקרא טז), כִּי בַיּוֹם הַזֶּה יְכַפֵּר עֲלֵיכֶם לְטַהֵר אֶתְכֶם מִכֹּל חַטֹּאתֵיכֶם לִפְנֵי יְיָ תִּטְהָרוּ. וְהֵן עוֹנִין אַחֲרָיו, בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ לְעוֹלָם וָעֶד: \n", 6.2. "בָּא לוֹ אֵצֶל שָׂעִיר הַמִּשְׁתַּלֵּחַ וְסוֹמֵךְ שְׁתֵּי יָדָיו עָלָיו וּמִתְוַדֶּה. וְכָךְ הָיָה אוֹמֵר, אָנָּא הַשֵּׁם, עָווּ פָּשְׁעוּ חָטְאוּ לְפָנֶיךָ עַמְּךָ בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל. אָנָּא בַּשֵּׁם, כַּפֶּר נָא לָעֲוֹנוֹת וְלַפְּשָׁעִים וְלַחֲטָאִים, שֶׁעָווּ וְשֶׁפָּשְׁעוּ וְשֶׁחָטְאוּ לְפָנֶיךָ עַמְּךָ בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל, כַּכָּתוּב בְּתוֹרַת משֶׁה עַבְדֶּךָ לֵאמֹר (ויקרא טז), כִּי בַיּוֹם הַזֶּה יְכַפֵּר עֲלֵיכֶם לְטַהֵר אֶתְכֶם מִכֹּל חַטֹּאתֵיכֶם לִפְנֵי יְיָ תִּטְהָרוּ. וְהַכֹּהֲנִים וְהָעָם הָעוֹמְדִים בָּעֲזָרָה, כְּשֶׁהָיוּ שׁוֹמְעִים שֵׁם הַמְפֹרָשׁ שֶׁהוּא יוֹצֵא מִפִּי כֹהֵן גָּדוֹל, הָיוּ כּוֹרְעִים וּמִשְׁתַּחֲוִים וְנוֹפְלִים עַל פְּנֵיהֶם, וְאוֹמְרִים, בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ לְעוֹלָם וָעֶד: \n",

3.8. "He came to his bull and his bull was standing between the Ulam and the altar, its head to the south and its face to the west. And the priest stands on the eastside facing the west. And he lays both his hands upon it and confesses. And thus he would say: “Please, ‘Hashem’! I have done wrong, I have transgressed, I have sinned before You, I and my house. Please, ‘Hashem’! Forgive the wrongdoings, the transgressions, the sins which I have committed and transgressed and sinned before You, I and my house, as it is written in the torah of Moses Your servant: “For on this day shall atonement be made for you [to cleanse you of all your sins; you shall be clean before the Lord”] (Leviticus 16:30). And they answered after him: “Blessed be the name of His glorious kingdom for ever and ever!”", 6.2. "He then came to the scapegoat and laid his two hands upon it and he made confession. And thus he would say: “Please, ‘Hashem’! They have done wrong, they have transgressed, they have sinned before You, Your people the House of Israel. Please, in the name of Hashem (Bashem)! Forgive the wrongdoings, the transgressions, the sins which your people, the House of Israel, have committed and transgressed and sinned before You, as it is written in the torah of Moses Your servant: “For on this day shall atonement be made for you [to cleanse you of all your sins; you shall be clean before the Lord”] (Leviticus 16:30). And the priests and the people standing in the courtyard, when they would hear God’s name explicated coming out of the high priest’s mouth, would bend their knees, bow down and fall on their faces and say “Blessed be the name of His glorious kingdom for ever and ever!”",

64. Mishnah, Yevamot, 8.3 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 634

8.3. "עַמּוֹנִי וּמוֹאָבִי, אֲסוּרִים, וְאִסּוּרָן אִסּוּר עוֹלָם, אֲבָל נְקֵבוֹתֵיהֶם מֻתָּרוֹת מִיָּד. מִצְרִי וַאֲדוֹמִי אֵינָם אֲסוּרִים אֶלָּא עַד שְׁלֹשָׁה דוֹרוֹת, אֶחָד זְכָרִים וְאֶחָד נְקֵבוֹת. רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן מַתִּיר אֶת הַנְּקֵבוֹת מִיָּד. אָמַר רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן, קַל וָחֹמֶר הַדְּבָרִים, וּמָה אִם בִּמְקוֹם שֶׁאָסַר אֶת הַזְּכָרִים אִסּוּר עוֹלָם, הִתִּיר אֶת הַנְּקֵבוֹת מִיָּד, מְקוֹם שֶׁלֹּא אָסַר אֶת הַזְּכָרִים אֶלָּא עַד שְׁלֹשָׁה דוֹרוֹת, אֵינוֹ דִין שֶׁנַּתִּיר אֶת הַנְּקֵבוֹת מִיָּד. אָמְרוּ לוֹ, אִם הֲלָכָה נְקַבֵּל, וְאִם לַדִּין, יֵשׁ תְּשׁוּבָה. אָמַר לָהֶם, לֹא כִי, הֲלָכָה אֲנִי אוֹמֵר. מַמְזֵרִין וּנְתִינִין, אֲסוּרִין, וְאִסּוּרָן אִסּוּר עוֹלָם, אֶחָד זְכָרִים, וְאֶחָד נְקֵבוֹת: \n",

8.3. "An Ammonite and a Moabite are forbidden [to enter into the congregation of the Lord] and their prohibition is for ever. However, their women are permitted at once. An Egyptian and an Edomite are forbidden only until the third generation, whether they are males or females. Rabbi Shimon permits their women immediately. Said Rabbi Shimon: This is a kal vehomer: if where the males are forbidden for all time the females are permitted immediately, where the males are forbidden only until the third generation how much more should the females be permitted immediately. They said to him: If this is a halakhah, we shall accept it; but if it is only a logical reference, there is a refutation. He replied: This is not so, I am in fact saying a halakhah. Mamzerim and nethinim are forbidden, and their prohibition is forever, whether they be males or females.",

65. Mishnah, Rosh Hashanah, 1.2 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 243

1.2. "בְּאַרְבָּעָה פְרָקִים הָעוֹלָם נִדּוֹן, בְּפֶסַח עַל הַתְּבוּאָה, בַּעֲצֶרֶת עַל פֵּרוֹת הָאִילָן, בְּרֹאשׁ הַשָּׁנָה כָּל בָּאֵי הָעוֹלָם עוֹבְרִין לְפָנָיו כִּבְנֵי מָרוֹן, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים לג) הַיּוֹצֵר יַחַד לִבָּם, הַמֵּבִין אֶל כָּל מַעֲשֵׂיהֶם. וּבֶחָג נִדּוֹנִין עַל הַמָּיִם: \n",

1.2. "At four set times the world is judged:On Pesah in respect to the produce. On Shavuot in respect to the fruit of the tree. On Rosh Hashanah all the people of the world pass before Him like a division of soldier [a numerus], as it says, “He who fashions the hearts of them all, who discerns all their doings” (Psalms 33:15). And on Sukkot they are judged in respect of rain.",

66. Mishnah, Peah, 1.1 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 178

1.1. "אֵלּוּ דְבָרִים שֶׁאֵין לָהֶם שִׁעוּר. הַפֵּאָה, וְהַבִּכּוּרִים, וְהָרֵאָיוֹן, וּגְמִילוּת חֲסָדִים, וְתַלְמוּד תּוֹרָה. אֵלּוּ דְבָרִים שֶׁאָדָם אוֹכֵל פֵּרוֹתֵיהֶן בָּעוֹלָם הַזֶּה וְהַקֶּרֶן קַיֶּמֶת לוֹ לָעוֹלָם הַבָּא. כִּבּוּד אָב וָאֵם, וּגְמִילוּת חֲסָדִים, וַהֲבָאַת שָׁלוֹם בֵּין אָדָם לַחֲבֵרוֹ, וְתַלְמוּד תּוֹרָה כְּנֶגֶד כֻּלָּם:",

1.1. "These are the things that have no definite quantity: The corners [of the field]. First-fruits; [The offerings brought] on appearing [at the Temple on the three pilgrimage festivals]. The performance of righteous deeds; And the study of the torah. The following are the things for which a man enjoys the fruits in this world while the principal remains for him in the world to come: Honoring one’s father and mother; The performance of righteous deeds; And the making of peace between a person and his friend; And the study of the torah is equal to them all.",

67. Mishnah, Nedarim, 3.11 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 299

3.11. "קוֹנָם שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לִבְנֵי נֹחַ, מֻתָּר בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָסוּר בְּאֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם. שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לְזֶרַע אַבְרָהָם, אָסוּר בְּיִשְׂרָאֵל וּמֻתָּר בְּאֻמּוֹת הָעוֹלָם. שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לְיִשְׂרָאֵל, לוֹקֵחַ בְּיוֹתֵר וּמוֹכֵר בְּפָחוֹת. שֶׁיִּשְׂרָאֵל נֶהֱנִין לִי, לוֹקֵחַ בְּפָחוֹת וּמוֹכֵר בְּיוֹתֵר, אִם שׁוֹמְעִין לוֹ. שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לָהֶן וְהֵן לִי, יְהַנֶּה לַנָּכְרִים. קוֹנָם שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לָעֲרֵלִים, מֻתָּר בְּעַרְלֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וְאָסוּר בְּמוּלֵי הַגּוֹיִם. קוֹנָם שֶׁאֵינִי נֶהֱנֶה לַמּוּלִים, אָסוּר בְּעַרְלֵי יִשְׂרָאֵל וּמֻתָּר בְּמוּלֵי הַגּוֹיִם, שֶׁאֵין הָעָרְלָה קְרוּיָה אֶלָּא לְשֵׁם הַגּוֹיִם, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (ירמיה ט) כִּי כָל הַגּוֹיִם עֲרֵלִים וְכָל בֵּית יִשְׂרָאֵל עַרְלֵי לֵב, וְאוֹמֵר (שמואל א יז) וְהָיָה הַפְּלִשְׁתִּי הֶעָרֵל הַזֶּה, וְאוֹמֵר (שמואל ב א) פֶּן תִּשְׂמַחְנָה בְּנוֹת פְּלִשְׁתִּים, פֶּן תַּעֲלֹזְנָה בְּנוֹת הָעֲרֵלִים. רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בֶּן עֲזַרְיָה אוֹמֵר, מְאוּסָה עָרְלָה שֶׁנִּתְגַּנּוּ בָהּ הָרְשָׁעִים, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר, כִּי כָל הַגּוֹיִם עֲרֵלִים. רַבִּי יִשְׁמָעֵאל אוֹמֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה שֶׁנִּכְרְתוּ עָלֶיהָ שְׁלֹשׁ עֶשְׂרֵה בְרִיתוֹת. רַבִּי יוֹסֵי אוֹמֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה, שֶׁדּוֹחָה אֶת הַשַּׁבָּת הַחֲמוּרָה. רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בֶּן קָרְחָה אוֹמֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה, שֶׁלֹּא נִתְלָה לוֹ לְמֹשֶׁה הַצַדִּיק עָלֶיהָ מְלֹא שָׁעָה. רַבִּי נְחֶמְיָה אוֹמֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה, שֶׁדּוֹחָה אֶת הַנְּגָעִים. רַבִּי אוֹמֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה, שֶׁכָּל הַמִּצְוֹת שֶׁעָשָׂה אַבְרָהָם אָבִינוּ לֹא נִקְרָא שָׁלֵם, עַד שֶׁמָּל, שֶׁנֱּאֶמַר (בראשית יז), הִתְהַלֵּךְ לְפָנַי וֶהְיֵה תָמִים. דָּבָר אַחֵר, גְּדוֹלָה מִילָה, שֶׁאִלְמָלֵא הִיא, לֹא בָרָא הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אֶת עוֹלָמוֹ, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (ירמיה לג), כֹּה אָמַר ה' אִם לֹא בְרִיתִי יוֹמָם וָלָיְלָה, חֻקּוֹת שָׁמַיִם וָאָרֶץ לֹא שָׂמְתִּי: \n",

3.11. "[If one says,] “Konam that I do not benefit from the Children of Noah,” he may benefit from Israelites, and he is forbidden to benefit from the nations of the world. [If one says, “Konam] that I do not benefit from the seed of Abraham,” he is forbidden [to benefit] from Israelites, but permitted [to benefit] from the nations of the world. [If one says, “Konam] that I do not benefit from Israelites”, he may buy things from them for more [than their worth] and sell them for less. [If he says, “Konam] if Israelites benefit from me, he must buy from them for less and sell for more [than their worth], if they will listen to him. [If he says, “Konam] that I do not benefit from them, nor they from me”, he may benefit only from non-Jews. [If one says,] “Konam that I do not benefit from the uncircumcised”, he may benefit from uncircumcised Israelites but not from circumcised heathens”; [If one says, “Konam] that I do not benefit from the circumcised,” he is forbidden to benefit from uncircumcised Israelites but not from circumcised non-Jews, because “uncircumcised” is a term applicable only to non-Jews, as it says, “For all the nations are uncircumcised and all the house of Israel are uncircumcised in the heart” (Jeremiah 9:25). And it says, “And this uncircumcised Philistine shall be [as one of them]” (I Samuel 17:6). And it says, “Lest the daughters of the Philistines rejoice, lest the daughters of the uncircumcised exult” (II Samuel 1:20). Rabbi Eleazar ben Azariah says: The foreskin is loathsome, since it is a term of disgrace for the wicked, as it says, “For all the nations are uncircumcised”. Rabbi Ishmael says: Great is circumcision, since thirteen covets were made upon it. Rabbi Yose says: Great is circumcision, for it overrides the Sabbath. Rabbi Joshua ben Karha says: Great is circumcision for Moses’s punishment for neglecting it was not suspended even for one hour. Rabbi Nehemiah says: Great is circumcision, since it overrides the laws of leprosy. Rabbi says: Great is circumcision, for despite all of the commandments which Abraham fulfilled he was not designated complete until he circumcised himself, as it says, “Walk before me, and be complete” (Genesis 17:1). Another explanation: “Great is circumcision, for were it not for it, the Holy One, Blessed Be He, would not have created the world, as it says, “Were it not for my covet by day and night, I would not have appointed the ordices of heaven and earth” (Jeremiah 33:35).",

68. New Testament, 1 Corinthians, 3.17 (1st cent. CE - 1st cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land Found in books: Levine (2005) 242

3.17. εἴ τις τὸν ναὸν τοῦ θεοῦ φθείρει, φθερεῖ τοῦτον ὁ θεός· ὁ γὰρ ναὸς τοῦ θεοῦ ἅγιός ἐστιν, οἵτινές ἐστε ὑμεῖς.

3.17. If anyone destroys the temple of God, Godwill destroy him; for God's temple is holy, which you are.

69. Mishnah, Ketuvot, None (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 474

5.5. "אֵלּוּ מְלָאכוֹת שֶׁהָאִשָּׁה עוֹשָׂה לְבַעְלָהּ, טוֹחֶנֶת, וְאוֹפָה, וּמְכַבֶּסֶת, מְבַשֶּׁלֶת, וּמֵנִיקָה אֶת בְּנָהּ, מַצַּעַת לוֹ הַמִּטָּה, וְעוֹשָׂה בַצֶּמֶר. הִכְנִיסָה לוֹ שִׁפְחָה אַחַת, לֹא טוֹחֶנֶת, וְלֹא אוֹפָה וְלֹא מְכַבֶּסֶת. שְׁתַּיִם, אֵינָהּ מְבַשֶּׁלֶת וְאֵינָהּ מֵנִיקָה אֶת בְּנָהּ. שָׁלֹשׁ, אֵינָהּ מַצַּעַת לוֹ הַמִּטָּה וְאֵינָהּ עוֹשָׂה בַצֶּמֶר. אַרְבָּעָה, יוֹשֶׁבֶת בַּקַּתֶּדְרָא. רַבִּי אֱלִיעֶזֶר אוֹמֵר, אֲפִלּוּ הִכְנִיסָה לוֹ מֵאָה שְׁפָחוֹת, כּוֹפָהּ לַעֲשׂוֹת בַּצֶּמֶר, שֶׁהַבַּטָּלָה מְבִיאָה לִידֵי זִמָּה. רַבָּן שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן גַּמְלִיאֵל אוֹמֵר, אַף הַמַּדִּיר אֶת אִשְׁתּוֹ מִלַּעֲשׂוֹת מְלָאכָה, יוֹצִיא וְיִתֵּן כְּתֻבָּתָהּ, שֶׁהַבַּטָּלָה מְבִיאָה לִידֵי שִׁעֲמוּם: \n",

5.5. "The following are the kinds of work which a woman must perform for her husband:Grinding, Baking,If she brought one slave-woman into the marriage she need not grind or bake or wash. Washing,Rabbi Eliezer says: even if she brought him a hundred slave-women he may compel her to work in wool; for idleness leads to unchastity. Cooking, Nursing her child, Preparing his bed, And working in wool. [If she brought] two slave-women, she need not cook or nurse her child. If three, she need not prepare his bed or work in wool. If four, she may lounge in an easy chair. Rabbi Shimon ben Gamaliel says: if a man forbade his wife under a vow to do any work he must divorce her and give her kethubah to her for idleness leads to insanity.",

70. Mishnah, Berachot, 5.5, 9.4 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Poorthuis and Schwartz (2014) 183, 243, 244, 248, 253, 262, 346; Reif (2006) 297

5.5. "הַמִּתְפַּלֵּל וְטָעָה, סִימָן רַע לוֹ. וְאִם שְׁלִיחַ צִבּוּר הוּא, סִימָן רַע לְשׁוֹלְחָיו, מִפְּנֵי שֶׁשְּׁלוּחוֹ שֶׁל אָדָם כְּמוֹתוֹ. אָמְרוּ עָלָיו עַל רַבִּי חֲנִינָא בֶן דּוֹסָא, כְּשֶׁהָיָה מִתְפַּלֵּל עַל הַחוֹלִים וְאוֹמֵר, זֶה חַי וְזֶה מֵת. אָמְרוּ לוֹ, מִנַּיִן אַתָּה יוֹדֵעַ. אָמַר לָהֶם, אִם שְׁגוּרָה תְפִלָּתִי בְּפִי, יוֹדֵעַ אֲנִי שֶׁהוּא מְקֻבָּל. וְאִם לָאו, יוֹדֵעַ אֲנִי שֶׁהוּא מְטֹרָף: \n", 9.4. "הַנִּכְנָס לִכְרַךְ מִתְפַּלֵּל שְׁתַּיִם, אַחַת בִּכְנִיסָתוֹ וְאַחַת בִּיצִיאָתוֹ. בֶּן עַזַּאי אוֹמֵר, אַרְבַּע, שְׁתַּיִם בִּכְנִיסָתוֹ וּשְׁתַּיִם בִּיצִיאָתוֹ, וְנוֹתֵן הוֹדָאָה לְשֶׁעָבַר, וְצוֹעֵק לֶעָתִיד לָבֹא: \n",

5.5. "One who is praying and makes a mistake, it is a bad sign for him. And if he is the messenger of the congregation (the prayer leader) it is a bad sign for those who have sent him, because one’s messenger is equivalent to one’s self. They said about Rabbi Hanina ben Dosa that he used to pray for the sick and say, “This one will die, this one will live.” They said to him: “How do you know?” He replied: “If my prayer comes out fluently, I know that he is accepted, but if not, then I know that he is rejected.”", 9.4. "One who enters into a large city should say two prayers, one on entering and one on leaving. Ben Azzai says: four two on entering and two on leaving, he gives thanks for the past and cries out for the future.",

71. Mishnah, Avot, 2.2, 3.1 (1st cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 32, 306

2.2. "רַבָּן גַּמְלִיאֵל בְּנוֹ שֶׁל רַבִּי יְהוּדָה הַנָּשִׂיא אוֹמֵר, יָפֶה תַלְמוּד תּוֹרָה עִם דֶּרֶךְ אֶרֶץ, שֶׁיְּגִיעַת שְׁנֵיהֶם מְשַׁכַּחַת עָוֹן. וְכָל תּוֹרָה שֶׁאֵין עִמָּהּ מְלָאכָה, סוֹפָהּ בְּטֵלָה וְגוֹרֶרֶת עָוֹן. וְכָל הָעֲמֵלִים עִם הַצִּבּוּר, יִהְיוּ עֲמֵלִים עִמָּהֶם לְשֵׁם שָׁמַיִם, שֶׁזְּכוּת אֲבוֹתָם מְסַיַּעְתָּן וְצִדְקָתָם עוֹמֶדֶת לָעַד. וְאַתֶּם, מַעֲלֶה אֲנִי עֲלֵיכֶם שָׂכָר הַרְבֵּה כְּאִלּוּ עֲשִׂיתֶם:", 3.1. "עֲקַבְיָא בֶן מַהֲלַלְאֵל אוֹמֵר, הִסְתַּכֵּל בִּשְׁלשָׁה דְבָרִים וְאִי אַתָּה בָא לִידֵי עֲבֵרָה. דַּע מֵאַיִן בָּאתָ, וּלְאָן אַתָּה הוֹלֵךְ, וְלִפְנֵי מִי אַתָּה עָתִיד לִתֵּן דִּין וְחֶשְׁבּוֹן. מֵאַיִן בָּאתָ, מִטִּפָּה סְרוּחָה, וּלְאָן אַתָּה הוֹלֵךְ, לִמְקוֹם עָפָר רִמָּה וְתוֹלֵעָה. וְלִפְנֵי מִי אַתָּה עָתִיד לִתֵּן דִּין וְחֶשְׁבּוֹן, לִפְנֵי מֶלֶךְ מַלְכֵי הַמְּלָכִים הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא:",

2.2. "Rabban Gamaliel the son of Rabbi Judah Hanasi said: excellent is the study of the torah when combined with a worldly occupation, for toil in them both keeps sin out of one’s mind; But [study of the] Torah which is not combined with a worldly occupation, in the end comes to be neglected and becomes the cause of sin. And all who labor with the community, should labor with them for the sake Heaven, for the merit of their forefathers sustains them (the community), and their (the forefather’s) righteousness endures for ever; And as for you, [God in such case says] I credit you with a rich reward, as if you [yourselves] had [actually] accomplished [it all].", 3.1. "Akabyah ben Mahalalel said: mark well three things and you will not come into the power of sin: Know from where you come, and where you are going, and before whom you are destined to give an account and reckoning. From where do you come? From a putrid drop. Where are you going? To a place of dust, of worm and of maggot. Before whom you are destined to give an account and reckoning? Before the King of the kings of kings, the Holy One, blessed be he.",

72. Palestinian Talmud, Taanit, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 378

73. Palestinian Talmud, Demai, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 412

74. Palestinian Talmud, Berachot, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 338

75. Clement of Alexandria, Miscellanies, None (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 164

76. Cassius Dio, Roman History, 53.33.1, 57.10.5 (2nd cent. CE - 3rd cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 284, 287

53.33.1. And it seems to me that he then acquired these privileges as related, not by way of flattery, but because he was truly honoured; for in most ways he comported himself toward the Romans as if they were free citizens. Thus, when Tiridates in person and envoys from Phraates came to settle their mutual recriminations, he brought them before the senate; 57.10.5. All these expenditures, moreover, he made from the regular revenues; for he neither put anybody to death for his money nor confiscated, at this time, anybody's property, nor did he even resort to tricky methods of obtaining funds. In fact, when Aemilius Rectus once sent him from Egypt, which he was governing, more money than was stipulated, he sent back to him the message: "I want my sheep shorn, not shaven."

77. Palestinian Talmud, Sukkah, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 323

78. Anon., Genesis Rabba, 17.8, 34.17, 35.2, 65.21 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123; Salvesen et al (2020) 412, 534

17.8. שָׁאֲלוּ אֶת רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ מִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִישׁ יוֹצֵא פָּנָיו לְמַטָּה, וְאִשָּׁה יוֹצֵאת פָּנֶיהָ לְמַעְלָה, אָמַר לָהֶם הָאִישׁ מַבִּיט לִמְקוֹם בְּרִיָּתוֹ, וְאִשָּׁה מַבֶּטֶת לִמְקוֹם בְּרִיָּתָהּ. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִשָּׁה צְרִיכָה לְהִתְבַּשֵֹּׂם וְאֵין הָאִישׁ צָרִיךְ לְהִתְבַּשֵֹּׂם, אָמַר לָהֶם אָדָם נִבְרָא מֵאֲדָמָה וְהָאֲדָמָה אֵינָהּ מַסְרַחַת לְעוֹלָם, וְחַוָּה נִבְרֵאת מֵעֶצֶם, מָשָׁל אִם תַּנִּיחַ בָּשָׂר שְׁלשָׁה יָמִים בְּלֹא מֶלַח מִיָּד הוּא מַסְרִיחַ. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִשָּׁה קוֹלָהּ הוֹלֵךְ וְלֹא הָאִישׁ, אָמַר לָהֶם מָשָׁל אִם תְּמַלֵּא קְדֵרָה בָּשָׂר אֵין קוֹלָהּ הוֹלֵךְ, כֵּיוָן שֶׁתִּתֵּן לְתוֹכָהּ עֶצֶם מִיָּד קוֹלָהּ הוֹלֵךְ. מִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִישׁ נוֹחַ לְהִתְפַּתּוֹת וְאֵין הָאִשָּׁה נוֹחָה לְהִתְפַּתּוֹת, אָמַר לָהֶן אָדָם נִבְרָא מֵאֲדָמָה וְכֵיוָן שֶׁאַתָּה נוֹתֵן עָלֶיהָ טִפָּה שֶׁל מַיִם מִיָּד הִיא נִשְׁרֵית, וְחַוָּה נִבְרֵאת מֵעֶצֶם וַאֲפִלּוּ אַתָּה שׁוֹרֶה אוֹתוֹ כַּמָּה יָמִים בַּמַּיִם אֵינוֹ נִשְׁרֶה. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִישׁ תּוֹבֵעַ בְּאִשָּׁה וְאֵין הָאִשָּׁה תּוֹבַעַת בְּאִישׁ, אָמַר לָהֶן מָשָׁל לְמָה הַדָּבָר דּוֹמֶה לְאֶחָד שֶׁאָבַד אֲבֵדָה הוּא מְבַקֵּשׁ אֲבֵדָתוֹ וַאֲבֵדָתוֹ אֵינָהּ מְבַקְשַׁתּוֹ. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִישׁ מַפְקִיד זֶרַע בָּאִשָּׁה וְאֵין הָאִשָּׁה מַפְקֶדֶת זֶרַע בָּאִישׁ, אָמַר לָהֶם דּוֹמֶה לְאֶחָד שֶׁהָיָה בְּיָדוֹ פִּקָּדוֹן וּמְבַקֵּשׁ אָדָם נֶאֱמָן שֶׁיַּפְקִידֶנוּ אֶצְלוֹ. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הָאִישׁ יוֹצֵא רֹאשׁוֹ מְגֻלֶּה וְהָאִשָּׁה רֹאשָׁהּ מְכֻסֶּה, אָמַר לָהֶן לְאֶחָד שֶׁעָבַר עֲבֵרָה וְהוּא מִתְבַּיֵּשׁ מִבְּנֵי אָדָם, לְפִיכָךְ יוֹצֵאת וְרֹאשָׁהּ מְכֻסֶּה. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה הֵן מְהַלְּכוֹת אֵצֶל הַמֵּת תְּחִלָּה, אָמַר לָהֶם עַל יְדֵי שֶׁגָּרְמוּ מִיתָה לָעוֹלָם, לְפִיכָךְ הֵן מְהַלְּכוֹת אֵצֶל הַמֵּת תְּחִלָּה, הֲדָא הוּא דִכְתִיב (איוב כא, לג): וְאַחֲרָיו כָּל אָדָם יִמְשׁוֹךְ. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת נִדָּה, עַל יְדֵי שֶׁשָּׁפְכָה דָּמוֹ שֶׁל אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן, לְפִיכָךְ נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת נִדָּה. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת חַלָּה, עַל יְדֵי שֶׁקִּלְקְלָה אֶת אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן שֶׁהָיָה גְּמַר חַלָּתוֹ שֶׁל עוֹלָם, לְפִיכָךְ נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת חַלָּה. וּמִפְּנֵי מָה נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת נֵר שַׁבָּת, אָמַר לָהֶן עַל יְדֵי שֶׁכִּבְּתָה נִשְׁמָתוֹ שֶׁל אָדָם הָרִאשׁוֹן, לְפִיכָךְ נִתַּן לָהּ מִצְוַת נֵר שַׁבָּת. 35.2. וַיֹּאמֶר אֱלֹהִים זֹאת אוֹת הַבְּרִית אֲשֶׁר אֲנִי נֹתֵן בֵּינִי וּבֵינֵיכֶם וגו' לְדֹרֹת עוֹלָם (בראשית ט, יב), אָמַר רַבִּי יוּדָן לְדֹרֹת כְּתִיב, פְּרַט לִשְׁנֵי דוֹרוֹת, לְדוֹרוֹ שֶׁל חִזְקִיָּהוּ וּלְדוֹרוֹ שֶׁל אַנְשֵׁי כְּנֶסֶת הַגְּדוֹלָה. רַבִּי חִזְקִיָּה מוֹצִיא דוֹרָן שֶׁל אַנְשֵׁי כְּנֶסֶת הַגְּדוֹלָה וּמֵבִיא דוֹרוֹ שֶׁל רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן יוֹחָאי. אֵלִיָּהוּ זָכוּר לַטּוֹב וְרַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בֶּן לֵוִי הֲווֹן יָתְבִין תָּנְיִן בַּחֲדָא, מְטוֹן שְׁמוּעָה מִן דְּרַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן יוֹחָאי, אָמְרֵי הָא מָרָא דִשְׁמַעְתָּא נֵיעוֹל וְנִישַׁיְילֵיה, עָל אֵלִיָּהוּ זָכוּר לַטּוֹב לְגַבֵּיהּ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ מָן עִמָּךְ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ גְּדוֹל הַדּוֹר רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בֶּן לֵוִי, אֲמַר לֵיהּ נִרְאֲתָה הַקֶּשֶׁת בְּיָמָיו, אֲמַר לֵיהּ הֵן, אָמַר אִם נִרְאָה הַקֶּשֶׁת בְּיָמָיו לֵית הוּא כְּדַאי לְמֶחֱמֵי סְבַר אַפָּאי. רַבִּי חִזְקִיָּה בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי יִרְמְיָה אָמַר, כָּךְ אָמַר רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן יוֹחָאי, בִּקְעָה בִּקְעָה אִימָלְאִי דִּינָרֵי זָהָב, וְנִתְמַלְּאָה. רַבִּי חִזְקִיָּה בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי יִרְמְיָה אָמַר כָּךְ אָמַר רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן יוֹחָאי, אִי בָּעֵי אַבְרָהָם לְמִקְרָבֵי מִן גַּבֵּיהּ וְעַד גַּבִּי, וַאֲנָא מְקָרֵב מִגַּבִּי עַד מַלְכָּא מְשִׁיחָא, וְאִין לָא בָּעֵי יִצְטָרֵף אֲחִיָה הַשִּׁילוֹנִי עִמִּי וַאֲנַן מְקָרְבִין מִן אַבְרָהָם עַד מַלְכָּא מְשִׁיחָא. רַבִּי חִזְקִיָה בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי יִרְמְיָה אָמַר כָּךְ אָמַר רַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן יוֹחָאי, אֵין הָעוֹלָם יָכוֹל לַעֲמֹד בְּפָחוֹת מִשְׁלשִׁים צַדִּיקִים כְּאַבְרָהָם אָבִינוּ, אִי תְּלָתִין אִינּוּן אֲנָא וּבְרִי תְּרֵי מִנְּהוֹן, וְאִם עֶשְׂרִים אִינּוּן אֲנָא וּבְרִי מִנְּהוֹן, וְאִם עֲשָׂרָה אִינּוּן אֲנָא וּבְרִי מִנְּהוֹן, וְאִם חֲמִשָּׁה אִינּוּן אֲנָא וּבְרִי מִנְּהוֹן, וְאִם תְּרֵין אִינּוּן אֲנָא וּבְרִי הֵן, וְאִם חַד הוּא אֲנָא הוּא. 65.21. דָּבָר אַחֵר, הַקֹּל קוֹל יַעֲקֹב, הָא קוֹלוֹ מְשַׁתֵּק אֶת הָעֶלְיוֹנִים וְאֶת הַתַּחְתּוֹנִים. רַבִּי רְאוּבֵן אָמַר כְּתִיב (יחזקאל א, כה): בְּעָמְדָם תְּרַפֶּינָה כַנְפֵיהֶן. בְּעָמְדָם וְכִי יֵשׁ יְשִׁיבָה לְמַעְלָה, לֹא כֵן אָמַר רַבִּי שְׁמוּאֵל אֵין יְשִׁיבָה לְמַעְלָה, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (יחזקאל א, ז): וְרַגְלֵיהֶם רֶגֶל יְשָׁרָה, אֵין לָהֶם קְפִיצִים (דניאל ז, טז): קִרְבֵת עַל חַד מִן קָאֲמַיָּא, מַה הוּא דֵין לְשׁוֹן קָאֲמַיָּא, קְיָמַיָּא. (ישעיה ו, ב): שְׂרָפִים עֹמְדִים מִמַּעַל לוֹ, (דברי הימים ב יח, יח): וְכָל צְבָא הַשָּׁמַיִם עֹמְדִים, וְאַתְּ אֲמַרְתְּ בְּעָמְדָם, אֶתְמְהָא. וּמָה הִיא בְּעָמְדָם, בָּא עָם דֹּם. בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁיִּשְׂרָאֵל אוֹמְרִין שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל הַמַּלְאָכִים שׁוֹתְקִין, וְאַחַר כָּךְ תְּרַפֶּינָה כַנְפֵיהֶן, וּמָה הֵן אוֹמְרִין (יחזקאל ג, יב): בָּרוּךְ כְּבוֹד ה' מִמְּקוֹמוֹ, וּבָרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ. רַבִּי לֵוִי אָמַר (איוב לח, ז): בְּרָן יַחַד כּוֹכְבֵי בֹקֶר וַיָּרִיעוּ כָּל בְּנֵי אֱלֹהִים, מַה שֶּׁזַּרְעוֹ שֶׁל יַעֲקֹב שֶׁנִּמְשַׁל לַכּוֹכָבִים מְקַלְּסִין, דִּכְתִיב בְּהוֹן (דניאל יב, ג): וּמַצְדִּיקֵי הָרַבִּים כַּכּוֹכָבִים, וְאַחַר כָּךְ וַיָּרִיעוּ כָּל בְּנֵי אֱלֹהִים, אֵלּוּ מַלְאֲכֵי הַשָּׁרֵת, מָה הֵן אוֹמְרִין בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ. רַבִּי שְׁמוּאֵל בַּר נַחְמָן אָמַר כְּתִיב (יחזקאל ג, יב): וַתִּשָֹּׂאֵנִי רוּחַ וָאֶשְׁמַע אַחֲרַי קוֹל רַעַשׁ גָּדוֹל וגו'. רַעַשׁ גָּדוֹל, אֶתְמְהָא, אֶלָּא מִשֶּׁקִּלַּסְתִּי אֲנִי וַחֲבֵרִי, וְאַחַר כָּךְ וָאֶשְׁמַע אַחֲרַי קוֹל רַעַשׁ גָּדוֹל בָּרוּךְ כְּבוֹד ה' מִמְקוֹמוֹ, וּמָה הֵם אוֹמְרִים, בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם. רַבִּי יְהוּדָה בַּר אִלָּעִי הָיָה דוֹרֵשׁ הַקּוֹל קוֹלוֹ שֶׁל יַעֲקֹב מְצַוַּחַת מִמַּה שֶּׁעָשׂוּ לוֹ הַיָּדַיִם יְדֵי עֵשָׂו. אָמַר רַבִּי יוֹחָנָן קוֹלוֹ שֶׁל אַדְרִיָּנוּס קֵיסָר שֶׁהָרַג בְּבֵיתָר שְׁמוֹנִים אֶלֶף רִבּוֹא בְּנֵי אָדָם.

79. Palestinian Talmud, Sanhedrin, None (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 634

80. Anon., Mekhilta Derabbi Yishmael, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 325

81. Anon., Mekhilta Derabbi Shimeon Ben Yohai, None (2nd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 325

82. Anon., Qohelet Rabba, 12.5 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 412

83. Anon., Deuteronomy Rabbah, 2.31, 2.35 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

2.31. שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד. הֲלָכָה אָדָם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵל שֶׁקָּרָא קְרִיאַת שְׁמַע וְלֹא דִּקְדֵּק בְּאוֹתִיּוֹתֶיהָ, מַהוּ שֶׁיֵּצֵא יְדֵי חוֹבָתוֹ, כָּךְ שָׁנוּ חֲכָמִים קָרָא וְלֹא דִּקְדֵּק בְּאוֹתִיּוֹתֶיהָ רַבִּי יוֹסֵי אוֹמֵר יָצָא, רַבִּי יְהוּדָה אוֹמֵר לֹא יָצָא. וְאֵיזֶהוּ דִּקְדּוּק אוֹתִיּוֹת לִמְדוּנוּ רַבּוֹתֵינוּ (דברים יא, יג): בְּכָל לְבַבְכֶם, צָרִיךְ לְהַפְרִישׁ בֵּין לָמֶ''ד לְלָמֶ''ד, (דברים יא, יז): וַאֲבַדְתֶּם מְהֵרָה, צָרִיךְ לְהַפְרִישׁ בֵּין מֶ''ם לְמֶ''ם. וְאָמַר רַב יְהוּדָה בְּשֵׁם רַב וְאִם הָיָה קוֹרֵא אֶת שְׁמַע וּמְהַלֵּךְ, צָרִיךְ הוּא לְקַבֵּל מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם מְעֻמָּד, וְאֵיזֶהוּ מַלְכוּת שָׁמַיִם ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד. וּמֵהֵיכָן זָכוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל לִקְרוֹת שְׁמַע, אָמַר רַבִּי פִּנְחָס בַּר חָמָא מִמַּתַּן תּוֹרָה זָכוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל לִקְרוֹת שְׁמַע, כֵּיצַד, אַתְּ מוֹצֵא לֹא פָּתַח הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא בְּסִינַי תְּחִלָּה אֶלָּא בְּדָבָר זֶה, אָמַר לָהֶם: שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל (שמות כ, ב): אָנֹכִי ה' אֱלֹהֶיךָ, נַעֲנוּ כֻּלָּן וְאָמְרוּ: ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד. וּמשֶׁה אָמַר: בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ לְעוֹלָם וָעֶד. רַבָּנָן אָמְרֵי, אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְיִשְׂרָאֵל, בָּנַי, כָּל מַה שֶּׁבָּרָאתִי בָּרָאתִי זוּגוֹת, שָׁמַיִם וָאָרֶץ זוּגוֹת, חַמָּה וּלְבָנָה זוּגוֹת, אָדָם וְחַוָּה זוּגוֹת, הָעוֹלָם הַזֶּה וְהָעוֹלָם הַבָּא זוּגוֹת, אֲבָל כְּבוֹדִי אֶחָד וּמְיֻחָד בָּעוֹלָם, מִנַּיִן, מִמַּה שֶּׁקָּרִינוּ בָּעִנְיָן שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד. 2.35. דָּבָר אַחֵר, שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל. מֵהֵיכָן זָכוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל לִקְרִיאַת שְׁמַע, מִשָּׁעָה שֶׁנָּטָה יַעֲקֹב לְמִיתָה קָרָא לְכָל הַשְּׁבָטִים וְאָמַר לָהֶן שֶׁמָּא מִשֶּׁאֲנִי נִפְטַר מִן הָעוֹלָם אַתֶּם מִשְׁתַּחֲוִים לֵאלוֹהַּ אַחֵר, מִנַּיִן, שֶׁכָּךְ כְּתִיב (בראשית מט, ב): הִקָּבְצוּ וְשִׁמְעוּ בְּנֵי יַעֲקֹב וגו', מַהוּ (בראשית מט, ב): וְשִׁמְעוּ אֶל יִשְׂרָאֵל אֲבִיכֶם, אָמַר לָהֶן, אֵל יִשְׂרָאֵל, אֲבִיכֶם הוּא. אָמְרוּ לוֹ, שְׁמַע יִשְׂרָאֵל ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד, וְהוּא אוֹמֵר בִּלְחִישָׁה בָּרוּךְ שֵׁם כְּבוֹד מַלְכוּתוֹ לְעוֹלָם וָעֶד. אָמַר רַבִּי לֵוִי וּמַה יִּשְׂרָאֵל אוֹמְרִים עַכְשָׁו, שְׁמַע אָבִינוּ יִשְׂרָאֵל אוֹתוֹ הַדָּבָר שֶׁצִּוִּיתָנוּ נוֹהֵג בָּנוּ ה' אֱלֹהֵינוּ ה' אֶחָד.

84. Anon., Lamentations Rabbah, 2.2, 4.2 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 378

2.2. אֵיכָה יָעִיב בְּאַפּוֹ ה' אֶת בַּת צִיּוֹן. אָמַר רַבִּי חָמָא בַּר רַבִּי חֲנִינָא אֵיךְ חַיֵּיב ה' בְּרוּגְזֵיהּ יָת בַּת צִיּוֹן. אִית אַתְרָא דְּצָוְוחִין לְחַיָּיבָא עֲיָיבָא. רַבִּי שְׁמוּאֵל בַּר נַחְמָנִי אָמַר, אֵיךְ כַּיֵּיב ה' בְּרוּגְזֵיהּ. אִית אַתְרָא דְּצַוְוחִין לְכֵיבָא עֵייבָא. וְרַבָּנָן אָמְרִין אֵיךְ שַׁיֵּים ה' בְּרוּגְזֵיהּ יָת בַּת צִיּוֹן. הִשְׁלִיךְ מִשָּׁמַיִם אֶרֶץ תִּפְאֶרֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל, רַבִּי הוּנָא וְרַבִּי אַחָא בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי חֲנִינָא בְּרֵיהּ דְּרַבִּי אַבָּהוּ, מָשָׁל לְמֶלֶךְ שֶׁהָיָה לוֹ בֵּן, בָּכָה וּנְתָנוֹ עַל אַרְכּוּבוֹתָיו, בָּכָה וּנְתָנוֹ עַל זְרוֹעוֹתָיו, בָּכָה וְהִרְכִּיבוֹ עַל כְּתֵפוֹ, טִנֵּף עָלָיו וּמִיָּד הִשְׁלִיכוֹ לָאָרֶץ, וְלָא הֲוַת מְחוּתִיתֵיהּ כִּמְסוּקִיתֵיהּ, מְסוּקִיתֵיהּ צִיבְחַר צִיבְחַר, וּמְחוּתִיתֵיהּ כּוֹלָּא חֲדָא. כָּךְ (הושע יא, ג): וְאָנֹכִי תִרְגַּלְתִּי לְאֶפְרַיִם קָחָם עַל זְרוֹעֹתָיו. וְאַחַר כָּךְ (הושע י, יא): אַרְכִּיב אֶפְרַיִם יַחֲרוֹשׁ יְהוּדָה יְשַׂדֶּד לוֹ יַעֲקֹב. וְאַחַר כָּךְ: הִשְׁלִיךְ מִשָּׁמַיִם אֶרֶץ תִּפְאֶרֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל. דָּבָר אַחֵר, הִשְׁלִיךְ מִשָּׁמַיִם אֶרֶץ תִּפְאֶרֶת יִשְׂרָאֵל, אָמַר רַבִּי יְהוֹשֻׁעַ בְּרַבִּי נַחְמָן מָשָׁל לִבְנֵי מְדִינָה שֶׁעָשׂוּ עֲטָרָה לַמֶּלֶךְ, הִקְנִיטוּהוּ וּסְבָלָן, הִקְנִיטוּהוּ וּסְבָלָן, אָחַר כָּךְ אָמַר לָהֶם הַמֶּלֶךְ כְּלוּם אַתֶּם מַקְנִיטִין אוֹתִי אֶלָּא בַּעֲבוּר עֲטָרָה שֶׁעִטַּרְתֶּם לִי, הֵא לְכוֹן טְרוֹן בְּאַפֵּיכוֹן, כָּךְ אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְיִשְׂרָאֵל, כְּלוּם אַתֶּם מַקְנִיטִין אוֹתִי אֶלָּא בִּשְׁבִיל אִיקוּנִין שֶׁל יַעֲקֹב שֶׁחֲקוּקָה עַל כִּסְאִי, הֵא לְכוֹן טְרוֹן בְּאַפֵּיכוֹן, הֱוֵי: הִשְׁלִיךְ מִשָּׁמַיִם אֶרֶץ וגו'. 4.2. בְּנֵי צִיּוֹן הַיְקָרִים, מֶה הָיְתָה יַקְרוּתָן, עִירוֹנִי שֶׁנָּשָׂא יְרוּשַׁלְמִית הָיָה נוֹתֵן לָהּ מִשְׁקָלָהּ זָהָב, וְכֵן יְרוּשַׁלְמִי שֶׁנָשָׂא עִירוֹנִית, הָיוּ נוֹתְנִין לוֹ מִשְׁקָלוֹ זָהָב. דָּבָר אַחֵר, מֶה הָיְתָה יַקְרוּתָן, בְּשָׁעָה שֶׁהָיָה אֶחָד מֵהֶן נוֹשֵׂא אִשָּׁה גְדוֹלָה מִמֶּנּוּ, הָיָה עוֹשֶׂה שֻׁלְחָנוֹת יוֹתֵר מִן הַיְצִיאוֹת, יְרוּדָה מִמֶּנּוּ הָיָה עוֹשֶׂה הוֹצָאוֹת יוֹתֵר מִן הַשֻּׁלְחָנוֹת. דָּבָר אַחֵר, מֶה הָיְתָה יַקְרוּתָן, לֹא הָיָה אֶחָד מֵהֶם הוֹלֵךְ לִסְעוּדָה עַד שֶׁנִּקְרָא וְנִשְׁנָה.

85. Anon., Leviticus Rabba, 7.2, 34.14 (2nd cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Reif (2006) 135; Salvesen et al (2020) 412

7.2. זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה וגו' (תהלים נא, יט), זַבְדִּי בֶּן לֵוִי וְרַבִּי יוֹסֵי בֶּן פֶּטְרָס וְרַבָּנָן, חַד אָמַר, אָמַר דָּוִד לִפְנֵי הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא אֲנִי כָּבַשְׁתִּי אֶת יִצְרִי וְעָשִׂיתִי תְּשׁוּבָה לְפָנֶיךָ, אִם אַתָּה מְקַבְּלֵנִי בִּתְשׁוּבָה הֲרֵי יוֹדֵעַ אֲנִי שֶׁשְּׁלֹמֹה בְּנִי עוֹמֵד וּבוֹנֶה אֶת בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וּבוֹנֶה אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וּמַקְטִיר עָלָיו אֶת הַקָּרְבָּנוֹת שֶׁבַּתּוֹרָה, מִן הָדֵין קְרָיָא: זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה. וָחֳרָנָא אָמַר מִנַיִן לְמִי שֶׁהוּא עוֹשֶׂה תְּשׁוּבָה שֶׁמַּעֲלִין עָלָיו כְּאִלּוּ עָלָה לִירוּשָׁלַיִם וּבָנָה אֶת בֵּית הַמִּקְדָּשׁ וּבָנָה אֶת הַמִּזְבֵּחַ וּמַקְרִיב עָלָיו כָּל הַקָּרְבָּנוֹת שֶׁבַּתּוֹרָה, מִן הָדֵין קְרָיָא: זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה, וְרַבָּנִין אָמְרֵי מִנַּיִן לְעוֹבֵר לִפְנֵי הַתֵּבָה שֶׁצָּרִיךְ לְהַזְכִּיר עֲבוֹדָה וְקָרְבָּנוֹת וְלָשֹׁחַ, מִן הֲדָא בִּרְכָתָא, רְצֵה אֱלֹהֵינוּ שְׁכֹן בְּצִיּוֹן מְהֵרָה יַעַבְדוּךָ בָּנֶיךָ. אִית דְּבָעֵי מַשְׁמַעְנָא מִן הֲדָא, זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה. אָמַר רַבִּי אַבָּא בַּר יוּדָן כָּל מַה שֶׁפָּסַל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא בִּבְהֵמָה הִכְשִׁיר בְּאָדָם, פָּסַל בִּבְהֵמָה (ויקרא כב, כב): עֲוֶרֶת אוֹ שָׁבוּר אוֹ חָרוּץ אוֹ יַבֶּלֶת, וְהִכְשִׁיר בְּאָדָם (תהלים נא, יט): לֵב נִשְׁבָּר וְנִדְכֶּה. אָמַר רַבִּי אֲלֶכְּסַנְדְּרִי הַהֶדְיוֹט הַזֶּה אִם מְשַׁמֵּשׁ הוּא בְּכֵלִים שְׁבוּרִים גְּנַאי הוּא לוֹ, אֲבָל הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא כְּלֵי תַּשְׁמִישׁוֹ שְׁבוּרִים, שֶׁנֶּאֱמַר (תהלים לד, יט): קָרוֹב ה' לְנִשְׁבְּרֵי לֵב, (תהלים קמז, ג): הָרוֹפֵא לִשְׁבוּרֵי לֵב, (ישעיה נז, טו): וְאֶת דַּכָּא וּשְׁפַל רוּחַ. זִבְחֵי אֱלֹהִים רוּחַ נִשְׁבָּרָה לֵב נִשְׁבָּר, רַבִּי אַבָּא בַּר יוּדָן בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי יוּדָא בַּר רַבִּי סִימוֹן, מָשָׁל לְמֶלֶךְ שֶׁהָיָה מְהַלֵּךְ בַּמִּדְבָּר, וּבָא אוֹהֲבוֹ וְכִבְּדוֹ בְּכַלְכָּלָה אַחַת שֶׁל תְּאֵנִים וְחָבִית אַחַת שֶׁל יַיִן, אָמַר לוֹ זֶה כִּבּוּד גָּדוֹל, אָמַר לוֹ אֲדוֹנִי הַמֶּלֶךְ לְפִי שָׁעָה כִּבַּדְתִּיךָ, אֲבָל כְּשֶׁאַתָּה נִכְנַס לְתוֹךְ פָּלָטִין שֶׁלְךָ, אַתָּה רוֹאֶה כַּמָּה אֲנִי מְכַבְּדֶךָ. כָּךְ אָמַר הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא לְיִשְׂרָאֵל (ויקרא ו, ב): זֹאת תּוֹרַת הָעֹלָה הִוא הָעֹלָה, אָמְרוּ לְפָנָיו רִבּוֹן הָעוֹלָמִים לְפִי שָׁעָה הִקְרַבְנוּ לְפָנֶיךָ, אֲבָל לִכְשֶׁתֵּיטִיב (תהלים נא, כ כא): בִּרְצוֹנְךָ אֶת צִיּוֹן תִּבְנֶה חוֹמוֹת יְרוּשָׁלָיִם, אָז תַּחְפֹּץ זִבְחֵי צֶדֶק עֹלָה וְכָלִיל. 34.14. כִּי תִרְאֶה עָרֹם וְכִסִּיתוֹ (ישעיה נח, ז), רַבִּי אַדָּא בַּר אַהֲבָה וְרַב וְרַבִּי יוֹחָנָן, חַד אָמַר מְדַקְדְּקִין בִּכְסוּת וְאֵין מְדַקְדְּקִין בְּחַיֵּי נֶפֶשׁ. וַחֲכָמִים אוֹמְרִים אַף בִּכְסוּת אֵינָן מְדַקְדְּקִין, מִפְּנֵי בְּרִיתוֹ שֶׁל אַבְרָהָם אָבִינוּ, (ישעיה נח, ז): וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם, בַּר קַפָּרָא אָמַר הֱוֵי רוֹאֶה בְּשָׂרוֹ כִּבְשָׂרֶךָ. תָּנֵי בַּר קַפָּרָא אֵין לְךָ אָדָם שֶׁאֵינוֹ בָּא לִידֵי מִדָּה זוֹ, אִם לֹא הוּא בְּנוֹ, אִם לֹא בְּנוֹ בֶּן בְּנוֹ. דָּבָר אַחֵר, וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם, רַבִּי יַעֲקֹב אָמַר בְּשֵׁם רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר זוֹ גְרוּשָׁתוֹ. רַבִּי יוֹסֵי הַגְּלִילִי הֲוָה לֵיהּ אִתְּתָא בִּישָׁא וַהֲוַת מְבַזָּה לֵיהּ קֳדָם תַּלְמִידָיו, אָמְרוּ לֵיהּ תַּלְמִידָיו רַבִּי שְׁבֹק הֲדָא אִתְּתָא מִנָּךְ דְּלֵית הִיא עָבְדָא לִיקָרָךְ, אֲמַר לוֹן פּוּרְנָא דִידָהּ רַב עָלַי וְלֵית בִּי מִשְׁבַּק לָהּ, חַד זְמַן הַוְיָן יָתְבִין פָּשְׁטִין הוּא וְרַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בֶּן עֲזַרְיָה, מִן דַּחֲסַלּוּן אֲמַר לֵיהּ מַשְׁגַּח רַבִּי וַאֲנַן סָלְקִין לְבֵיתָא, אֲמַר לֵיהּ אִין, מַה דְּסָלְקִין אַמַּכַת עַל אַפָּא וְנָפְקַת לָהּ, צָפָא בְּהַהִיא קִידְרָא עֲלֵי תְּפָיָה, אֲמַר לָהּ אִית בְּהַהִיא קִידְרָא כְּלוּם, אָמְרָה לֵיהּ אִית בָּהּ פַּרְפְּרָיִין, אָזַל גָּלִיתָא וְאַשְׁכַּח בְּגַוָהּ פַּרְגָּיִין, יָדַע רַבִּי אֶלְעָזָר בֶּן עֲזַרְיָה דְּלָא יְתִיבָה דַעְתָּהּ עִם בַּעֲלָהּ, כַּד יַתְבִין לְהוֹן אָכְלִין אֲמַר לֵיהּ לָא אָמְרָה פַּרְפְּרָיִין וְהָא אֲנָא אַשְׁכַּחְנָא בְּגַוָּהּ פַּרְגָּיִין, אָמַר מַעֲשֵׂה נִסִּים הֵן, כֵּיוָן דְּאָכְלִין מַה דְּאָכְלִין, אֲמַר לֵיהּ רַבִּי שְׁבֹק הָדָא אִתְּתָא מִנָּךְ דְּלֵית הִיא עָבְדָא לִיקָרָךְ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ פּוּרְנָא רַב עָלַי וְלֵית בִּי מִשְׁבַּק לָהּ, אָמְרוּ לֵיהּ אֲנַן פַּסְקִינָן פּוּרְנָא וְשַׁבְקַהּ מִינָךְ, עָבְדִין לֵיהּ כֵּן פְּסִיקוּ לֵיהּ פּוּרְנָא וְשַׁבְקָהּ מִנֵיהּ, וְאַסְבוּן יָתֵיהּ אִתְּתָא אָחֳרֵי טַבְתָּא מִנָּהּ, גָּרְמִין חוֹבָא דְּהַהִיא אִנְתְּתָא וְאָזְלָא וְאִתְנְסִיבַת לְסַנְטֵירָא דְּקַרְתָּא, לְבָתַר יוֹמִין אָתוֹן יִסּוּרִין עֲלוֹי וְאִתְעֲבֵיד הַהוּא גַבְרָא סַגֵּי נְהוֹר, וַהֲוַת אִתְּתָא נְגִידָא לֵיהּ בְּכָל קַרְתָּא וַהֲוַת אָזְלָא בְּכָל שְׁכוּנַיָא וּבִשְׁכוּנָתֵיהּ דְּרַבִּי יוֹסֵי הַגְּלִילִי לָא הֲוַת אָזְלָה, הֲוָה הַהוּא גַּבְרָא חָכֵם קַרְתָּא, אֲמַר לָהּ לָמָּה לֵית אַתְּ מוֹבִילָא לִי לִשְׁכוּנָתֵיהּ דְּרַבִּי יוֹסֵי הַגְּלִילִי דַּאֲנָא שְׁמִיעַ דְּהוּא עָבֵיד מִצְוָן, אָמְרָה לוֹ מַשְׁבַּקְתֵּיהּ אֲנָא וְלֵית בִּי חָמֵא אַפוֹי. אָתוֹן חַד זְמַן וְקָרוֹן בִּשְׁכוּנָתֵיהּ דְּרַבִּי יוֹסֵי הַגְּלִילִי, שְׁרֵי חָבֵט עֲלָהּ וַהֲוַת קָלְהוֹן מִתְבַּזְיָן בְּכָל קַרְתָּא, אוֹדִיק רַבִּי יוֹסֵי הַגְּלִילִי וְחָמוֹן מִתְבַּזְיָן בְּגוֹ שׁוּקָא, נְסִיבֵיהוֹן וִיהַב יָתְהוֹן בְּחַד בֵּיתָא מִן דִּידֵיהּ, וַהֲוָה מְפַרְנֵס יַתְהוֹן כָּל יְמֵי חַיֵּיהוֹן, מִשּׁוּם וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם. בְּיוֹמֵי דְּרַבִּי תַּנְחוּמָא הָיוּ צְרִיכִין יִשְׂרָאֵל לְמִטְרָא אָתוֹן לְגַבֵּיהּ וַאֲמָרִין לֵיהּ רַבִּי גְּזֹר תַּעֲנִיתָא דְּיֵיחוֹת מִטְרָא, גְּזַר תַּעֲנִיתָא פַּעַם רִאשׁוֹנָה וּשְׁנִיָּה וְלֹא יָרְדוּ גְשָׁמִים, פַּעַם שְׁלִישִׁית קָם וְדָרַשׁ אֲמַר לוֹן כָּל עַמָּא יַפְלִיגוּן מִצְוָה, קָם חַד גְבַר וּנְסַב מַה דַּהֲוָה לֵיהּ בְּגוֹ בֵּיתֵיהּ וְנָפַק לְמִפְלְגָה, פָּגְעָה בֵּיהּ מַשְׁבַּקְתֵּיהּ, וְאָמְרָה לֵיהּ זְכֵי בְּהַהִיא אִתְּתָא דְּמִן יוֹמָא דְּנָפְקֵית מִן בֵּיתָךְ לָא חָמֵית טַב, כֵּיוָן שֶׁרָאָה אוֹתָהּ עֲרֻמָּה וּבְצָרָה גְדוֹלָה, נִתְמַלֵּא עָלֶיהָ רַחֲמִים וְנָתַן לָהּ, עַל שׁוּם וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם, חֲמִיתֵּיהּ חַד גְּבַר, סָלֵיק וַאֲמַר לֵיהּ לְרַבִּי תַּנְחוּמָא רַבִּי אַתְּ הָכָא וַעֲבֵרָה הָכָא, אֲמַר לֵיהּ מַה חָמֵית, אֲמַר לֵיהּ חָמֵית גְּבַר פְּלָן דְּמִשְׁתָּעֵי לְמַשְׁבַּקְתֵּיהּ, וְלָא עוֹד אֶלָּא דִּיהַב לָהּ פְּרִיטִין, אִי לָאו דַּחֲשִׁיד עֲלָהּ לָא יָהֵיב לָהּ. שָׁלַח רַבִּי תַּנְחוּמָא וְאַיְיתִיתֵיהּ, וַאֲמַר לֵיהּ בְּרִי אַתְּ יָדַע דְּעַלְמָא קָאי בְּצַעֲרָא וּבְרִיָּאתָה קָיְימֵא בְּצַעֲרָא וַאֲזַלְתְּ וְאִשְׁתָּעֵית עִם מַשְׁבַּקְתָּךְ, וְלָא עוֹד אֶלָּא דִיְהַבְתְּ לָהּ פְּרִיטִין, אִלּוּלֵי דַחֲשִׁיד אַתָּה לָא יְהַבְתְּ לָהּ פְּרִיטִין, אֲמַר לֵיהּ וְלָא כָךְ דָּרַשְׁתָּ וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם, אַתְּ אֲמַרְתְּ כָּל עַמָּא יִפְקוּן וְיִפְלְגוּן מִצְוָה, קָאֵים אֲנָא לְמִפְלְגָה מִצְוָה פָּגְעַת בִּי מַשְׁבַּקְתִּי וַאֲמָרַת לִי זְכֵי בְּהַהִיא אִתְּתָא דְּמִן יוֹמָא דְּנָפְקֵית מִבֵּיתָךְ לָא חָמֵית טַב, כֵּיוָן שֶׁרְאִיתִיהָ עֲרֻמָּה וּבְצָרָה גְדוֹלָה נִתְמַלֵּאתִי עָלֶיהָ רַחֲמִים וְנָתַתִּי לָהּ עַל שׁוּם וּמִבְּשָׂרְךָ לֹא תִתְעַלָּם. בְּאוֹתָהּ שָׁעָה הִגְבִּיהַּ רַבִּי תַּנְחוּמָא פָּנָיו לַשָּׁמַיִם וְאָמַר לִפְנֵי הַקָּדוֹשׁ בָּרוּךְ הוּא, רִבּוֹנוֹ שֶׁל עוֹלָם מָה אִם זֶה שֶׁהוּא בָּשָׂר וָדָם וְאַכְזָרִי וְלֹא הָיָה עָלָיו מְזוֹנוֹתֶיהָ נִתְמַלֵּא עָלֶיהָ רַחֲמִים וְנָתַן לָהּ, אָנוּ שֶׁאָנוּ בְּנֵי בָנֶיךָ בְּנֵי אַבְרָהָם יִצְחָק וְיַעֲקֹב וּמְזוֹנוֹתֵינוּ עָלֶיךָ, עַל אַחַת כַּמָּה וְכַמָּה שֶׁתִּתְמַלֵּא עָלֵינוּ רַחֲמִים, בְּאוֹתָהּ שָׁעָה יָרְדוּ גְשָׁמִים וְנִתְרַוַּח הָעוֹלָם.

86. Babylonian Talmud, Megillah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 427

18a. (הושע ג, ה) אחר ישובו בני ישראל ובקשו את ה' אלהיהם ואת דוד מלכם וכיון שבא דוד באתה תפלה שנאמר (ישעיהו נו, ז) והביאותים אל הר קדשי ושמחתים בבית תפלתי,וכיון שבאת תפלה באת עבודה שנאמר עולותיהם וזבחיהם לרצון על מזבחי וכיון שבאת עבודה באתה תודה שנאמר (תהלים נ, כג) זובח תודה יכבדנני,ומה ראו לומר ברכת כהנים אחר הודאה דכתיב (ויקרא ט, כב) וישא אהרן את ידיו אל העם ויברכם וירד מעשות החטאת והעולה והשלמים,אימא קודם עבודה לא ס"ד דכתיב וירד מעשות החטאת וגו' מי כתיב לעשות מעשות כתיב,ולימרה אחר העבודה לא ס"ד דכתיב זובח תודה,מאי חזית דסמכת אהאי סמוך אהאי מסתברא עבודה והודאה חדא מילתא היא,ומה ראו לומר שים שלום אחר ברכת כהנים דכתיב (במדבר ו, כז) ושמו את שמי על בני ישראל ואני אברכם ברכה דהקב"ה שלום שנאמר (תהלים כט, יא) ה' יברך את עמו בשלום,וכי מאחר דמאה ועשרים זקנים ומהם כמה נביאים תקנו תפלה על הסדר שמעון הפקולי מאי הסדיר שכחום וחזר וסדרום,מכאן ואילך אסור לספר בשבחו של הקב"ה דא"ר אלעזר מאי דכתיב (תהלים קו, ב) מי ימלל גבורות ה' ישמיע כל תהלתו למי נאה למלל גבורות ה' למי שיכול להשמיע כל תהלתו,אמר רבה בר בר חנה א"ר יוחנן המספר בשבחו של הקב"ה יותר מדאי נעקר מן העולם שנאמר (איוב לז, כ) היסופר לו כי אדבר אם אמר איש כי יבלע,דרש ר' יהודה איש כפר גבוריא ואמרי לה איש כפר גבור חיל מאי דכתיב (תהלים סה, ב) לך דומיה תהלה סמא דכולה משתוקא כי אתא רב דימי אמר אמרי במערבא מלה בסלע משתוקא בתרין:,קראה על פה לא יצא וכו': מנלן אמר רבא אתיא זכירה זכירה כתיב הכא והימים האלה נזכרים וכתיב התם (שמות יז, יד) כתב זאת זכרון בספר מה להלן בספר אף כאן בספר,וממאי דהאי זכירה קריאה היא דלמא עיון בעלמא לא סלקא דעתך (דכתיב) (דברים כה, יז) זכור יכול בלב כשהוא אומר לא תשכח הרי שכחת הלב אמור הא מה אני מקיים זכור בפה:,קראה תרגום לא יצא וכו': היכי דמי אילימא דכתיבה מקרא וקרי לה תרגום היינו על פה לא צריכא דכתיבה תרגום וקרי לה תרגום:,אבל קורין אותה ללועזות בלעז וכו': והא אמרת קראה בכל לשון לא יצא רב ושמואל דאמרי תרוייהו בלעז יווני,היכי דמי אילימא דכתיבה אשורית וקרי לה יוונית היינו על פה א"ר אחא א"ר אלעזר שכתובה בלעז יוונית,וא"ר אחא א"ר אלעזר מנין שקראו הקב"ה ליעקב אל שנאמר (בראשית לג, כ) ויקרא לו אל אלהי ישראל דאי סלקא דעתך למזבח קרא ליה יעקב אל ויקרא לו יעקב מיבעי ליה אלא ויקרא לו ליעקב אל ומי קראו אל אלהי ישראל,מיתיבי קראה גיפטית עברית עילמית מדית יוונית לא יצא,הא לא דמיא אלא להא גיפטית לגיפטים עברית לעברים עילמית לעילמים יוונית ליוונים יצא,אי הכי רב ושמואל אמאי מוקמי לה למתני' בלעז יוונית לוקמה בכל לעז [אלא מתניתין כברייתא] וכי איתמר דרב ושמואל בעלמא איתמר רב ושמואל דאמרי תרוייהו לעז יווני לכל כשר,והא קתני יוונית ליוונים אין לכולי עלמא לא אינהו דאמור כרשב"ג דתנן רשב"ג אומר אף ספרים לא התירו שיכתבו אלא יוונית,ולימרו הלכה כרשב"ג אי אמרי הלכה כרשב"ג הוה אמינא הני מילי שאר ספרים אבל מגילה דכתיב בה ככתבם אימא לא קמ"ל:,והלועז ששמע אשורית יצא וכו': והא לא ידע מאי קאמרי מידי דהוה אנשים ועמי הארץ,מתקיף לה רבינא אטו אנן האחשתרנים בני הרמכים מי ידעינן אלא מצות קריאה ופרסומי ניסא הכא נמי מצות קריאה ופרסומי ניסא:,קראה סירוגין יצא וכו': לא הוו ידעי רבנן מאי סירוגין שמעוה לאמתא דבי רבי דקאמרה להו לרבנן דהוי עיילי פסקי פסקי לבי רבי עד מתי אתם נכנסין סירוגין סירוגין,לא הוו ידעי רבנן מאי חלוגלוגות שמעוה לאמתא דבי רבי דאמרה ליה לההוא גברא דהוה קא מבדר פרפחיני עד מתי אתה מפזר חלוגלוגך,לא הוו ידעי רבנן מאי (משלי ד, ח) סלסלה ותרוממך שמעוה לאמתא דבי רבי דהוות אמרה לההוא גברא דהוה מהפך במזייה אמרה ליה עד מתי אתה מסלסל בשערך,לא הוו ידעי רבנן מאי (תהלים נה, כג) השלך על ה' יהבך אמר רבה בר בר חנה זימנא חדא הוה אזילנא בהדי ההוא טייעא וקא דרינא טונא ואמר לי שקול יהביך ושדי אגמלאי,לא הוו ידעי רבנן מאי (ישעיהו יד, כג) וטאטאתיה במטאטא השמד שמעוה לאמתא דבי רבי דהוות אמרה לחברתה שקולי טאטיתא וטאטי ביתא,ת"ר קראה סירוגין יצא

18a. b “Afterward the children of Israel shall return, and seek the Lord their God and David their king” /b (Hosea 3:5), and consequently, the blessing of the kingdom of David follows the blessing of the building of Jerusalem. b And once /b the scion of b David comes, /b the time for b prayer will come, as it is stated: “I will bring them to My sacred mountain and make them joyful in My house of prayer” /b (Isaiah 56:7). Therefore, the blessing of hearing prayer is recited after the blessing of the kingdom of David., b And after prayer comes, the /b Temple b service will arrive, as it is stated /b in the continuation of that verse: b “Their burnt-offerings and their sacrifices shall be accepted on My altar” /b (Isaiah 56:7). The blessing of restoration of the Temple service follows the blessing of hearing prayer. b And when the /b Temple b service comes, /b with it will also b come thanksgiving, as it is stated: “Whoever sacrifices a thanks-offering honors Me” /b (Psalms 50:23), which teaches that thanksgiving follows sacrifice. Therefore, the blessing of thanksgiving follows the blessing of restoration of the Temple service., b And why did they see /b fit to institute that one b says the Priestly Benediction after /b the blessing of b thanksgiving? As it is written: “And Aaron lifted up his hand toward the people and blessed them, and he came down from sacrificing the sin-offering, and the burnt-offering, and the peace-offerings” /b (Leviticus 9:22), teaching that the Priestly Benediction follows the sacrificial service, which includes the thanks-offering.,The Gemara asks: But the cited verse indicates that Aaron blessed the people and then sacrificed the offerings. Should we not then b say /b the Priestly Benediction b before the /b blessing of the Temple b service? /b The Gemara answers: b It should not enter your mind /b to say this, b as it is written: “And he came down from sacrificing the sin-offering.” Is it written /b that he came down b to sacrifice /b the offerings, implying that after blessing the people Aaron came down and sacrificed the offerings? No, b it is written, “from sacrificing,” /b indicating that the offerings had already been sacrificed.,The Gemara asks: If, as derived from this verse, the Priestly Benediction follows the sacrificial service, the Priestly Benediction should be b said /b immediately b after /b the blessing of restoration of b the /b Temple b service, /b without the interruption of the blessing of thanksgiving. The Gemara rejects this argument: b It should not enter your mind /b to say this, b as it is written: “Whoever sacrifices a thanks-offering /b honors Me,” from which we learn that thanksgiving follows sacrifice, as already explained.,The Gemara asks: b What did you see to rely on this /b verse and juxtapose thanksgiving with sacrifice? b Rely /b rather b on the other /b verse, which indicates that it is the Priestly Benediction that should be juxtaposed with the sacrificial service. The Gemara answers: b It stands to reason /b to have the blessing of thanksgiving immediately following the blessing of the sacrificial service, since the sacrificial b service and thanksgiving, /b which are closely related conceptually, b are one matter. /b , b And why did they see /b fit to institute that one b says /b the blessing beginning with the words: b Grant peace, after the Priestly Benediction? As it is written /b immediately following the Priestly Benediction: b “And they shall put My name upon the children of Israel, and I will bless them” /b (Numbers 6:27). The Priestly Benediction is followed by God’s blessing, and b the blessing of the Holy One, Blessed be He, is peace, as it is stated: “The Lord blesses His people with peace” /b (Psalms 29:11).,The Gemara returns to the i baraita /i cited at the beginning of the discussion: b Now, since /b the i baraita /i teaches that b a hundred and twenty Elders, including many prophets, established the /b i Amida /i b prayer in its /b fixed b order, what /b is it that b Shimon HaPakuli arranged /b in a much later period of time, as related by Rabbi Yoḥa? The Gemara answers: Indeed, the blessings of the i Amida /i prayer were originally arranged by the hundred and twenty members of the Great Assembly, but over the course of time the people b forgot them, and /b Shimon HaPakuli then b arranged them again. /b ,The Gemara comments: These nineteen blessings are a fixed number, and b beyond this it is prohibited /b for one b to declare the praises of the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b by adding additional blessings to the i Amida /i . As b Rabbi Elazar said: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “Who can utter the mighty acts of the Lord? Who can declare all His praise?” /b (Psalms 106:2)? It means: b For whom is it fitting to utter the mighty acts of the Lord? /b Only b for one who can declare all His praise. /b And since no one is capable of declaring all of God’s praises, we must suffice with the set formula established by the Sages., b Rabba bar bar Ḥana said /b that b Rabbi Yoḥa said: /b With regard to b one who excessively declares the praises of the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b his fate b is /b to be b uprooted from the world, /b as it appears as if he had exhausted all of God’s praises. b As it is stated: “Shall it be told to Him when I speak? If a man says /b it, b he would be swallowed up” /b (Job 37:20). The Gemara interprets the verse as saying: Can all of God’s praises be expressed when I speak? If a man would say such a thing, he would be “swallowed up” as punishment.,The Gemara relates: b Rabbi Yehuda, a man of Kefar Gibboraya, and some say /b he was b a man of Kefar Gibbor Ĥayil, taught: What is /b the meaning of that b which is written: “For You silence is praise” /b (Psalms 65:2)? b The /b best b remedy of all is silence, /b i.e., the optimum form of praising God is silence. The Gemara relates: b When Rav Dimi came /b from Eretz Israel to Babylonia, b he said: In the West, /b Eretz Yisrael, b they say /b an adage: If b a word is /b worth one b i sela /i , silence is /b worth b two. /b ,§ It is taught in the mishna: b If one read /b the Megilla b by heart he has not fulfilled /b his obligation. The Gemara asks: b From where do we /b derive this? b Rava said: /b This is b derived /b by means of a verbal analogy between one instance of the term b remembrance /b and another instance of the term b remembrance. It is written here, /b with regard to the Megilla: b “That these days should be remembered” /b (Esther 9:28), b and it is written elsewhere: “And the Lord said to Moses: Write this for a memorial in the book, /b and rehearse it in the ears of Joshua: That I will utterly blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens” (Exodus 17:14). b Just as there, /b with regard to Amalek, remembrance is referring specifically to something written b in a book, /b as it is stated, “in the book,” b so too here, /b the Megilla remembrance is through being written b in a book. /b ,The Gemara raises a question: b But from where /b do we know b that this remembrance /b that is stated with regard to Amalek and to the Megilla involves b reading /b it out loud from a book? b Perhaps /b it requires b merely looking into /b the book, reading it silently. The Gemara answers: b It should not enter your mind /b to say this, as it was taught in a i baraita /i : The verse states: b “Remember /b what Amalek did to you” (Deuteronomy 25:17). One b might /b have thought that it suffices for one to remember this silently, b in his heart. /b But this cannot be, since b when it says /b subsequently: b “You shall not forget” /b (Deuteronomy 25:19), b it is /b already b referring to forgetting from the heart. How, /b then, b do I uphold /b the meaning of b “remember”? /b What does this command to remember add to the command to not forget? Therefore, it means that the remembrance must be expressed out loud, b with the mouth. /b ,§ It was taught further in the mishna: b If one read /b the Megilla b in /b Aramaic b translation he has not fulfilled /b his obligation. The Gemara asks: b What are the circumstances /b of this case? b If we say that /b the Megilla b was written in /b the original b biblical text, /b i.e., in Hebrew, b and he read it in /b Aramaic b translation, /b then b this is /b the same as reading it b by heart, /b as he is not reading the words written in the text, and the mishna has already stated that one does not fulfill his obligation by reading the Megilla by heart. The Gemara answers: b No, /b it is b necessary /b to teach this case as well, as it is referring to a case in which the Megilla b was written /b not in the original Hebrew but b in /b Aramaic b translation, and he read it /b as written, b in /b Aramaic b translation. /b ,§ The mishna continues: b However, for those who speak a foreign language, one may read /b the Megilla b in /b that b foreign language. /b The Gemara raises a difficulty: b But didn’t you say /b in the mishna: b If he read it in any /b other b language he has not fulfilled /b his obligation? The Gemara cites the answer of b Rav and Shmuel, who both say: /b When the mishna says: A foreign language, it is referring specifically to b the Greek foreign language, /b which has a unique status with regard to biblical translation.,The Gemara asks: b What are the circumstances /b of the case? b If we say that /b the Megilla b was written in i Ashurit /i , /b i.e., in Hebrew, b and he read it in Greek, this is /b the same as reading it b by heart, /b and the mishna teaches that one does not fulfill his obligation by reading by heart. The Gemara answers: b Rabbi Aḥa said /b that b Rabbi Elazar said: /b The mishna is dealing with a case in which the Megilla b was written in the Greek foreign language /b and was also read in that language.,Apropos statements in this line of tradition, the Gemara adds: b And Rabbi Aḥa /b further b said /b that b Rabbi Elazar said: From where /b is it derived b that the Holy One, Blessed be He, called Jacob El, /b meaning God? b As it is stated: /b “And he erected there an altar, b and he called it El, God of Israel” /b (Genesis 33:20). It is also possible to translate this as: And He, i.e., the God of Israel, called him, Jacob, El. Indeed, it must be understood this way, b as if it enters your mind /b to say that the verse should be understood as saying that b Jacob called the altar El, it should have /b specified the subject of the verb and written: b And Jacob called it /b El. b But /b since the verse is not written this way, the verse must be understood as follows: b He called Jacob El; and who called him El? The God of Israel. /b ,The Gemara returns to discussing languages for reading the Megilla and b raises an objection /b against Rav and Shmuel, who said that one may read the Megilla in Greek but not in other foreign languages. It is taught in a i baraita /i : b If one read /b the Megilla b in Coptic [ i Giptit /i ], i Ivrit /i , Elamite, Median, or Greek, he has not fulfilled /b his obligation, indicating that one cannot fulfill his obligation by reading the Megilla in Greek.,The Gemara answers: The clause in the mishna that teaches that the Megilla may be read in a foreign language to one who speaks that foreign language b is comparable only to that /b which was taught in a different i baraita /i : If one reads the Megilla b in Coptic to Copts, /b in b i Ivrit /i to i Ivrim /i , in Elamite to Elamites, or in Greek to Greeks, he has fulfilled /b his obligation. The Megilla may be read in any language, provided the listener understands that language.,The Gemara asks: But b if so, /b that one who reads the Megilla in a foreign language that he speaks fulfills his obligation, b why did Rav and Shmuel establish the /b ruling of the b mishna as /b referring specifically b to Greek? Let them interpret it /b as referring b to any foreign language /b that one speaks. The Gemara explains: b Rather, the mishna /b is to be understood b like the i baraita /i , /b that one who reads the Megilla in a language that he speaks fulfills his obligation; b and that which was stated /b in the name of b Rav and Shmuel was said /b as a b general /b statement, not relating to the mishna but as an independent ruling, as follows: b Rav and Shmuel both say: The Greek language is acceptable for everyone, /b i.e., anyone who reads the Megilla in Greek has fulfilled his obligation, even if he does not understand Greek.,The Gemara raises a difficulty: b But doesn’t /b the i baraita /i cited above b teach /b that if one reads the Megilla in b Greek to Greeks /b he has fulfilled his obligation? This implies that reading in Greek, b yes, /b this is acceptable for Greeks, but b for everyone /b else, b no, /b it is not. The Gemara answers: Rav and Shmuel disagree with this statement of the i baraita /i , because they b agree with /b the opinion of b Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel. As we learned /b in a mishna ( i Megilla /i 8b): b Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel says: Even /b for b books /b of the Bible, the Sages b did not permit them to be written /b in any foreign language b other than Greek, /b indicating that Greek has a special status, and is treated like the original Hebrew.,The Gemara asks: But if this was the intention of Rav and Shmuel, b let them state /b explicitly: b The i halakha /i is in accordance with /b the opinion of b Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel. /b Why did Rav and Shmuel formulate their statement as if they were issuing a new ruling? The Gemara answers: b Had they said /b simply b that the i halakha /i is in accordance with Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel, I would have said /b that b this applies /b only b to the other books /b of the Bible, b but /b with regard to b the Megilla, of which it is written: “According to their writing,” I would say /b that one does b not /b fulfill his obligation if he reads it in Greek. Therefore they stated their own opinion to b teach us /b that even in the case of the Megilla one fulfills his obligation if he reads it in Greek.,§ It was taught in the mishna: b And one who speaks a foreign language who heard /b the Megilla being read b in i Ashurit /i , /b i.e., in Hebrew, b has fulfilled /b his obligation. The Gemara asks: b But isn’t /b it so that b he does not understand what they are saying? /b Since he does not understand Hebrew, how does he fulfill his obligation? The Gemara answers: b It is just as it is /b with b women and uneducated people; /b they too understand little Hebrew, but nevertheless they fulfill their obligation when they hear the Megilla read in that language., b Ravina strongly objects to /b the premise of the question raised above, i.e., that someone who does not understand the original, untranslated language of the Megilla cannot fulfill his obligation. b Is that to say /b that even b we, /b the Sages, who are very well acquainted with Hebrew, b know /b for certain the meaning of the obscure words b i ha’aḥashteranim benei haramakhim /i /b (Esther 8:10), often translated as: “Used in the royal service, bred from the stud”? b But /b nevertheless, we fulfill the b mitzva of reading /b the Megilla b and publicizing the miracle /b of Purim by reading these words as they appear in the original text. b Here too, /b one who speaks a foreign language who hears the Megilla being read in Hebrew fulfills the b mitzva of reading /b the Megilla b and publicizing the /b Purim b miracle, /b even if he does not understand the words themselves.,§ The mishna continues: b If one reads /b the Megilla b at intervals /b [ b i seirugin /i /b ] b he has fulfilled /b his obligation. The Gemara relates that b the Sages did not know what is /b meant by the word b i seirugin /i . /b One day b they heard the maidservant in Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi’s b house saying to the Sages who were entering the house intermittently /b rather than in a single group: b How long are you going to enter i seirugin seirugin /i ? /b As she lived in Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi’s house and certainly heard the most proper Hebrew being spoken, they understood from this that the word i seirugin /i means at intervals.,It is similarly related that b the Sages did not know what is /b meant by the word b i ḥalogelogot /i , /b which appears in various i mishnayot /i and i baraitot /i . One day b they heard the maidservant in Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi’s b house saying to a certain man who was scattering purslane: How long will you go on scattering your i ḥalogelogot /i ? /b And from this they understood that i ḥalogelogot /i is purslane.,Likewise, b the Sages did not know what is /b meant by i salseleha /i in the verse: “Get b i wisdom…salseleha /i and it will exalt you” /b (Proverbs 4:7–8). One day b they heard the maidservant in Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi’s b house talking to a certain man who was twirling his hair, saying to him: How long will you go on twirling /b [ b i mesalsel /i /b ] b your hair? /b And from this they understood that the verse is saying: Turn wisdom around and around, and it will exalt you.,The Gemara relates additional examples: b The Sages did not know what is /b meant by the word i yehav /i in the verse: b “Cast upon the Lord your i yehav /i ” /b (Psalms 55:23). b Rabba bar bar Ḥana said: One time I was traveling with a certain Arab /b [ b i Tayya’a /i /b ] b and I was carrying a load, and he said to me: Take your i yehav /i and throw it on my camel, /b and I understood that i yehav /i means a load or burden.,And similarly, b the Sages did not know what is /b meant by the word i matatei /i in the verse: b “And I will i tatei /i it with the i matatei /i of destruction” /b (Isaiah 14:23). One day b they heard the maidservant in Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi’s b house saying to her friend: Take a i tateita /i and i tati /i the house, /b from which they understood that a i matatei /i is a broom, and the verb i tati /i means to sweep.,On the matter of reading the Megilla with interruptions, b the Sages taught /b the following i baraita /i : b If one reads the Megilla at intervals, /b pausing and resuming at intervals, b he has fulfilled /b his obligation.

87. Babylonian Talmud, Menachot, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 81

110a. b and swear to the Lord of hosts; /b one shall be called the city of destruction” (Isaiah 19:18). b They went to Alexandria in Egypt and built an altar and sacrificed /b offerings b upon it for the sake of Heaven, as it is stated /b in the following verse: b “In that day shall there be an altar to the Lord in the midst of the land of Egypt, /b and a pillar at its border, to the Lord” (Isaiah 19:19).,The verse states: b “One shall be called the city of destruction” /b (Isaiah 19:18). The Gemara asks: b What /b is the meaning of the verse: b “One shall be called the city of destruction”? /b The Gemara answers: b As Rav Yosef translates /b into Aramaic: Concerning b the City of the Sun, which will be destroyed in the future, it will be said that it is one of them. And from where /b is it derived b that /b in the phrase: b “The city of destruction [ i heres /i ],” the term /b i heres /i b is /b referring b to the sun? As it is written: “Who commands the sun [ i ḥeres /i ], and it does not rise; /b and seals up the stars” (Job 9:7).,§ After mentioning the Jewish community in Egypt, the Gemara discusses Jewish communities in other locations. The verse states: “Fear not, for I am with you; I will bring your seed from the east and gather you from the west; I will say to the north: Give up, and to the south: Keep not back, b bring My sons from far, and My daughters from the end of the earth” /b (Isaiah 43:5–6). What is the meaning of b “bring My sons from far”? Rav Huna says: These are the exiles of Babylonia, whose minds are calm, like sons, /b and who can therefore focus properly on Torah study and mitzvot. What is the meaning of b “and My daughters from the end of the earth”? These are the exiles of other countries, whose minds are unsettled, like daughters. /b ,§ b Rabbi Abba bar Rav Yitzḥak says /b that b Rav Ḥisda says, and some say /b that b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: /b The gentiles living b from Tyre to Carthage recognize the Jewish people, /b their religion, b and their Father in Heaven. But /b those living b to the west of Tyre and to the east of Carthage recognize neither the Jewish people nor their Father in Heaven. /b , b Rav Shimi bar Ḥiyya raised an objection to /b the statement of b Rav /b from the verse: b “From the rising of the sun until it sets, My name is great among the nations; and in every place offerings are presented to My name, and a pure meal offering; /b for My name is great among the nations, says the Lord of hosts” (Malachi 1:11). This indicates that God’s name is known across the entire world, even to the west of Tyre and the east of Carthage. Rav b said to him: Shimi, /b is it b you /b who is raising such an objection? The verse does not mean that they recognize God and worship him. Rather, it means b that /b although they worship idols, b they call Him the God of gods. /b ,§ The verse states: “And b in every place offerings are presented to My name, /b and a pure meal offering; for My name is great among the nations, says the Lord of hosts.” Does it b enter your mind /b to say that it is permitted to sacrifice offerings b in every place? /b Rather, b Rabbi Shmuel bar Naḥmani says /b that b Rabbi Yonatan says: These are Torah scholars, who engage in Torah /b study b in every place. /b God says: b I ascribe them /b credit b as though they burn and present /b offerings b to My name. /b ,Furthermore, when the verse states: b “And a pure meal offering,” this /b is referring to b one who studies Torah in purity, /b i.e., one who first b marries a woman and afterward studies Torah. /b Since he is married, he is not disturbed by sinful thoughts.,The Gemara cites another verse that praises Torah scholars. b “A Song of Ascents, Behold, bless the Lord, all you servants of the Lord, who stand in the House of the Lord at night” /b (Psalms 134:1). b What /b is the meaning of b “at night,” /b given that the Temple service is not performed at night and all the offerings must be sacrificed during the daytime? b Rabbi Yoḥa says: These are Torah scholars, who engage in Torah /b study b at night. The verse ascribes them /b credit b as though they engage in the /b Temple b service. /b ,§ The Gemara cites another verse that is interpreted in a similar vein. King Solomon said to Hiram of Tyre: “Behold, I am about to build a house for the name of the Lord my God, to dedicate it to Him, and to burn before Him incense of sweet spices, and for the continual shewbread, and for the burnt offerings morning and evening, on the i Shabbatot /i , and on the New Moons, and on the Festivals of the Lord our God. b This is an ordice forever for Israel” /b (II Chronicles 2:3). Since the Temple was eventually destroyed, what did Solomon mean when he said that it is “an ordice forever”? b Rav Giddel says /b that b Rav says: This /b is referring to the b altar /b that remains b built /b in Heaven even after the earthly Temple was destroyed, b and /b the angel b Michael, the great minister, stands and sacrifices an offering upon it. /b , b And Rabbi Yoḥa says /b that there is an alternative explanation of the verse: b These are Torah scholars, who engage in /b studying b the i halakhot /i of /b the Temple b service. The verse ascribes them /b credit b as though the Temple was built in their days /b and they are serving in it.,§ The Gemara cites similar interpretations of verses: b Reish Lakish said: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “This is the law [ i torah /i ] of the burnt offering, of the meal offering, and of the sin offering, and of the guilt offering, /b and of the consecration offering, and of the sacrifice of peace offerings” (Leviticus 7:37)? This teaches that b anyone who engages in Torah /b study is considered b as though he sacrificed a burnt offering, a meal offering, a sin offering, and a guilt offering. /b , b Rava said /b an objection to this interpretation: b This /b verse states: b “of the burnt offering, of the meal offering.” /b If the interpretation of Reish Lakish is correct, the verse b should have /b written: b “Burnt offering and meal offering.” Rather, Rava says /b that the correct interpretation of this verse is: b Anyone who engages in Torah /b study b need not /b bring b a burnt offering, nor a sin offering, nor a meal offering, nor a guilt offering. /b , b Rabbi Yitzḥak said: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “This is the law of the sin offering” /b (Leviticus 6:18), b and: “This is the law of the guilt offering” /b (Leviticus 7:1)? These verses teach that b anyone who engages in /b studying b the law of the sin offering /b is ascribed credit b as though he sacrificed a sin offering, and anyone who engages in /b studying b the law of a guilt offering /b is ascribed credit b as though he sacrificed a guilt offering. /b , strong MISHNA: /strong b It is stated with regard to an animal burnt offering: “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 1:9), b and with regard to a bird burnt offering: “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 1:17), b and with regard to a meal offering: “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 2:2). The repetitive language employed concerning all of these different offerings is b to say to you /b that b one who brings a substantial /b offering b and one who brings a meager /b offering have equal merit, b provided that he directs his heart toward Heaven. /b , strong GEMARA: /strong b Rabbi Zeira said: What is the verse /b from which this principle is derived? b “Sweet is the sleep of a laboring man, whether he consumes little or much” /b (Ecclesiastes 5:11).The verse is interpreted as referring to one who brings an offering, and teaches that one who brings a substantial offering and one who brings a meager offering can be equally assured that their offering will be accepted., b Rav Adda bar Ahava said /b that the source is b from here: “When goods increase, those who consume them increase; and what advantage is there to the owner, /b except seeing them with his eyes?” (Ecclesiastes 5:10). One who brings a substantial offering, who thereby increases the number of priests who partake of it, does not have more merit than one who brings a meager offering. Rather, the offering that God desires is one where He recognizes, i.e., “seeing them with His eyes,” that its owner has the proper intent.,The Gemara addresses the expression “an aroma pleasing to the Lord” stated in the verses mentioned in the mishna. b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Shimon ben Azzai says: Come and see what is written in the portion of offerings: As /b in these verses, the divine names b i El /i and i Elohim /i are not stated, but /b only b “the Lord.” /b This is b so /b as b not to give a claim to a litigant to argue. /b Only one name of God is used in conjunction with all the various offerings, to prevent heretics from claiming that different offerings are brought to different gods., b And it is stated with regard to a large bull /b offering: b “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 1:9), b and with regard to a small bird /b offering: b “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 1:17), b and with regard to a meal offering: “A fire offering, an aroma pleasing /b to the Lord” (Leviticus 1:9). The repetitive language employed concerning all of these different offerings is b to say to you /b that b one who brings a substantial /b offering b and one who brings a meager /b offering have equal merit, b provided that he directs his heart toward Heaven. /b , b And lest you say /b that God b needs /b these offerings b for consumption, /b in which case a larger offering would be preferable to a smaller one, b the verse states: “If I were hungry, I would not tell you; for the world is Mine, and everything within it” /b (Psalms 50:12). b And it is stated: “For every beast of the forest is Mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills. I know all the fowls of the mountains; and the wild beasts of the field are Mine” /b (Psalms 50:10–11). Similarly, it is stated in the following verse: b “Do I eat the flesh of bulls, or drink the blood of goats?” /b (Psalms 50:13)., b I did not say to you: Sacrifice /b offerings to me, b so that you will say: I will do His will, /b i.e., fulfill His needs, b and He will do my will. You are not sacrificing to /b fulfill b My will, /b i.e., My needs, b but you are sacrificing to /b fulfill b your will, /b i.e., your needs, in order to achieve atonement for your sins by observing My mitzvot, b as it is stated: /b “And when you sacrifice an offering of peace offerings to the Lord, b you shall sacrifice it so that you may be accepted” /b (Leviticus 19:5)., b Alternatively, /b the verse: “And when you sacrifice an offering of peace offerings to the Lord, b you shall sacrifice it so that you may be accepted [ i lirtzonkhem /i ]” /b (Leviticus 19:5), can be interpreted differently: b Sacrifice willingly [ i lirtzonkhem /i ]; sacrifice intentionally. /b ,This is b as Shmuel asked Rav Huna: From where /b is it derived with regard b to one who acts unawares /b in the case b of consecrated /b items, i.e., if one slaughtered an offering without intending to perform the act of slaughter at all, but rather appeared like one occupied with other matters, b that /b the offering b is disqualified? /b Rav Huna said to Shmuel: It is derived from a verse, b as it is stated: “And he shall slaughter the young bull /b before the Lord” (Leviticus 1:5), teaching that the mitzva is not performed properly b unless the slaughter is for the sake of a young bull, /b i.e., with the knowledge that he is performing an act of slaughter.,Shmuel b said to /b Rav Huna: b We have this /b as an established i halakha /i already, that it is a mitzva to slaughter the offering for the sake of a bull, but b from where /b is it derived that this requirement is b indispensable? /b Rav Huna b said to him /b that the verse states: b “With your will you shall slaughter it” /b (Leviticus 19:5), i.e., b sacrifice intentionally, /b in the form of a purposeful action.,...Y

88. Babylonian Talmud, Hulin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 122

91b. הנה הוא זורה את גורן השעורים,רבי אבהו אמר מהכא (בראשית כב, ג) וישכם אברהם בבקר ויחבוש את וגו',ורבנן אמרי מהכא (בראשית לז, יד) לך נא ראה את שלום אחיך ואת שלום וגו',רב אמר מהכא (בראשית לב, לב) ויזרח לו השמש,אמר ר' עקיבא שאלתי את רבן גמליאל ואת רבי יהושע באיטליז של אימאום שהלכו ליקח בהמה למשתה בנו של רבן גמליאל כתיב ויזרח לו השמש וכי שמש לו לבד זרחה והלא לכל העולם זרחה,אמר ר' יצחק שמש הבאה בעבורו זרחה בעבורו דכתיב (בראשית כח, י) ויצא יעקב מבאר שבע וילך חרנה וכתיב ויפגע במקום כי מטא לחרן אמר אפשר עברתי על מקום שהתפללו אבותי ואני לא התפללתי כד יהיב דעתיה למיהדר קפצה ליה ארעא מיד ויפגע במקום,כד צלי בעי למיהדר אמר הקב"ה צדיק זה בא לבית מלוני ויפטר בלא לינה מיד בא השמש,כתיב (בראשית כח, יא) ויקח מאבני המקום וכתיב ויקח את האבן אמר רבי יצחק מלמד שנתקבצו כל אותן אבנים למקום אחד וכל אחת ואחת אומרת עלי יניח צדיק זה ראשו תנא וכולן נבלעו באחד,(בראשית כח, יב) ויחלום והנה סולם מוצב ארצה תנא כמה רחבו של סולם שמונת אלפים פרסאות דכתיב (בראשית כח, יב) והנה מלאכי אלהים עולים ויורדים בו עולים שנים ויורדים שנים וכי פגעו בהדי הדדי הוו להו ארבעה,וכתיב ביה במלאך (דניאל י, ו) וגויתו כתרשיש וגמירי דתרשיש תרי אלפי פרסי הוו,תנא עולין ומסתכלין בדיוקנו של מעלה ויורדין ומסתכלין בדיוקנו של מטה בעו לסכוניה מיד (בראשית כח, יג) והנה ה' נצב עליו אמר רבי שמעון בן לקיש אלמלא מקרא כתוב אי אפשר לאמרו כאדם שמניף על בנו,(בראשית כח, יג) הארץ אשר אתה שוכב עליה וגו' מאי רבותיה אמר רבי יצחק מלמד שקפלה הקב"ה לכל ארץ ישראל והניחה תחת יעקב אבינו שתהא נוחה ליכבש לבניו,(בראשית כח, א) ויאמר שלחני כי עלה השחר אמר לו גנב אתה או קוביוסטוס אתה שמתיירא מן השחר אמר לו מלאך אני ומיום שנבראתי לא הגיע זמני לומר שירה עד עכשיו,מסייע ליה לרב חננאל אמר רב דאמר רב חננאל אמר רב שלש כתות של מלאכי השרת אומרות שירה בכל יום אחת אומרת קדוש ואחת אומרת קדוש ואחת אומרת קדוש ה' צבאות,מיתיבי חביבין ישראל לפני הקב"ה יותר ממלאכי השרת שישראל אומרים שירה בכל שעה ומלאכי השרת אין אומרים שירה אלא פעם אחת ביום ואמרי לה פעם אחת בשבת ואמרי לה פעם אחת בחודש ואמרי לה פעם אחת בשנה ואמרי לה פעם אחת בשבוע ואמרי לה פעם אחת ביובל ואמרי לה פעם אחת בעולם,וישראל מזכירין את השם אחר שתי תיבות שנאמר (דברים ו, ד) שמע ישראל ה' וגו' ומלאכי השרת אין מזכירין את השם אלא לאחר ג' תיבות כדכתיב (ישעיהו ו, ג) קדוש קדוש קדוש ה' צבאות,ואין מה"ש אומרים שירה למעלה עד שיאמרו ישראל למטה שנאמר (איוב לח, ז) ברן יחד כוכבי בקר והדר ויריעו כל בני אלהים,אלא אחת אומרת קדוש ואחת אומרת קדוש קדוש ואחת אומרת קדוש קדוש קדוש ה' צבאות והאיכא ברוך

91b. “And now is there not Boaz our kinsman, whose maidens you were with? b Behold, he winnows barley tonight in the threshing floor /b …and it shall be, when he lies down, that you shall mark the place where he shall lie” (Ruth 3:2–3). This teaches that the reason Boaz did not return home from the threshing floor was that a Torah scholar should not go out alone at night., b Rabbi Abbahu said /b that the source is b from here: “And Abraham rose early in the morning, and saddled /b his donkey, and took two of his young men with him and Isaac his son; and he split the wood for the burnt offering, and rose up, and went to the place that God had told him” (Genesis 22:3). The fact that Abraham waited until morning and did not set off at night, even though others were traveling with him, indicates that a Torah scholar should not go out at night at all, and certainly not alone., b And the Rabbis say /b that the source is b from here, /b the verse that describes when Jacob sent Joseph to his brothers: “And he said to him: b Go now, see whether it is well with you brothers and well /b with the flock; and bring me back word. So he sent him out of the valley of Hebron, and he came to Shechem” (Genesis 37:14). The verse indicates that Jacob sent Joseph at a time when he could see his brothers, i.e., during the day. This shows that a Torah scholar should not go out alone at night., b Rav said /b that the source is b from here: “And the sun rose for him /b as he passed over Peniel, and he limped upon his thigh” (Genesis 32:32). This indicates that Jacob remained where he was all night and left in the morning, because a Torah scholar should not go out alone at night.,The Gemara cites an incident involving the final verse cited above. b Rabbi Akiva says: I asked /b the following question of b Rabban Gamliel and Rabbi Yehoshua in the meat market [ i be’itliz /i ] of /b the town b Emmaus, where they went to purchase an animal for the /b wedding b feast of Rabban Gamliel’s son: It is written /b in the verse: b “And the sun shone for him /b when he passed Peniel, and he limped upon his thigh” (Genesis 32:32). b But did the sun shine only for him? Didn’t it shine for the entire world? /b , b Rabbi Yitzḥak says: /b The verse means that b the sun, which set /b early exclusively b for him, /b also b shone /b early exclusively b for him /b in order to rectify the disparity created by the premature sunset. The Gemara explains when the sun set early for him: b As it is written: “And Jacob went out from Beersheba and went toward Haran” /b (Genesis 28:10). b And it is written /b thereafter: b “And he encountered the place, /b and he slept there, because the sun had set” (Genesis 28:11). b When /b Jacob b arrived at Haran, he said: /b Is it b possible /b that b I passed a place where my fathers prayed and I did not pray /b there? b When he set his mind to return, the land contracted for him. Immediately /b the verse states: b “And he encountered the place,” /b indicating that he arrived there miraculously., b When he /b had finished b praying /b and b he wanted to return /b to Haran, b the Holy One, Blessed be He, said: This righteous man came to my lodging place and he will depart without remaining overnight? Immediately, the sun set /b before its proper time so that Jacob would stay overnight in that place.,The Gemara cites another exposition of Rabbi Yitzḥak to explain an apparent contradiction between two verses pertaining to this incident. b It is written: “And he took of the stones of the place, /b and placed them under his head, and lay down in that place to sleep” (Genesis 28:11). b And it is written: /b “And Jacob rose up early in the morning, b and he took the stone /b that he had placed under his head, and set it up for a pillar, and poured oil upon the top of it” (Genesis 28:18). The first verse indicates that Jacob took several stones, whereas the latter verse indicates that he took only one stone. b Rabbi Yitzḥak says: /b This b teaches that all those stones gathered to one place and each one said: /b Let b this righteous man place his head upon me. /b And it was b taught: And all of them were absorbed into one /b large rock.,The Gemara expounds other verses pertaining to the same incident. The verse states: b “And he dreamed, and behold a ladder set up on the earth, /b and the top of it reached to heaven; and behold the angels of God ascending and descending on it” (Genesis 28:12). It was b taught: How wide was the ladder? /b It was b eight thousand parasangs [ i parsaot /i ], as it is written: “And behold the angels of God ascending and descending on it.” /b The word b “ascending [ i olim /i ],” /b written in plural, indicates that there were b two /b angels ascending simultaneously. Likewise, the term b “and descending [ i veyordim /i ],” /b also in the plural, indicates that b two /b angels were descending simultaneously. b And when they met one another they were /b a total of b four /b in one place, so the ladder must have been wide enough to accommodate four angels., b And it is written /b in a verse b with regard to an angel: “His body was like Tarshish” /b (Daniel 10:6). b And /b it b is learned /b as a tradition b that /b the city of b Tarshish was two thousand parasangs. /b Consequently, in order to accommodate four angels, the ladder must have been eight thousands parasangs wide.,It was b taught /b that the angels were b ascending and gazing at the image of [ i bidyokeno /i ] /b Jacob b above, /b engraved on the Throne of Glory, b and descending and gazing at his image below. /b The angels subsequently became jealous of Jacob, and b wanted to endanger /b his life. b Immediately /b Jacob received divine protection, as the verse states: b “And behold, the Lord stood over him” /b (Genesis 28:13). b Rabbi Shimon ben Lakish says: Were it not written /b in a b verse it would be impossible to utter it, /b in deference to God, since it describes God as standing over Jacob to protect him from the angels b like a man who waves /b a fan b over his son /b to cool him down.,The Gemara explains another verse from Jacob’s dream. “And behold, the Lord stood over him and said: I am the Lord, the God of Abraham your father and the God of Isaac. b The land upon which you lie, /b to you will I give it, and to your seed” (Genesis 28:13). The Gemara asks: b What is the greatness /b of this promise, i.e., why is it expressed in this way despite the fact that in a literal sense Jacob was lying on a very small amount of land? b Rabbi Yitzḥak says: /b This b teaches that the Holy One, Blessed be He, folded /b up b the entirety of Eretz Yisrael and placed it under Jacob, our patriarch, so that it would be easy for his children to conquer. /b ,The Gemara returns to the verses that describe Jacob wrestling with the angel. b “And he said: Let me go, for the dawn has risen. /b And he said: I will not let you go until you bless me” (Genesis 32:27). Jacob b said to /b the angel: b Are you a thief, or are you a gambler [ i kuveyustus /i ], who is afraid of dawn? /b The angel b said to him: I am an angel, and from the day I was created my time to recite a song /b before God b has not arrived, until now. /b Now I must ascend so that I can sing songs of praise to God.,The Gemara comments: This b supports /b the opinion b of Rav Ḥael /b when he related what b Rav said. As Rav Ḥael said /b that b Rav said: Three groups of ministering angels recite a song every day /b from the verse “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord”; b one says: “Holy,” and /b another b one says: “Holy,” and /b another b one says: “Holy is the Lord of hosts; /b the whole earth is full of His glory” (Isaiah 6:3).,The Gemara b raises an objection /b from the following i baraita /i : b The Jewish people are more dear to the Holy One, Blessed be He, than the ministering angels, as the Jewish people /b may b recite a song /b of praise to God b at any time, but ministering angels recite a song /b of praise b only one time per day. And some say /b that the ministering angels recite a song of praise b one time per week. And some say /b that they recite a song of praise b one time per month. And some say /b that they recite a song of praise b one time per year. And some say /b that they recite a song of praise b one time in /b every b seven years. And some say /b that they recite a song of praise b one time per Jubilee. And some say /b that they recite a song of praise b one time in /b the entire history of b the world. /b , b And /b furthermore, b the Jewish people mention the name /b of God b after two words, as it is stated: “Hear, Israel: The Lord /b our God, the Lord is one” (Deuteronomy 6:4). b But the ministering angels mention the name /b of God b only after three words, as it is written: /b “And one called unto another, and said: b “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of hosts; /b the whole earth is full of His glory” (Isaiah 6:3)., b And the ministering angels do not recite /b their b song above until the Jewish people recite /b their song b below, /b on earth, b as it is stated: “When the morning stars sang together” /b (Job 38:7), referring to the Jewish people, who are compared to stars; b and /b only b then /b does the verse state: b “And all the sons of God shouted for joy,” /b which is a reference to the angels. This i baraita /i teaches that the angels mention the name of God only after three words, i.e., after saying the word “holy” three times, whereas according to what Rav Ḥael stated that Rav said, the third group of angels says the word “holy” once and then immediately mentions the name of God.,The Gemara emends Rav Ḥael’s statement citing Rav: b Rather, /b Rav said that b one /b group of ministering angels b says: “Holy,” and /b another b one says: “Holy, holy,” and /b another b one says: “Holy, holy, holy is the Lord of hosts.” /b The Gemara challenges the statement of the i baraita /i that the angels mention the name of God only after three words: b But there is /b the verse: “Then a spirit lifted me up, and I heard behind me the voice of a great rushing: b Blessed be /b the glory of the Lord from His place” (Ezekiel 3:12). In this praise, “Blessed be the glory of the Lord,” the word “Lord” appears as the third Hebrew word, apparently uttered by the ministering angels.

89. Babylonian Talmud, Gittin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 378

90. Babylonian Talmud, Pesahim, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

52a. ביישוב לא עבידנא מפני שינוי המחלוקת במדבר מאי א"ל הכי אמר רב אמי ביישוב אסור במדבר מותר,רב נתן בר אסיא אזל מבי רב לפומבדיתא בי"ט שני של עצרת שמתיה רב יוסף א"ל אביי ולנגדיה מר נגידי א"ל עדיפא עבדי ליה דבמערבא מימנו אנגידא דבר בי רב ולא מימנו אשמתא,א"ד נגדיה רב יוסף א"ל אביי נשמתיה מר דרב ושמואל דאמרי תרוייהו מנדין על שני ימים טובים של גליות א"ל ה"מ איניש דעלמא הכא צורבא מדרבנן הוא דטבא ליה עבדי דבמערבא מימנו אנגדתא דבר בי רב ולא מימנו אשמתא:,כיוצא בו המוליך פירות שביעית וכו': ולית ליה לר' יהודה הא דתנן נותנין עליו חומרי המקום שיצא משם וחומרי המקום שהלך לשם,אמר רב שישא בריה דרב אידי מילתא אחריתי קאמר ר' יהודה וה"ק או ממקום שלא כלו למקום שלא כלו ושמע שכלו במקומו חייב לבער ר' יהודה אומר צא והבא לך אף אתה מהיכא דאייתינהו והא לא כלו להו,למימרא דר' יהודה לקולא קאמר והאמר ר"א לא אמר רבי יהודה אלא לחומרא אלא איפוך אינו חייב לבער רבי יהודה אומר צא והבא לך אף אתה מהיכא דאייתינהו והא כלו להו,אביי אמר לעולם כדקתני וה"ק או ממקום שלא כלו למקום שכלו והחזירן למקומן ועדיין לא כלו אינו חייב לבער רבי יהודה אומר צא והבא לך אף אתה מהיכא דאייתינהו והא כלו להו,מתקיף לה רב אשי לרבי יהודה אטו אגבא דחמרא קלטינהו אלא אמר רב אשי בפלוגתא דהני תנאי דתנן הכובש שלשה כבשין בחבית אחת ר"א אומר אוכלין על הראשון,ר' יהושע אומר אף על האחרון ר"ג אומר כל שכלה מינו מן השדה יבער מינו מן החבית והלכה כדבריו,רבינא אמר בפלוגתא דהני תנאי דתנן אוכלין בתמרין עד שיכלה האחרון שבצוער רשב"ג אומר

52a. b we do not perform labor in the settled area due to /b the need to avoid b deviation /b that causes b dispute, /b as it is the custom in the Diaspora to refrain from performance of labor on those days. However, b in the desert /b outside the Jewish community, b what is /b the i halakha /i ? b He said to him /b that b this /b is what b Rav Ami said: In a settled area it is prohibited; in the desert it is permitted. /b ,Tangentially, it is reported that b Rav Natan bar Asya /b relied upon his knowledge of the calendar and b traveled from Rav’s /b study b hall to Pumbedita on the second day of /b the festival of b Assembly, /b i.e., i Shavuot /i , and thereby desecrated the second day of the Festival by traveling beyond the town limits. b Rav Yosef excommunicated him /b as punishment for this act. b Abaye said to /b Rav Yosef: b Let the Master flog /b Rav Natan bar Asya for this grave sin. Rav Yosef b said to him: I /b punished b him more severely, as in Eretz Yisrael they vote to flog a Torah scholar, but do not vote to /b punish him with b excommunication, /b in deference to the Torah. Apparently, excommunication is a more severe punishment than lashes., b Some say: Rav Yosef /b ordered the court officer to b flog him. Abaye said to /b Rav Yosef: b Let the Master excommunicate him, as /b it is b Rav and Shmuel who both say /b that b one excommunicates for /b desecration of b the second day of the Festival in the Diaspora. /b Rav Yosef b said to him: That applies to an ordinary person. Here, he is a Torah scholar. I did what was best for him, as in Eretz Yisrael they vote to flog a Torah scholar but do not vote to /b punish him with b excommunication. /b Rav Yosef did not wish to sentence him to so severe a punishment.,We learned in the mishna: b Similarly, /b one b who transports Sabbatical /b Year b produce /b from a place where a crop has ceased in the fields to a place where it has not yet ceased, or from a place where it has not yet ceased to a place where it has already ceased, is obligated to remove the produce from his possession, in accordance with the stringencies of both locations. Rabbi Yehuda says that one need not remove the produce, as he can say to a local resident: You too go out and bring this produce from a place where it remains in the field. Therefore, he may partake of the produce that he brought with him. The Gemara asks: b And is Rabbi Yehuda not /b in agreement with b that which we learned /b in the mishna: The Sages b impose upon him the stringencies of /b both b the place from which he left and the stringencies of the place to which he went? /b , b Rav Sheisha, son /b of b Rav Idi, said: Rabbi Yehuda is stating a different matter, and this is what /b the mishna b is saying: Or /b if one went b from a place where /b a crop b has not ceased /b in the fields b to a place where it has /b also b not ceased /b in the fields, b and he heard that it /b now b ceased /b in the fields b in his /b original b location, he is /b then b required to remove /b the fruits from his possession. b Rabbi Yehuda says: /b He need not remove it and can say to the people of his location of origin: b You, too, go out and bring /b these fruits b from a place where they remain in the field, as they have not ceased /b in the fields here, and I may continue eating this produce.,The Gemara asks: b Is that to say /b that b Rabbi Yehuda is stating /b his opinion b as a leniency /b in his dispute with the Rabbis? b Didn’t Rabbi Elazar say: Rabbi Yehuda stated /b his opinion b as a stringency? Rather, reverse /b the statements in the mishna: If one travels from a place where a crop has not ceased in the fields to another place where it has not ceased in the fields, and hears that it has ceased in the fields in his original location, b he is not required to remove /b that produce from his house. b Rabbi Yehuda says: You, too, go out and bring /b these fruits b from /b the place b where I brought them, and /b the crop has b ceased /b in the fields there, and therefore he is required to remove the produce from his house., b Abaye said: Actually, /b maintain the dispute in the mishna b as it is taught, and this is what /b the mishna b is saying: Or, /b if he brought it b from a place where it has not ceased /b in the fields b to a place where it has ceased /b in the fields, b and he returned /b the fruits b to their /b original b place /b where they b have still not ceased /b from the fields, b he is not required to remove /b the produce. b Rabbi Yehuda says: You, too, go out and bring /b these fruits b from /b the place b where I brought them, and hasn’t /b the crop b ceased /b from the fields there? When he brought the produce back, he took it from a location where the fruit had ceased to be available, and he is required to remove it., b Rav Ashi strongly objects to this: Is that to say /b that, according to b Rabbi Yehuda, did the back of the donkey absorb /b these fruits? In other words, should this fruit be prohibited just because he transported the fruits on a donkey’s back through a place where it no longer exists in the field, even though it was neither grown there nor is he eating it there? b Rather, Rav Ashi said: /b The dispute between the Rabbis and Rabbi Yehuda is parallel b to the dispute of these i tanna’im /i , as we learned /b in a mishna: With regard to b one who preserves three /b types of vegetable b preserves in one barrel /b during the Sabbatical Year, b Rabbi Eliezer says: One may eat /b all three vegetables based b on /b the status of b the first. /b One may eat all three only until the date that the first of those vegetables ceases in the field. Thereafter, he is required to remove all the vegetables because they form a mixture of the prohibited and the permitted., b Rabbi Yehoshua says: /b One may b even /b continue eating all of them based b on /b the status of b the final /b type of those vegetables, until it is no longer present in the field. b Rabban Gamliel says: Any /b of the vegetables b whose type has ceased from the field, he /b will b remove its type from the barrel /b and it may not be eaten; b and the i halakha /i is in accordance with his statement. /b The parallels between the dispute in this mishna and the dispute between the Rabbis and Rabbi Yehuda are: The unattributed opinion in the mishna is parallel to the opinion of Rabbi Yehoshua: As long as there is an element of leniency, it is all permitted. Rabbi Yehuda’s opinion is parallel to the opinion of Rabbi Eliezer: As long as there is an element of stringency, it is all prohibited (Rabbeinu Ḥael)., b Ravina said: /b The dispute between the Rabbis and Rabbi Yehuda is parallel b to the dispute of these i tanna’im /i , as we learned /b in a mishna: b One may eat dates /b in all of Judea b until the last /b palm tree, which produces the latest dates, b in Tzoar, /b has b ceased /b producing dates. b Rabban Shimon ben Gamliel says: /b

91. Babylonian Talmud, Berachot, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 168

17a. בפמליא של מעלה ובפמליא של מטה ובין התלמידים העוסקים בתורתך בין עוסקין לשמה בין עוסקין שלא לשמה וכל העוסקין שלא לשמה יהי רצון שיהו עוסקין לשמה.,ר' אלכסנדרי בתר צלותיה אמר הכי יהי רצון מלפניך ה' אלהינו שתעמידנו בקרן אורה ואל תעמידנו בקרן חשכה ואל ידוה לבנו ואל יחשכו עינינו איכא דאמרי הא רב המנונא מצלי לה ור' אלכסנדרי בתר דמצלי אמר הכי רבון העולמים גלוי וידוע לפניך שרצוננו לעשות רצונך ומי מעכב שאור שבעיסה ושעבוד מלכיות יהי רצון מלפניך שתצילנו מידם ונשוב לעשות חוקי רצונך בלבב שלם.,רבא בתר צלותיה אמר הכי אלהי עד שלא נוצרתי איני כדאי ועכשיו שנוצרתי כאלו לא נוצרתי עפר אני בחיי ק"ו במיתתי הרי אני לפניך ככלי מלא בושה וכלימה יהי רצון מלפניך ה' אלהי שלא אחטא עוד ומה שחטאתי לפניך מרק ברחמיך הרבים אבל לא ע"י יסורין וחלאים רעים והיינו וידוי דרב המנונא זוטי ביומא דכפורי.,מר בריה דרבינא כי הוה מסיים צלותיה אמר הכי אלהי נצור לשוני מרע ושפתותי מדבר מרמה ולמקללי נפשי תדום ונפשי כעפר לכל תהיה פתח לבי בתורתך ובמצותיך תרדוף נפשי ותצילני מפגע רע מיצר הרע ומאשה רעה ומכל רעות המתרגשות לבא בעולם וכל החושבים עלי רעה מהרה הפר עצתם וקלקל מחשבותם יהיו לרצון אמרי פי והגיון לבי לפניך ה' צורי וגואלי.,רב ששת כי הוה יתיב בתעניתא בתר דמצלי אמר הכי רבון העולמים גלוי לפניך בזמן שבית המקדש קיים אדם חוטא ומקריב קרבן ואין מקריבין ממנו אלא חלבו ודמו ומתכפר לו ועכשיו ישבתי בתענית ונתמעט חלבי ודמי יהי רצון מלפניך שיהא חלבי ודמי שנתמעט כאילו הקרבתיו לפניך על גבי המזבח ותרצני.,ר' יוחנן כי הוה מסיים ספרא דאיוב אמר הכי סוף אדם למות וסוף בהמה לשחיטה והכל למיתה הם עומדים אשרי מי שגדל בתורה ועמלו בתורה ועושה נחת רוח ליוצרו וגדל בשם טוב ונפטר בשם טוב מן העולם ועליו אמר שלמה (קהלת ז, א) טוב שם משמן טוב ויום המות מיום הולדו.,מרגלא בפומיה דר"מ גמור בכל לבבך ובכל נפשך לדעת את דרכי ולשקוד על דלתי תורתי נצור תורתי בלבך ונגד עיניך תהיה יראתי שמור פיך מכל חטא וטהר וקדש עצמך מכל אשמה ועון ואני אהיה עמך בכל מקום.,מרגלא בפומייהו דרבנן דיבנה אני בריה וחברי בריה אני מלאכתי בעיר והוא מלאכתו בשדה אני משכים למלאכתי והוא משכים למלאכתו כשם שהוא אינו מתגדר במלאכתי כך אני איני מתגדר במלאכתו ושמא תאמר אני מרבה והוא ממעיט שנינו אחד המרבה ואחד הממעיט ובלבד שיכוין לבו לשמים.,מרגלא בפומיה דאביי לעולם יהא אדם ערום ביראה (משלי טו, א) מענה רך משיב חמה ומרבה שלום עם אחיו ועם קרוביו ועם כל אדם ואפילו עם נכרי בשוק כדי שיהא אהוב למעלה ונחמד למטה ויהא מקובל על הבריות,אמרו עליו על רבן יוחנן בן זכאי שלא הקדימו אדם שלום מעולם ואפילו נכרי בשוק.,מרגלא בפומיה דרבא תכלית חכמה תשובה ומעשים טובים שלא יהא אדם קורא ושונה ובועט באביו ובאמו וברבו ובמי שהוא גדול ממנו בחכמה ובמנין שנאמר (תהלים קיא, י) ראשית חכמה יראת ה' שכל טוב לכל עושיהם לעושים לא נאמר אלא לעושיהם לעושים לשמה ולא לעושים שלא לשמה וכל העושה שלא לשמה נוח לו שלא נברא.,מרגלא בפומיה דרב [לא כעולם הזה העולם הבא] העולם הבא אין בו לא אכילה ולא שתיה ולא פריה ורביה ולא משא ומתן ולא קנאה ולא שנאה ולא תחרות אלא צדיקים יושבין ועטרותיהם בראשיהם ונהנים מזיו השכינה שנאמר (שמות כד, יא) ויחזו את האלהים ויאכלו וישתו:,גדולה הבטחה שהבטיחן הקב"ה לנשים יותר מן האנשים שנא' (ישעיהו לב, ט) נשים שאננות קומנה שמענה קולי בנות בוטחות האזנה אמרתי,א"ל רב לר' חייא נשים במאי זכיין באקרויי בנייהו לבי כנישתא ובאתנויי גברייהו בי רבנן ונטרין לגברייהו עד דאתו מבי רבנן.,כי הוו מפטרי רבנן מבי ר' אמי ואמרי לה מבי ר' חנינא אמרי ליה הכי עולמך תראה בחייך ואחריתך לחיי העולם הבא ותקותך לדור דורים לבך יהגה תבונה פיך ידבר חכמות ולשונך ירחיש רננות עפעפיך יישירו נגדך עיניך יאירו במאור תורה ופניך יזהירו כזוהר הרקיע שפתותיך יביעו דעת וכליותיך תעלוזנה מישרים ופעמיך ירוצו לשמוע דברי עתיק יומין.,כי הוו מפטרי רבנן מבי רב חסדא ואמרי לה מבי ר' שמואל בר נחמני אמרו ליה הכי (תהלים קמד, יד) אלופינו מסובלים וגו',אלופינו מסובלים רב ושמואל ואמרי לה רבי יוחנן ור' אלעזר חד אמר אלופינו בתורה ומסובלים במצות וחד אמר אלופינו בתורה ובמצות ומסובלים ביסורים

17a. b in the heavenly entourage [ i pamalia /i ] /b of angels each of whom ministers to a specific nation (see Daniel 10), and whose infighting causes war on earth; br b and in the earthly entourage, /b the Sages, br b and among the disciples engaged in /b the study of b Your Torah, /b br b whether they engage in its /b study b for its own sake or not for its own sake. /b br b And all those engaged /b in Torah study b not for its own sake, /b br b may it be /b Your b will /b that b they will come to engage /b in its study b for its own sake. /b , b After his prayer, Rabbi Alexandri said the following: /b br b May it be Your will, Lord our God, /b br b that You station us in a lighted corner and not in a darkened corner, /b br b and do not let our hearts become faint nor our eyes dim. /b br b Some say that this was the prayer that Rav Hamnuna would recite, and that after Rabbi Alexandri prayed, he would say the following: /b br b Master of the Universe, it is revealed and known before You /b br b that our will is to perform Your will, and what prevents us? /b br On the one hand, b the yeast in the dough, /b the evil inclination that is within every person; br b and the subjugation to the kingdoms /b on the other. br b May it be Your will /b br b that You will deliver us from their hands, /b of both the evil inclination and the foreign kingdoms, br so that b we may return to perform the edicts of Your will with a perfect heart. /b , b After his prayer, Rava said the following: /b br b My God, before I was created I was worthless, /b br b and now that I have been created it is as if I had not been created, /b I am no more significant. br b I am dust in life, all the more so in my death. /b br b I am before You as a vessel filled with shame and humiliation. /b br Therefore, b may it be Your will, Lord my God, that I will sin no more, /b br b and that those /b transgressions b that I have committed, /b br b cleanse in Your abundant mercy; /b br b but /b may this cleansing b not /b be b by means of suffering and serious illness, /b but rather in a manner I will be able to easily endure. br b And this is the confession of Rav Hamnuna Zuti on Yom Kippur. /b , b When Mar, son of Ravina, would conclude his prayer, he said the following: /b br b My God, guard my tongue from evil and my lips from speaking deceit. /b br b To those who curse me let my soul be silent /b br b and may my soul be like dust to all. /b br b Open my heart to Your Torah, /b br b and may my soul pursue your mitzvot. /b br b And save me from a bad mishap, from the evil inclination, /b br b from a bad woman, and from all evils that suddenly come upon the world. /b br b And all who plan evil against me, /b br b swiftly thwart their counsel, and frustrate their plans. /b br b May the words of my mouth and the meditation of my heart find favor before You, /b br b Lord, my Rock and my Redeemer. /b ,The Gemara recounts that b when Rav Sheshet would sit in /b observance of b a fast, after he prayed he said as follows: /b br b Master of the Universe, it is revealed before You /b br that b when the Temple is standing, one sins and offers a sacrifice. /b br b And /b although b only its fat and blood were offered from /b that sacrifice on the altar, his transgression b is atoned for him. /b br b And now, I sat in /b observance of b a fast and my fat and blood diminished. /b br b May it be Your will that my fat and blood that diminished be /b considered as if b I offered /b a sacrifice b before You on the altar, /b br b and may I find favor in Your eyes. /b br Having cited statements that various Sages would recite after their prayers, the Gemara cites additional passages recited by the Sages on different occasions., b When Rabbi Yoḥa would conclude /b study of b the book of Job, he said the following: /b br b A person will ultimately die and an animal will ultimately be slaughtered, and all are destined for death. /b Therefore, death itself is not a cause for great anguish. br Rather, b happy is he who grew up in Torah, whose labor is in Torah, /b br b who gives pleasure to his Creator, /b br b who grew up with a good name and who took leave of the world with a good name. /b br Such a person lived his life fully, b and about him, Solomon said: /b br b “A good name is better than fine oil, and the day of death than the day of one’s birth” /b (Ecclesiastes 7:1); one who was faultless in life reaches the day of his death on a higher level than he was at the outset., b Rabbi Meir was wont to say /b the following idiom: br b Study with all your heart and with all your soul to know My ways /b br b and to be diligent at the doors of My Torah. /b br b Keep My Torah in your heart, /b br b and fear of Me should be before your eyes. /b br b Guard your mouth from all transgression, /b br b and purify and sanctify yourself from all fault and iniquity. /b br b And /b if you do so, b I, /b God, b will be with you everywhere. /b , b The Sages in Yavne were wont to say: /b br b I /b who learn Torah b am /b God’s b creature and my counterpart /b who engages in other labor b is /b God’s b creature. /b br b My work is in the city and his work is in the field. /b br b I rise early for my work and he rises early for his work. /b br b And just as he does not presume to /b perform b my work, so I do not presume to /b perform b his work. /b br b Lest you say: I /b engage in Torah study b a lot, while he /b only engages in Torah study b a little, /b so I am better than he, br b it has /b already b been taught: /b br b One who brings a substantial /b sacrifice b and one who brings a meager /b sacrifice have equal merit, br b as long as he directs his heart towards Heaven /b (Rav Hai Gaon, i Arukh /i )., b Abaye was wont to say: /b br b One must always be shrewd /b and utilize every strategy b in /b order to achieve b fear /b of Heaven and performance of mitzvot. br One must fulfill the verse: b “A soft answer turns away wrath” /b (Proverbs 15:1) br and take steps to b increase peace with one’s brethren and with one’s relatives, /b br b and with all people, even with a non-Jew in the marketplace, /b despite the fact that he is of no importance to him and does not know him at all ( i Me’iri /i ), br b so that he will be loved above /b in God’s eyes, br b pleasant below /b in the eyes of the people, br b and acceptable to all /b of God’s b creatures. /b ,Tangentially, the Gemara mentions that b they said about Rabban Yoḥa ben Zakkai that no one ever preceded him in /b issuing a b greeting, not even a non-Jew in the marketplace, /b as Rabban Yoḥa would always greet him first., b Rava was wont to say: /b br b The objective of /b Torah b wisdom /b is to achieve b repentance and good deeds; /b br b that one should not read /b the Torah b and study /b mishna and become arrogant br b and spurn his father and his mother and his teacher /b br b and one who is greater than he in wisdom or in /b the b number /b of students who study before him, br b as it is stated: “The beginning of wisdom is fear of the Lord, a good understanding have all who fulfill them” /b (Psalms 111:10). br b It is not stated /b simply: b All who fulfill, but rather: All who fulfill them, /b those who perform these actions as they ought to be performed, meaning b those who do /b such deeds b for their own sake, /b for the sake of the deeds themselves, b not those who do them not for their own sake. /b br Rava continued: b One who does them not for their own sake, /b it would have been b preferable for him had he not been created. /b , b Rav was wont to say: /b br b The World-to-Come is not like this world. /b br b In the World-to-Come there is no eating, no drinking, /b br b no procreation, no /b business b negotiations, /b br b no jealousy, no hatred, and no competition. /b br b Rather, the righteous sit with their crowns upon their heads, enjoying the splendor of the Divine Presence, as it is stated: /b br b “And they beheld God, and they ate and drank” /b (Exodus 24:11), meaning that beholding God’s countece is tantamount to eating and drinking.,The Gemara states: b Greater is the promise /b for the future b made by the Holy One, Blessed be He, to women than to men, as it is stated: “Rise up, women at ease; hear My voice, confident daughters, listen to what I say” /b (Isaiah 32:9). This promise of ease and confidence is not given to men., b Rav said to Rabbi Ḥiyya: /b By b what /b virtue b do women merit /b to receive this reward? Rabbi Ḥiyya answered: They merit this reward b for bringing their children to read /b the Torah b in the synagogue, and for sending their husbands to study /b mishna b in the study hall, and for waiting for their husbands until they return from the study hall. /b , b When the Sages /b who had been studying there b took leave of the study hall of Rabbi Ami, and some say /b it was b the study hall of Rabbi Ḥanina, they would say to him the following /b blessing: br b May you see your world, /b may you benefit from all of the good in the world, b in your lifetime, /b br b and may your end be to life in the World-to-Come, /b br b and may your hope /b be sustained b for many generations. /b br May b your heart meditate understanding, /b br b your mouth speak wisdom, and your tongue whisper with praise. /b br May b your eyelids look directly before you, /b br b your eyes shine in the light of Torah, /b br b and your face radiate like the brightness of the firmament. /b br May b your lips express knowledge, /b br b your kidneys rejoice in the upright, /b br b and your feet run to hear the words of the Ancient of Days, /b God (see Daniel 7)., b When the Sages took leave of the study hall of Rav Ḥisda, and some say /b it was b the study hall of Rabbi Shmuel bar Naḥmani, they would say to him the following, /b in accordance with the verse: b “Our leaders are laden, /b there is no breach and no going forth and no outcry in our open places” (Psalms 144:14)., b Our leaders are laden. Rav and Shmuel, and some say Rabbi Yoḥa and Rabbi Elazar, /b disputed the proper understanding of this verse. b One said: Our leaders in Torah are laden with mitzvot. And one said: Our leaders in Torah and mitzvot are laden with suffering. /b

92. Babylonian Talmud, Rosh Hashanah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 86

31a. שאני התם דשירה דיומיה היא,תניא רבי יהודה אומר משום ר"ע בראשון מה היו אומרים (תהלים כד, א) לה' הארץ ומלואה על שם שקנה והקנה ושליט בעולמו,בשני מה היו אומרים (תהלים מח, ב) גדול ה' ומהולל מאד על שם שחילק מעשיו ומלך עליהן,בשלישי היו אומרים (תהלים פב, א) אלהים נצב בעדת אל על שם שגילה ארץ בחכמתו והכין תבל לעדתו ברביעי היו אומרים (תהלים צד, א) אל נקמות ה' על שם שברא חמה ולבנה ועתיד ליפרע מעובדיהן,בחמישי היו אומרים (תהלים פא, ב) הרנינו לאלהים עוזנו על שם שברא עופות ודגים לשבח לשמו בששי היו אומרים (תהלים צג, א) ה' מלך גאות לבש על שם שגמר מלאכתו ומלך עליהן בשביעי היו אומרים (תהלים צב, א) מזמור שיר ליום השבת ליום שכולו שבת,א"ר נחמיה מה ראו חכמים לחלק בין הפרקים הללו אלא בראשון שקנה והקנה ושליט בעולמו בשני שחילק מעשיו ומלך עליהם בשלישי שגילה ארץ בחכמתו והכין תבל לעדתו,ברביעי שברא חמה ולבנה ועתיד ליפרע מעובדיהן בחמישי שברא עופות ודגים לשבח לשמו בששי שגמר מלאכתו ומלך עליהם בשביעי על שם ששבת,וקמיפלגי בדרב קטינא דאמר רב קטינא שיתא אלפי שני הוה עלמא וחד חרוב שנאמר (ישעיהו ב, יא) ונשגב יי' לבדו ביום ההוא (אמר אביי) תרי חרוב שנאמ' (הושע ו, ב) יחיינו מיומים,במוספי דשבתא מה היו אומרים אמר רב ענן בר רבא אמר רב הזי"ו ל"ך,ואמר רב חנן בר רבא אמר רב כדרך שחלוקים כאן כך חלוקין בבית הכנסת,במנחת' דשבתא מה היו אומרי' אמר רבי יוחנן אז ישיר ומי כמוך ואז ישיר,איבעי' להו הני כולהו בחד שבתא אמרי להו או דלמא כל שבתא ושבתא אמרי חד תא שמע דתניא א"ר יוסי עד שהראשונה אומרת אחת שניה חוזרת שתים שמע מינה כל שבתא ושבתא אמרי חד שמע מינה,אמר רב יהודה בר אידי א"ר יוחנן עשר מסעות נסעה שכינה מקראי וכנגדן גלתה סנהדרין מגמרא,עשר מסעות נסעה שכינה מקראי מכפרת לכרוב ומכרוב לכרוב ומכרוב למפתן וממפתן לחצר ומחצר למזבח וממזבח לגג ומגג לחומה ומחומה לעיר ומעיר להר ומהר למדבר וממדבר עלתה וישבה במקומה שנאמר (הושע ה, טו) אלך אשובה אל מקומי,מכפורת לכרוב מכרוב לכרוב ומכרוב למפתן דכתיב (שמות כה, כב) ונועדתי [לך שם ודברתי] אתך מעל הכפורת וכתיב וירכב על כרוב ויעף וכתיב (יחזקאל ט, ג) וכבוד אלהי ישראל נעלה מעל הכרוב אשר היה עליו אל מפתן הבית,וממפתן לחצר דכתיב (יחזקאל י, ד) וימלא הבית את הענן והחצר מלאה את נגה כבוד ה' מחצר למזבח דכתיב ראיתי את ה' נצב על המזבח וממזבח לגג דכתיב (משלי כא, ט) טוב לשבת על פנת גג מגג לחומה דכתיב והנה ה' נצב על חומת אנך מחומה לעיר דכתיב (מיכה ו, ט) קול ה' לעיר יקרא,ומעיר להר דכתיב ויעל כבוד ה' מעל תוך העיר ויעמד על ההר אשר מקדם לעיר ומהר למדבר דכתיב (משלי כא, יט) טוב שבת בארץ מדבר וממדבר עלתה וישבה במקומה דכתיב אלך אשובה אל מקומי וגו',א"ר יוחנן ששה חדשים נתעכבה שכינה לישראל במדבר שמא יחזרו בתשובה כיון שלא חזרו אמר תיפח עצמן שנאמר (איוב יא, כ) ועיני רשעים תכלינה ומנוס אבד מנהם ותקותם מפח נפש,וכנגדן גלתה סנהדרין מגמרא מלשכת הגזית לחנות ומחנות לירושלים ומירושלים ליבנה

31a. The Gemara rejects this argument. b It is different there, as /b in any case “Sing aloud” b is the psalm of the day, /b either because it was an ordinary Thursday or because it was Rosh HaShana. However, there is no proof from here that in all uncertain cases they would recite the psalm for an ordinary weekday, as it is possible that they did not recite any psalm at all.,§ The Gemara expands on the topic of the daily psalms recited by the Levites. b It is taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Yehuda said in the name of Rabbi Akiva: On the first /b day of the week, Sunday, b what /b psalm b would /b the Levites b recite? /b The psalm beginning with the phrase: b “The earth is the Lord’s, and its fullness” /b (Psalms 24:1), in commemoration of the first day of Creation, b because /b on that day b He acquired /b the world b and transferred /b it to man, b and /b He b was /b the only b ruler in His world, /b as the angels were not created until the second day., b On the second /b day of the week b what /b psalm b would /b the Levites b recite? /b The psalm that begins: b “Great is the Lord, and highly to be praised /b in the city of our God, His sacred mountain” (Psalms 48:2). This is b because /b on the second day of Creation b He separated His works, /b dividing between the upper waters and the lower waters, b and ruled over them /b as King; and this psalm speaks of Jerusalem as “The city of a great King” (Psalms 48:3)., b On the third /b day of the week b they would recite /b the psalm beginning: b “God stands in the congregation of God” /b (Psalms 82:1), b because /b on the third day of Creation b He revealed the land in His wisdom and /b thereby b prepared the world for His assembly /b that could now live on the dry land. b On the fourth /b day of the week b they would recite /b the psalm beginning: b “O Lord God, to Whom vengeance belongs” /b (Psalms 94:1), b because /b on the fourth day of Creation b He created the sun and the moon, and in the future He will punish /b and take vengeance upon b those who worship them. /b , b On the fifth /b day of the week the Levites b would recite /b the psalm beginning: b “Sing aloud to God our strength” /b (Psalms 81:2), b because /b on the fifth day of Creation b He created birds and fish to praise His name. On the sixth /b day of the week b they would recite /b the psalm beginning: b “The Lord reigns, He is clothed with majesty” /b (Psalms 93:1), b because /b on that day b He completed His labor and ruled over /b all of creation in full glory. b On the seventh /b day of the week, Shabbat, b they would recite /b the psalm beginning: b “A psalm, a song for the day of Shabbat” /b (Psalms 92:1), b as /b the future world will be b a day that is all Shabbat. /b , b Rabbi Neḥemya said: What did the Sages see /b that led them b to distinguish between these chapters, /b as they interpret the psalms recited on the six weekdays as referring to the past, whereas the psalm recited on Shabbat is referring to the future. b Rather, /b all of the psalms refer to the past. The first six are as explained above: b On the first /b day, the reason is b that He acquired /b the world b and transferred /b it to man, b and /b He b was /b the only b ruler in His world; on the second /b day, the reason is b that He separated His works and ruled over them /b as King; b on the third /b day, the reason is b that He revealed the land in His wisdom and /b thereby b prepared the world for His assembly. /b , b On the fourth /b day, the reason is b that He created the sun and the moon, and in the future He will punish those who worship them; on the fifth /b day, the reason is b that He created birds and fish to praise His name; on the sixth /b day, the reason is b that He completed His labor and ruled over /b all of creation. However, b on the seventh /b day, the reason is b that He rested /b from His work, as the phrase “A psalm, a song for the day of Shabbat” is referring to the first Shabbat of Creation.,The Gemara comments: b And /b these i tanna’im /i b disagree with /b regard to a statement b of Rav Ketina, as Rav Ketina said: The world will exist for six thousand years, and /b for b one /b thousand years it will be b destroyed, as it is stated: “And the Lord alone shall be exalted on that day” /b (Isaiah 2:11), and one day for God is a thousand years, as indicated in the verse: “For a thousand years in Your sight are but as yesterday when it is past” (Psalms 90:4). Rav Ketina’s statement is in accordance with the opinion of Rabbi Akiva. Conversely, b Abaye said: /b The world will be b destroyed /b for b two /b thousand years, b as it is stated: “After two days He will revive us” /b (Hosea 6:2). According to the opinion of Abaye that the destruction will be for two days, there is no connection between the future world and the day of Shabbat, which is only one day.,§ The Gemara further asks: When it came b to the additional offerings of Shabbat, what would /b the Levites b recite? Rav A bar Rava said /b that b Rav said: /b They would recite in accordance with the mnemonic b i hei /i , i zayin /i , i yod /i , i vav /i , i lamed /i , i kaf /i . /b They would divide the song of i Ha’azinu /i into six sections, each of which began with a letter of the mnemonic: “Give ear [ i ha’azinu /i ], you heavens” (Deuteronomy 32:1); “Remember [ i zekhor /i ] the days of old” (Deuteronomy 32:7); “He made him ride [ i yarkivehu /i ] on the high places of the earth” (Deuteronomy 32:13); “The Lord saw it [ i vayar /i ] and spurned” (Deuteronomy 32:19); “Were it not [ i lulei /i ] that I dread the enemy’s provocation” (Deuteronomy 32:27); “For i [ki] /i the Lord will judge His people” (Deuteronomy 32:36)., b And Rav Ḥa bar Rava said /b that b Rav said: In the manner that /b the verses of the song of i Ha’azinu /i b are divided here /b for the recitation of the additional offerings of Shabbat in the Temple, b so too are they divided /b when they are read b in the synagogue /b on Shabbat.,The Gemara asks another question: When it came b to the /b daily b afternoon offering on Shabbat, what would /b the Levites b recite? Rabbi Yoḥa said: “Then sang /b Moses” (Exodus 15:1), b and: “Who is like You” /b (Exodus 15:11), the two halves of the Song of the Sea, b and: “Then Israel sang /b this song” (Numbers 21:17), the entire Song of the Well., b A dilemma was raised before /b the Sages: Does b one recite all these /b sections of the song of i Ha’azinu /i b on each Shabbat, or perhaps on each and every Shabbat /b they would b recite one /b section? The Gemara suggests: b Come /b and b hear, as it is taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Yosei said: By /b the time b that /b those who recite b the first /b set, i.e., the verses for the additional offerings brought on Shabbat, b recite /b it b once, /b those who recite b the second /b set, for the daily afternoon offering, would b repeat /b their cycle b twice, /b as the first set was comprised of six sections, whereas the second set included only three sections. b Learn from here /b that b each and every Shabbat they would recite /b only b one /b section. The Gemara concludes: Indeed, b learn from here /b that this is correct.,§ b Rav Yehuda bar Idi said /b that b Rabbi Yoḥa said: The Divine Presence traveled ten journeys, /b i.e., it left the Temple and Eretz Yisrael in ten stages at the time of the destruction of the First Temple, as derived b from verses. And corresponding to them the Sanhedrin was exiled /b in ten stages at the end of the Second Temple period and after the destruction of the Temple, and this is known b from tradition. /b ,The Gemara elaborates. b The Divine Presence traveled ten journeys, /b as derived b from verses. /b The ten journeys are: b From the Ark cover to the cherub; and from /b one b cherub to /b the other b cherub; and from /b the second b cherub to the threshold /b of the Sanctuary; b and from the threshold to the courtyard; and from the courtyard to the altar; and from the altar to the roof; and from the roof to the wall /b of the Temple Mount; b and from the wall to the city; and from the city to a mountain /b close to Jerusalem; b and from /b that b mountain to the wilderness; and from the wilderness it ascended and rested in its place /b in Heaven, isolated from humanity, b as it is stated: “I will go and return to My place” /b (Hosea 5:15).,The Gemara cites the sources for each of these stages: b From the Ark cover /b the Divine Presence traveled b to the cherub, /b and b from /b one b cherub to /b the other b cherub, and from the /b second b cherub to the threshold, as it is written /b with regard to Moses in the Tabernacle: b “And there I will meet with you, and I will speak to you from above the Ark cover, /b from between the two cherubs” (Exodus 25:22). b And it is written: “And He rode upon a cherub, and flew” /b (II Samuel 22:11), which indicates that the glory of the Divine Presence can rest upon one cherub. b And it is written: “And the glory of the God of Israel had ascended from the cherub, on which it was, to the threshold of the House” /b (Ezekiel 9:3), i.e., the Divine Presence moved from the cherub to the threshold., b And from the threshold /b of the Sanctuary the Divine Presence went b to the courtyard, as it is written: “And the House was filled with the cloud and the courtyard was full of the brightness of the Lord’s glory” /b (Ezekiel 10:4). b From the courtyard to the altar, as it is written: “I saw the Lord standing on the altar” /b (Amos 9:1). b And from the altar to the roof, as it is written: “It is better to dwell in a corner of the roof /b than in a house together with a contentious woman” (Proverbs 21:9). b From the roof to the wall, as it is written: “And behold, the Lord stood upon a wall made by a plumb line” /b (Amos 7:7). b From the wall to the city, as it is written: “The Lord’s voice cries to the city” /b (Micah 6:9)., b And from the city /b the Divine Presence arose b to the mountain /b nearest the Sanctuary, i.e., the Mount of Olives, b as it is written: “And the glory of the Lord went up from the midst of the city, and stood upon the mountain, which is on the east side of the city” /b (Ezekiel 11:23). b And from the mountain to the wilderness, as it is written: “It is better to live in the wilderness /b than with a contentious and fretful woman” (Proverbs 21:19). b And from the wilderness it ascended and rested in its place /b in Heaven, b as it is written: “I will go and return to My place /b until they acknowledge their guilt” (Hosea 5:15)., b Rabbi Yoḥa said: /b For b six months the Divine Presence lingered in the wilderness, /b waiting b for the Jewish people, /b hoping that b perhaps they would repent /b and it would be able to return to its place. b When they did not repent, /b the Divine Presence b said: Let them /b despair and b be lost, as it is stated: “But the eyes of the wicked shall fail, and they shall have no way to flee, and their hope shall be the drooping of the soul” /b (Job 11:20). This concludes the discussion of the ten stages of the exile of the Divine Presence from the Holy of Holies., b And corresponding to /b these ten stages, b the Sanhedrin was exiled /b in ten stages at the end of the Second Temple period and after the destruction of the Temple, and this is known b from tradition: From the Chamber of Hewn Stone, /b its fixed seat in the Temple, b to i Ḥanut /i , /b literally, shop, a designated spot on the Temple Mount outside the Temple proper; b and from i Ḥanut /i to Jerusalem; and from Jerusalem to Yavne; /b

93. Babylonian Talmud, Sanhedrin, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 168

92a. יקבוהו לאום ואין לאום אלא עוברין שנאמר (בראשית כה, כג) ולאום מלאום יאמץ ואין קבה אלא קללה שנאמר (במדבר כג, ח) מה אקב לא קבה אל ואין בר אלא תורה שנאמר (תהלים ב, יב) נשקו בר פן יאנף,עולא בר ישמעאל אומר מנקבין אותו ככברה כתיב הכא (משלי יא, כו) יקבוהו לאום וכתיב התם (מלכים ב יב, י) ויקב חור בדלתו ואמר אביי כי אוכלא דקצרי,ואם למדו מה שכרו אמר רבא אמר רב ששת זוכה לברכות כיוסף שנאמר (משלי יא, כו) וברכה לראש משביר ואין משביר אלא יוסף שנאמר (בראשית מב, ו) ויוסף הוא [השליט על הארץ הוא] המשביר לכל עם הארץ,אמר רב ששת כל המלמד תורה בעוה"ז זוכה ומלמדה לעולם הבא שנאמר (משלי יא, כה) ומרוה גם הוא יורה,אמר רבא מניין לתחיית המתים מן התורה שנאמר (דברים לג, ו) יחי ראובן ואל ימות יחי ראובן בעולם הזה ואל ימות לעולם הבא רבינא אמר מהכא (דניאל יב, ב) ורבים מישני אדמת עפר יקיצו אלה לחיי עולם ואלה לחרפות לדראון עולם רב אשי אמר מהכא (דניאל יב, יג) ואתה לך [לקץ] ותנוח ותעמוד לגורלך לקץ הימין,אמר רבי אלעזר כל פרנס שמנהיג את הצבור בנחת זוכה ומנהיגם לעוה"ב שנאמר (ישעיהו מט, י) כי מרחמם ינהגם ועל מבועי מים ינהלם,וא"ר אלעזר גדולה דעה שניתנה בין שתי אותיות שנאמר (שמואל א ב, ג) כי אל דעות ה',וא"ר אלעזר גדול מקדש שניתן בין שתי אותיות שנאמר (שמות טו, יז) פעלת ה' מקדש ה' כוננו ידיך מתקיף לה רב אדא קרחינאה אלא מעתה גדולה נקמה שניתנה בין שתי אותיות דכתיב (תהלים צד, א) אל נקמות ה' אל נקמות הופיע,אמר ליה למילתיה הכי נמי כדעולא דאמר עולא שתי הופעיות הללו למה אחת למדת טובה ואחת למדת פורענות,ואמר ר' אלעזר כל אדם שיש בו דעה כאילו נבנה בית המקדש בימיו שזה ניתן בין שתי אותיות וזה ניתן בין שתי אותיות,ואמר ר' אלעזר כל אדם שיש בו דעה לסוף מתעשר שנאמר (משלי כד, ד) ובדעת חדרים ימלאו כל הון יקר ונעים,ואמר ר' אלעזר כל אדם שאין בו דעה אסור לרחם עליו שנאמר (ישעיהו כז, יא) כי לא עם בינות הוא על כן לא ירחמנו עושהו ויוצרו לא יחוננו,וא"ר אלעזר כל הנותן פיתו למי שאין בו דעה יסורין באין עליו שנאמר (עובדיה א, ז) לחמך ישימו מזור תחתיך אין תבונה בו ואין מזור אלא יסורין שנאמר (הושע ה, יג) וירא אפרים את חליו ויהודה את מזורו,ואמר ר' אלעזר כל אדם שאין בו דעה לסוף גולה שנאמר (ישעיהו ה, יג) לכן גלה עמי מבלי דעת,ואמר ר"א כל בית שאין דברי תורה נשמעים בו בלילה אש אוכלתו שנאמר (איוב כ, כו) כל חשך טמון לצפוניו תאכלהו אש לא נופח ירע שריד באהלו אין שריד אלא ת"ח שנאמר (יואל ג, ה) ובשרידים אשר ה' קורא,ואמר ר' אלעזר כל שאינו מהנה תלמידי חכמים מנכסיו אינו רואה סימן ברכה לעולם שנאמר (איוב כ, כא) אין שריד לאכלו על כן לא יחיל טובו אין שריד אלא תלמידי חכמים שנאמר ובשרידים אשר ה' קורא,ואמר רבי אלעזר כל שאינו משייר פת על שלחנו אינו רואה סימן ברכה לעולם שנאמר אין שריד לאכלו על כן לא יחיל טובו,והאמר רבי אלעזר כל המשייר פתיתים על שלחנו כאילו עובד ע"ז שנאמר (ישעיהו סה, יא) העורכים לגד שלחן והממלאים למני ממסך לא קשיא הא דאיכא שלימה בהדיה הא דליכה שלימה בהדיה,ואמר רבי אלעזר כל המחליף בדבורו כאילו עובד ע"ז כתיב הכא (בראשית כז, יב) והייתי בעיניו כמתעתע וכתיב התם (ירמיהו י, טו) הבל המה מעשה תעתועים,ואמר רבי אלעזר כל המסתכל בערוה קשתו ננערת שנאמר (חבקוק ג, ט) עריה תעור קשתך,ואמר רבי אלעזר לעולם הוי קבל וקיים אמר רבי זירא אף אנן נמי תנינא בית אפל אין פותחין לו חלונות לראות נגעו ש"מ,אמר ר' טבי אמר ר' יאשיה מאי דכתיב (משלי ל, טז) שאול ועוצר רחם ארץ לא שבעה מים וכי מה ענין שאול אצל רחם אלא לומר לך מה רחם מכניס ומוציא אף שאול מכניס ומוציא,והלא דברים קל וחומר ומה רחם שמכניסין בו בחשאי מוציאין ממנו בקולי קולות שאול שמכניסין בו בקולות אינו דין שמוציאין ממנו בקולי קולות מיכן תשובה לאומרין אין תחיית המתים מן התורה,תנא דבי אליהו צדיקים שעתיד הקדוש ברוך הוא להחיותן אינן חוזרין לעפרן שנאמר (ישעיהו ד, ג) והיה הנשאר בציון והנותר בירושלים קדוש יאמר לו כל הכתוב לחיים בירושלים מה קדוש לעולם קיים אף הם לעולם קיימין

92a. b the people [ i leom /i ] shall curse him [ i yikkevuhu /i ], /b but blessing shall be upon the head of one who provides” (Proverbs 11:26). b And /b the term b i leom /i /b is referring to b nothing other than fetuses, as it is stated: /b “Two nations are in your womb, and two peoples shall be separated from your bowels; b and the one i leom /i shall overcome the other i leom /i ” /b (Genesis 25:23). b And i kabbo /i /b is referring to b nothing other than curse, as it is stated /b in the statement of Balaam: b “How can I curse one who is not cursed [ i kabbo /i ] by God?” /b (Numbers 23:8). b And i bar /i /b is referring to b nothing other than Torah, as it is stated: “Pay homage to i bar /i lest He be angry” /b (Psalms 2:12), i.e., observe the Torah to avoid God’s wrath., b Ulla bar Yishmael says: One perforates like a sieve /b a person who withholds i halakha /i from a student. b It is written here: /b “He who withholds i bar /i , b the people i yikkevuhu /i ” /b (Proverbs 11:26), b and it is written there: “And he bored [ i vayyikkov /i ] a hole in its lid of it” /b (II Kings 12:10). b And Abaye says: /b One perforates him b like a launderers’ utensil /b used for sprinkling water on garments., b And if one teaches /b the student i halakha /i rather than withholding it, b what is his reward? Rava says /b that b Rav Sheshet says: He is privileged /b to receive b blessings like Joseph, as it is stated /b at the end of that verse: b “But blessing shall be upon the head of one who provides [ i mashbir /i ]” /b (Proverbs 11:26). b And i mashbir /i /b is referring to b no /b one b other than Joseph, as it is stated: “And Joseph was the governor of the land, and he was the provider [ i hamashbir /i ] to all the people of the land” /b (Genesis 42:6)., b Rav Sheshet says: Anyone who teaches Torah in this world is privileged and teaches it in the World-to-Come, as it is stated: “And he who satisfies abundantly [ i umarveh /i ] shall be satisfied himself [ i yoreh /i ]” /b (Proverbs 11:25). Rav Sheshet interprets the verse homiletically: By transposing the letters of the word i marveh /i : i Mem /i , i reish /i , i vav /i , i heh /i , one arrives at the word i moreh /i , meaning teaches. The verse means that one who teaches [ i moreh /i ] will teach [ i yoreh /i ] in the future as well.,The Gemara returns to the topic of the source for resurrection in the Torah. b Rava says: From where /b is b resurrection of the dead /b derived b from the Torah? /b It is derived from a verse, b as it is stated: “Let Reuben live and not die, /b in that his men become few” (Deuteronomy 33:6). This is interpreted: b “Let Reuben live” in this world “and not die” in the World-to-Come. Ravina says /b that resurrection is derived b from here: “And many of those who sleep in the dust of the earth shall awaken, some to everlasting life, and some to reproaches and everlasting disgrace” /b (Daniel 12:2). b Rav Ashi says /b proof is derived b from here: “But go you your way until the end be; and you shall rest, and arise to your lot at the end of days” /b (Daniel 12:13).,§ b Rabbi Elazar says: Any communal leader who leads the community calmly, /b without anger and honestly, b is privileged and leads them in the World-to-Come, as it is stated: “For he that has compassion upon them will lead them, even by the springs of water shall he guide them” /b (Isaiah 49:10). Just as he led them in this world, so too will he guide them in the World-to-Come.,The Gemara proceeds to cite additional statements of Rabbi Elazar relating to recommended conduct. b And Rabbi Elazar says: Great is knowledge, as it was placed between two letters, /b two names of God, b as it is stated: “For a God of knowledge is the Lord” /b (I Samuel 2:3)., b And Rabbi Elazar says: Great is the Holy Temple, as it /b too b was placed between two letters, /b two names of God, b as it is stated: /b “The place in which to dwell that b You have made, Lord, the Temple, Lord, which Your hands have prepared” /b (Exodus 15:17). b Rav Adda Karḥina’a objects to /b the explanation that being placed between two names of God accords significance. b If that is so, /b the same should hold true for vengeance. Shall one say: b Great /b is b vengeance, as it was placed between two letters, as it is written: “God of vengeance, Lord, God of vengeance shine forth” /b (Psalms 94:1)?,Rabbi Elazar b said to him: In its context, indeed, /b vengeance is great, b in accordance with /b the statement b of Ulla. As Ulla says /b with regard to b these two appearances: /b “O Lord, God to Whom vengeance belongs; God to Whom vengeance belongs, appear” (Psalms 94:1), and: “He appeared from Mount Paran” (Deuteronomy 33:2), b why /b are both necessary? b One, /b the second verse, is necessary b for the attribute of /b divine b good, /b with which God gave the Torah at Sinai, b and one, /b the first verse, is necessary b for the attribute of /b divine b punishment, /b with which God exacts vengeance against the enemies and oppressors of the Jewish people., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b any person in whom there is knowledge, /b it is b as though the Temple was built in his days, as this, /b knowledge, b was placed between two letters and that, /b the Temple, b was placed between two letters. /b , b And Rabbi Elazar says: Any person in whom there is knowledge ultimately becomes wealthy, as it is stated: “And by knowledge are the chambers filled with all precious and pleasant riches” /b (Proverbs 24:4)., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b any person in whom there is no knowledge, it is prohibited to have mercy upon him, as it is stated: “For it is a people of no understanding; therefore its Maker will have no mercy on them, and its Creator will show them no favor” /b (Isaiah 27:11). If God has no mercy upon them, all the more so should people not show them mercy., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b anyone who gives his bread to one without knowledge, afflictions befall him, as it is stated: “They who eat your bread will place i mazor /i under you, in whom there is no discernment” /b (Obadiah 1:7). b And i mazor /i /b means b nothing other than afflictions, /b based on the parallel with another verse, b as it is stated: “And Ephraim saw his sickness and Judah his wound [ i mezoro /i ]” /b (Hosea 5:13). This indicates that one who gives his bread to one without discernment will ultimately fall ill., b And Rabbi Elazar says: Any person in whom there is no knowledge is ultimately exiled, as it is stated: “Therefore my people are exiled, for lack of knowledge” /b (Isaiah 5:13)., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b any house in which there are no matters of Torah heard at night, the fire /b of Gehenna b consumes it, as it is stated: “All darkness is laid up for his treasures, a fire not fanned shall consume him; it shall go ill with a i sarid /i in his tent” /b (Job 20:26). b i Sarid /i /b is referring to b no /b one b but a Torah scholar, as it is stated: “And among the i seridim /i , those whom the Lord shall call” /b (Joel 3:5). A house that is dark at night and in which no Torah is heard will be consumed by a fire that does not require fanning with a bellows, the fire of Gehenna., b And Rabbi Elazar says: Anyone who does not benefit Torah scholars from his property never sees a sign of blessing, as it is stated: “None of his food shall remain [ i sarid /i ]; therefore his prosperity shall not endure” /b (Job 20:21). b i Sarid /i /b is referring to b no /b one b but Torah scholars, as it is stated: “And among the i seridim /i , those whom the Lord shall call.” /b No prosperity will come to one who does not share his food with a Torah scholar., b And Rabbi Elazar says: Anyone who does not leave bread on his table /b at the end of his meal indicating his gratitude to God for providing him more than enough b never sees a sign of blessing, as it is stated: “None of his food shall remain; therefore his prosperity shall not endure.” /b ,The Gemara asks: b But doesn’t Rabbi Elazar say: /b With regard to b anyone who leaves pieces /b of bread b on his table, it is as if he worships idols, as it is stated: “Who prepare a table for Fortune [ i Gad /i ] and offer blended wine for Destiny” /b (Isaiah 65:11). The people would leave pieces of bread on the table as an offering to the constellation i Gad /i , which they believed influences the fortune of the home. This practice was a form of idol worship. The Gemara answers: This apparent contradiction is b not difficult: This /b case, where leaving pieces of bread is a form of idol worship, applies b when there is a whole /b loaf together b with /b the pieces, as the addition of the pieces is clearly for idol worship; b that /b case, where failure to leave bread on the table is criticized, applies b when there is no whole /b loaf together b with /b the pieces., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b anyone who amends /b the truth b in his speech, it is as though he worships idols. /b As, b it is written here, /b in the verse where Jacob sought to resist taking his father’s blessing from Esau: b “And I shall seem to him a deceiver [ i metate’a /i ]” /b (Genesis 27:12), b and it is written there /b with regard to idol worship: b “They are vanity, the work of deception [ i tatuim /i ]” /b (Jeremiah 10:15)., b And Rabbi Elazar says: /b With regard to b anyone who looks at nakedness [ i erva /i ], his bow is emptied, /b i.e., he will be robbed of his potency, b as it is stated: “Your bow is stripped bare [ i erya /i ]” /b (Habakkuk 3:9)., b And Rabbi Elazar says: Forever be in the dark, /b i.e., anonymous, b and /b you will continue to b exist. Rabbi Zeira says: We learn /b a similar idea in a mishna b as well /b ( i Nega’im /i 2:3): In b a dark house, one does not open windows to /b illuminate b it /b in order b to see /b whether or not b its /b blemish is b leprosy, /b and the house retains the presumptive status of ritual purity. Those matters that are obscured are allowed to continue. The Gemara affirms: b Conclude from /b that mishna that this is so.,§ The Gemara returns to the topic of the source for resurrection in the Torah. b Rabbi Tavi says /b that b Rabbi Yoshiya says: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: /b “There are three that are never satisfied… b the grave, and the barren womb, and earth that does not receive sufficient water” /b (Proverbs 30:15–16)? b And what does a grave have to do with a womb? Rather, /b they are juxtaposed b to say to you: Just as a womb takes in and gives forth, so too a grave takes in and /b also b gives forth, /b with the resurrection of the dead., b And are /b these b matters not /b inferred b i a fortiori /i : If /b with regard to b a womb, into which one introduces /b the embryo b in secret, one removes /b the baby b from it /b accompanied b by /b the b loud sounds /b of the woman crying out during childbirth, then with regard to b the grave, into which one introduces /b the corpse b with sounds /b of wailing and mourning the dead, b is it not right that one removes /b from it the resurrected dead accompanied b by /b the b loud sounds /b of the resurrected multitudes? b From here /b there is b a response to /b those who b say: There is no resurrection of the dead /b derived b from the Torah. /b , b The school of Eliyahu taught: The righteous whom the Holy One, Blessed be He, is destined to resurrect do not return to their dust, as it is stated: “And it shall come to pass, that he who remains in Zion and he who remains in Jerusalem shall be called holy, anyone who is written unto life in Jerusalem” /b (Isaiah 4:3). b Just as /b the b Holy One exists forever, so too will they exist forever. /b

94. Babylonian Talmud, Shabbat, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 81, 168

30a. big strongגמ׳ /strong /big מדקתני סיפא חייב ש"מ ר' יהודה היא רישא במאי עסיקנא אי בחולה שיש בו סכנה מותר מיבעי ליה ואי בחולה שאין בו סכנה חייב חטאת מיבעי ליה,לעולם בחולה שיש בו סכנה ובדין הוא דליתני מותר ואיידי דבעי למתני סיפא חייב תנא נמי רישא פטור והדתני רבי אושעיא אם בשביל החולה שיישן לא יכבה ואם כבה פטור אבל אסור ההיא בחולה שאין בו סכנה ורבי שמעון היא:,שאול שאילה זו לעילא מר' תנחום דמן נוי מהו לכבות בוצינא דנורא מקמי באישא בשבתא פתח ואמר אנת שלמה אן חכמתך אן סוכלתנותך לא דייך שדבריך סותרין דברי דוד אביך אלא שדבריך סותרין זה את זה דוד אביך אמר (תהלים קטו, יז) לא המתים יהללו יה ואת אמרת (קהלת ד, ב) ושבח אני את המתים שכבר מתו וחזרת ואמרת (קהלת ט, ד) כי לכלב חי הוא טוב מן האריה המת,לא קשיא הא דקאמר דוד לא המתים יהללו יה הכי קאמר לעולם יעסוק אדם בתורה ובמצות קודם שימות שכיון שמת בטל מן התורה ומן המצות ואין להקב"ה שבח בו והיינו דאמר ר' יוחנן מאי דכתיב (תהלים פח, ו) במתים חפשי כיון שמת אדם נעשה חפשי מן התורה ומן המצות,ודקאמר שלמה ושבח אני את המתים שכבר מתו שכשחטאו ישראל במדבר עמד משה לפני הקב"ה ואמר כמה תפלות ותחנונים לפניו ולא נענה וכשאמר (שמות לב, יג) זכור לאברהם ליצחק ולישראל עבדיך מיד נענה ולא יפה אמר שלמה ושבח אני את המתים שכבר מתו דבר אחר מנהגו של עולם שר ב"ו גוזר גזרה ספק מקיימין אותה ספק אין מקיימין אותה ואם תמצי לומר מקיימין אותה בחייו מקיימין אותה במותו אין מקיימין אותה ואילו משה רבינו גזר כמה גזירות ותיקן כמה תקנות וקיימות הם לעולם ולעולמי עולמים ולא יפה אמר שלמה ושבח אני את המתים וגו',ד"א ושבח אני וגו' כדרב יהודה אמר רב דאמר רב יהודה אמר רב מאי דכתיב (תהלים פו, יז) עשה עמי אות לטובה ויראו שונאי ויבושו אמר דוד לפני הקב"ה רבונו של עולם מחול לי על אותו עון אמר לו מחול לך אמר לו עשה עמי אות בחיי אמר לו בחייך איני מודיע בחיי שלמה בנך אני מודיע,כשבנה שלמה את בית המקדש ביקש להכניס ארון לבית קדשי הקדשים דבקו שערים זה בזה אמר שלמה עשרים וארבעה רננות ולא נענה פתח ואמר (תהלים כד, ז) שאו שערים ראשיכם והנשאו פתחי עולם ויבא מלך הכבוד רהטו בתריה למיבלעיה אמרו מי הוא זה מלך הכבוד אמר להו ה' עזוז וגבור חזר ואמר (תהלים כד, ט) שאו שערים ראשיכם ושאו פתחי עולם ויבא מלך הכבוד מי הוא זה מלך הכבוד ה' צבאות הוא מלך הכבוד סלה ולא נענה כיון שאמר (דברי הימים ב ו, מב) ה' אלהים אל תשב פני משיחך זכרה לחסדי דוד עבדך מיד נענה באותה שעה נהפכו פני כל שונאי דוד כשולי קדירה וידעו כל העם וכל ישראל שמחל לו הקב"ה על אותו עון ולא יפה אמר שלמה ושבח אני את המתים שכבר מתו,והיינו דכתי' (מלכים א ח, סו) ביום השמיני שלח את העם ויברכו את המלך וילכו לאהליהם שמחים וטובי לב על כל הטובה אשר עשה ה' לדוד עבדו ולישראל עמו וילכו לאהליהם שמצאו נשותיהן בטהרה שמחים שנהנו מזיו השכינה וטובי לב שנתעברו נשותיהן של כל אחד ואחד וילדה זכר על כל הטובה אשר עשה ה' לדוד עבדו (ולישראל עמו. לדוד עבדו) שמחל לו על אותו עון ולישראל עמו דאחיל להו עון דיום הכפורים,ודקאמר שלמה כי לכלב חי הוא טוב מן האריה המת כדרב יהודה אמר רב דאמר רב יהודה אמר רב מאי דכתיב (תהלים לט, ה) הודיעני ה' קצי ומדת ימי מה היא אדעה מה חדל אני אמר דוד לפני הקדוש ברוך הוא רבונו של עולם הודיעני ה' קצי אמר לו גזרה היא מלפני שאין מודיעין קצו של בשר ודם ומדת ימי מה היא גזרה היא מלפני שאין מודיעין מדת ימיו של אדם ואדעה מה חדל אני אמר לו בשבת תמות אמות באחד בשבת אמר לו כבר הגיע מלכות שלמה בנך ואין מלכות נוגעת בחברתה אפי' כמלא נימא אמות בערב שבת אמר לו (תהלים פד, יא) כי טוב יום בחצריך מאלף טוב לי יום אחד שאתה יושב ועוסק בתורה מאלף עולות שעתיד שלמה בנך להקריב לפני על גבי המזבח

30a. strong GEMARA: /strong b From /b the fact that b it was taught /b in b the latter clause /b of the mishna that one who extinguishes a flame on Shabbat is b liable, conclude from it /b that this mishna b is /b in accordance with the opinion of b Rabbi Yehuda, /b who holds that one who performs a prohibited labor on Shabbat is liable to bring a sin-offering even if it is a labor that is not necessary for its own sake [ i melakha she /i ’ i eina tzerikha legufa /i ]. In the mishna, one does not extinguish the flame to achieve the product produced by extinguishing it. He does so to prevent the light from shining. If so, b with what is the first clause /b of the mishna b dealing? If /b it is referring to one who extinguished the flame due b to a critically ill person, /b the term exempt is imprecise. b It should have /b said b permitted, /b as it is permitted even i ab initio /i to perform a prohibited labor on Shabbat in a case of danger. b And if /b it is speaking b about a non-critically ill person, /b why is one who extinguished the flame exempt? b It should have /b said that one is b liable /b to bring a b sin-offering. /b ,The Gemara replies: b Actually, /b the first clause was referring b to a critically ill person, and it should have taught /b that it is b permitted. And since the latter clause /b of the mishna b had to teach /b that one is b liable, in the first clause too, it taught /b employing the opposite term, b exempt, /b so that the mishna would maintain stylistic uniformity. The i halakha /i is, indeed, that not only is one exempt if he extinguished a light for a critically ill person, it is even permitted to do so i ab initio /i . The Gemara asks: b What of that which Rabbi Oshaya taught: If /b one wants to extinguish a flame on Shabbat b for a sick person /b so he b can sleep, he may not extinguish /b it, b and if he extinguished /b it, b he /b is b not liable /b after the fact, b but /b i ab initio /i he is b prohibited /b to do so? The Gemara answers: This is not similar, as b that /b i baraita /i is referring b to a non-critically ill person and it /b is in accordance with the opinion of b Rabbi Shimon, /b who said that one who performs a prohibited labor not necessary for its own sake is exempt. Our mishna is referring to a critically ill person.,The Gemara relates: b This question was asked before Rabbi Tanḥum from /b the village of b Nevi: What is /b the ruling b with regard to extinguishing a burning lamp before a sick person on Shabbat? /b The Gemara relates that Rabbi Tanḥum delivered an entire homily touching upon both aggadic and halakhic materials surrounding this question. b He began and said: You, /b King b Solomon, where is your wisdom, where is your understanding? Not only do your statements contradict /b the b statements of your father David, but your statements /b even b contradict each other. Your father David said: “The dead praise not the Lord, /b neither any that go down into silence” (Psalms 115:17); b and you said: “And I praised the dead that are already dead /b more than the living that are yet alive” (Ecclesiastes 4:2). b And then again you said: “For a living dog is better than a dead lion” /b (Ecclesiastes 9:4). These are different assessments of life and death.,He resolved the contradictions in the following manner: This is b not difficult. That which David said: “The dead praise not the Lord,” this is what he is saying: A person should always engage in Torah and mitzvot before he dies, as once /b he is b dead he is idle from Torah and mitzvot and there is no praise for the Holy One, Blessed be He, /b from b him. And that is /b what b Rabbi Yoḥa said: What /b is the meaning of b that which is written: “Set free among the dead, /b like the slain that lie in the grave, whom You remember no more” (Psalms 88:6)? b When a person dies /b he then b becomes free of Torah and mitzvot. /b , b And that which Solomon said: “And I praised the dead that are already dead”; /b he was not speaking of all dead people, but rather in praise of certain dead people. b As when Israel sinned in the desert, Moses stood before the Holy One, Blessed be He, and he said several prayers and supplications before Him, and /b his prayers b were not answered. And when he said: “Remember Abraham, Isaac, and Israel, Your servants” /b (Exodus 32:13), his prayers b were answered immediately. /b Consequently, b did Solomon not speak appropriately /b when b he said: “Wherefore I praised the dead that are already dead”? /b Certainly the merit of the deceased forefathers is greater than that of the righteous people who are alive. b Alternatively, the way of the world /b is such that when b a flesh-and-blood prince issues a decree /b on the public it is b uncertain whether they fulfill it /b and b uncertain whether they do not fulfill it. And /b even b if you want to say /b that b they fulfill it, it /b is only b during his lifetime /b that b they fulfill it; after he dies they do not fulfill it. But Moses our teacher issued several decrees and instituted several ordices, and they are in effect forever and ever. And, /b if so, b is it not appropriate /b that which b Solomon said: “Wherefore I praised the dead that are already dead”? /b , b Alternatively, /b another explanation is given for the verse: b “And I praised /b the dead that are already dead,” b is in accordance with /b that which b Rav Yehuda said /b that b Rav said. As Rav Yehuda said /b that b Rav said: What /b is the meaning of the verse b that was written: “Work on my behalf a sign for good; that they that hate me may see it, and be put to shame” /b (Psalms 86:17)? b David said before the Holy One, Blessed be He: Master of the Universe, forgive me for that sin /b in the matter of Bathsheba. b He said to him: It is forgiven you. /b David b said to Him: Show me a sign in my lifetime /b so that all will know that You have forgiven me. God b said to him: In your lifetime I will not make it known /b that you were forgiven; however, b in the lifetime of your son Solomon I will make it known. /b , b When Solomon built the Temple /b and b sought to bring the Ark into the Holy of Holies, /b the b gates clung together /b and could not be opened. b Solomon uttered twenty-four songs /b of praise, as in his prayer there are twenty-four expressions of prayer, song, etc. (I Kings 8), b and /b his prayer b was not answered. He began and said: “Lift up your heads, O you gates, and be you lifted up, you everlasting doors; that the King of glory may come in” /b (Psalms 24:7). Immediately, the gates b ran after him to swallow him, /b as they thought that in the words: “King of glory” he was referring to himself, b and they said /b to him: b “Who is the King of glory?” /b (Psalms 24:8). b He said to them: “The Lord strong and mighty, /b the Lord mighty in battle” (Psalms 24:8). And b he said /b again: b “Lift up your heads, O you gates, yea, lift them up, you everlasting doors; that the King of glory may come in. Who then is the King of glory? The Lord of hosts; He is the King of glory. Selah” /b (Psalms 24:9–10), b and he was not answered. When he said: “O Lord God, turn not away the face of Your anointed; remember the good deeds of David Your servant” /b (II Chronicles 6:42), b he was immediately answered, /b and a fire descended from Heaven (II Chronicles 7:1). b At that moment, the faces of all of David’s enemies turned /b dark b like the /b charred b bottom of a pot. And /b all of b Israel knew that the Holy One, Blessed be He, forgave him for that sin. And /b if so, is it b not appropriate /b what b Solomon said: “And I praised the dead that are already dead,” /b David, more than the living, Solomon, to whose request to open the gates of the Temple God did not respond?, b And that is what is written: “On the eighth day he sent the people away, and they blessed the king, and went unto their tents joyful and glad of heart for all the goodness that the Lord had shown unto David His servant and to Israel His people” /b (I Kings 8:66). The Gemara explains: b And went unto their tents, /b in accordance with the common expression: One’s house is his wife. It is explained b that /b when they returned home b they found their wives ritually pure /b from the ritual impurity of menstruation. b Joyful /b means b that they enjoyed the aura of the Divine Presence /b at the dedication of the Temple. b And glad of heart /b means b that the wife of each and every one of them was impregnated and gave birth to a male. /b The verse continues: b For all the goodness that the Lord had shown unto David His servant and to Israel His people. Unto David His servant /b means that at that opportunity they all saw b that /b God b forgave him for that sin. And to Israel His people /b means b that He forgave them /b for the b sin /b of b Yom Kippur, /b as they did not fast that year (see I Kings 8:65).,The Gemara continues: b And /b that b which Solomon said: “For a living dog is better than a dead lion” /b (Ecclesiastes 9:4), b is in accordance with /b that which b Rav Yehuda /b said that b Rav said. As Rav Yehuda said /b that b Rav said: What /b is the meaning of that verse b which /b David b said: “Lord, make me to know my end, and the measure of my days, what it is; let me know how short-lived I am” ( /b Psalms 39:5)? It means that b David said before the Holy One, Blessed be He: Master of the Universe, Lord, make me to know my end; /b in how long will I die? God b said to him: It is decreed before Me that /b I do b not reveal the end of /b the life of b flesh and blood. /b He asked further: b And the measure of my days; /b on b what /b day of the year will I die? He said to him: b It is decreed before Me not to reveal the measure of a person’s days. /b Again he requested: b Let me know how short-lived I am; /b on what day of the week will I die? b He said to him: You will die on Shabbat. /b David requested of God: b Let me die on the first /b day b of the week /b so that the honor of Shabbat will not be tarnished by the pain of death. b He said to him: /b On that day b the /b time of b the kingdom of your son Solomon has already arrived, and one kingdom does not overlap with another /b and subtract from the time allotted to another b even a hairbreadth. /b He said to him: b I will /b cede a day of my life and b die on Shabbat eve. /b God b said to him: “For a day in your courts is better than a thousand” /b (Psalms 84:11); b a single day in which you sit and engage in Torah is preferable to Me than the thousand burnt-offerings that your son Solomon will offer before Me on the altar /b (see I Kings 3:4).

95. Eusebius of Caesarea, Ecclesiastical History, 1.21.24, 1.25, 10.4.1-10.4.3, 10.4.25, 10.4.69 (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 11, 19; Levine (2005) 244

10.4.1. A certain one of those of moderate talent, who had composed a discourse, stepped forward in the presence of many pastors who were assembled as if for a church gathering, and while they attended quietly and decently, he addressed himself as follows to one who was in all things a most excellent bishop and beloved of God, through whose zeal the temple in Tyre, which was the most splendid in Phoenicia, had been erected.Panegyric upon the building of the churches, addressed to Paulinus, Bishop of Tyre. 10.4.2. Friends and priests of God who are clothed in the sacred gown and adorned with the heavenly crown of glory, the inspired unction and the sacerdotal garment of the Holy Spirit; and thou, oh pride of God's new holy temple, endowed by him with the wisdom of age, and yet exhibiting costly works and deeds of youthful and flourishing virtue, to whom God himself, who embraces the entire world, has granted the distinguished honor of building and renewing this earthly house to Christ, his only begotten and first-born Word, and to his holy and divine bride; — 10.4.3. one might call you a new Beseleel, the architect of a divine tabernacle, or Solomon, king of a new and much better Jerusalem, or also a new Zerubabel, who added a much greater glory than the former to the temple of God; — 10.4.25. As to our first and great High Priest, it is said, 'Whatsoever he sees the Father doing those things likewise the Son also does.' So also this one, looking up to him as to the first teacher, with pure eyes of the mind, using as archetypes whatsoever things he sees him doing, produces images of them, making them so far as is possible in the same likeness, in nothing inferior to that Beseleel, whom God himself 'filled with the spirit of wisdom and understanding' and with other technical and scientific knowledge, and called to be the maker of the temple constructed after heavenly types given in symbols. 10.4.69. Such is the great temple which the great Creator of the universe, the Word, has built throughout the entire world, making it an intellectual image upon earth of those things which lie above the vault of heaven, so that throughout the whole creation, including rational beings on earth, his Father might be honored and adored.

96. Babylonian Talmud, Taanit, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 324

20b. נזדמן לו אדם אחד שהיה מכוער ביותר אמר לו שלום עליך רבי ולא החזיר לו אמר לו ריקה כמה מכוער אותו האיש שמא כל בני עירך מכוערין כמותך אמר לו איני יודע אלא לך ואמור לאומן שעשאני כמה מכוער כלי זה שעשית כיון שידע בעצמו שחטא ירד מן החמור ונשתטח לפניו ואמר לו נעניתי לך מחול לי אמר לו איני מוחל לך עד שתלך לאומן שעשאני ואמור לו כמה מכוער כלי זה שעשית,היה מטייל אחריו עד שהגיע לעירו יצאו בני עירו לקראתו והיו אומרים לו שלום עליך רבי רבי מורי מורי אמר להם למי אתם קורין רבי רבי אמרו לו לזה שמטייל אחריך אמר להם אם זה רבי אל ירבו כמותו בישראל אמרו לו מפני מה אמר להם כך וכך עשה לי אמרו לו אעפ"כ מחול לו שאדם גדול בתורה הוא,אמר להם בשבילכם הריני מוחל לו ובלבד שלא יהא רגיל לעשות כן מיד נכנס רבי אלעזר בן רבי שמעון ודרש לעולם יהא אדם רך כקנה ואל יהא קשה כארז ולפיכך זכה קנה ליטול הימנה קולמוס לכתוב בו ספר תורה תפילין ומזוזות:,וכן עיר שיש בה דבר או מפולת כו': תנו רבנן מפולת שאמרו בריאות ולא רעועות שאינן ראויות ליפול ולא הראויות ליפול,הי ניהו בריאות הי ניהו שאינן ראויות ליפול הי ניהו רעועות הי ניהו ראויות ליפול לא צריכא דנפלו מחמת גובהייהו אי נמי דקיימן אגודא דנהרא,כי ההיא אשיתא רעועה דהואי בנהרדעא דלא הוה חליף רב ושמואל תותה אע"ג דקיימא באתרה תליסר שנין יומא חד איקלע רב אדא בר אהבה להתם אמר ליה שמואל לרב ניתי מר נקיף אמר ליה לא צריכנא האידנא דאיכא רב אדא בר אהבה בהדן דנפיש זכותיה ולא מסתפינא,רב הונא הוה ליה ההוא חמרא בההוא ביתא רעיעא ובעי לפנוייה עייליה לרב אדא בר אהבה להתם משכי' בשמעתא עד דפנייה בתר דנפק נפל ביתא ארגיש רב אדא בר אהבה איקפד,סבר לה כי הא דאמר רבי ינאי לעולם אל יעמוד אדם במקום סכנה ויאמר עושין לי נס שמא אין עושין לו נס ואם תימצי לומר עושין לו נס מנכין לו מזכיותיו אמר רב חנן מאי קרא דכתיב (בראשית לב, יא) קטנתי מכל החסדים ומכל האמת,מאי הוה עובדיה דרב אדא בר אהבה כי הא דאתמר שאלו תלמידיו (את רבי זירא ואמרי לה) לרב אדא בר אהבה במה הארכת ימים אמר להם מימי לא הקפדתי בתוך ביתי ולא צעדתי בפני מי שגדול ממני,ולא הרהרתי במבואות המטונפות ולא הלכתי ד' אמות בלא תורה ובלא תפילין ולא ישנתי בבית המדרש לא שינת קבע ולא שינת עראי ולא ששתי בתקלת חברי ולא קראתי לחבירי בהכינתו ואמרי לה בחניכתו,אמר ליה רבא לרפרם בר פפא לימא לן מר מהני מילי מעלייתא דהוה עביד רב הונא אמר ליה בינקותיה לא דכירנא בסיבותיה דכירנא דכל יומא דעיבא הוו מפקין ליה בגוהרקא דדהבא וסייר לה לכולה מתא וכל אשיתא דהוות רעיעתא הוה סתר לה אי אפשר למרה בני לה ואי לא אפשר בני לה איהו מדידיה,וכל פניא דמעלי שבתא הוה משדר שלוחא לשוקא וכל ירקא דהוה פייש להו לגינאי זבין ליה ושדי ליה לנהרא וליתביה לעניים זמנין דסמכא דעתייהו ולא אתו למיזבן ולשדייה לבהמה קסבר מאכל אדם אין מאכילין לבהמה,ולא ליזבניה כלל נמצאת מכשילן לעתיד לבא,כי הוה ליה מילתא דאסותא הוי מלי כוזא דמיא ותלי ליה בסיפא דביתא ואמר כל דבעי ליתי ולישקול ואיכא דאמרי מילתא דשיבתא הוה גמיר והוה מנח כוזא דמיא ודלי ליה ואמר כל דצריך ליתי וליעול דלא לסתכן,כי הוה כרך ריפתא הוה פתח לבביה ואמר כל מאן דצריך ליתי וליכול אמר רבא כולהו מצינא מקיימנא לבר מהא דלא מצינא למיעבד

20b. b He happened /b upon b an exceedingly ugly person, /b who b said to him: Greetings to you, my rabbi, but /b Rabbi Elazar b did not return /b his greeting. Instead, Rabbi Elazar b said to him: Worthless [ i reika /i ] /b person, b how ugly is that man. Are all the people of your city as ugly as you? /b The man b said to him: I do not know, but you /b should b go and say to the Craftsman Who made me: How ugly is the vessel you made. When /b Rabbi Elazar b realized that he /b had b sinned /b and insulted this man merely on account of his appearance, b he descended from his donkey and prostrated himself before him, and he said to /b the man: b I have sinned against you; forgive me. /b The man b said to him: I will not forgive you go until you go to the Craftsman Who made me and say: How ugly is the vessel you made. /b , b He walked behind /b the man, trying to appease him, b until they reached /b Rabbi Elazar’s b city. The people of his city came out to greet him, saying to him: Greetings to you, my rabbi, my rabbi, my master, my master. /b The man b said to them: Who are you calling my rabbi, my rabbi? They said to him: To this man, who is walking behind you. He said to them: If this /b man b is a rabbi, may there not be many like him among the Jewish people. They asked him: For what /b reason do you say this? He b said to them: He did such and such to me. They said to him: Even so, /b forgive him, b as he is a great Torah scholar. /b , b He said to them: For your sakes I forgive him, provided that /b he accepts upon himself b not to become accustomed to behave like this. Immediately, Rabbi Elazar, son of Rabbi Shimon, entered the study hall and taught: A person should always be soft like a reed and he should not be stiff like a cedar, /b as one who is proud like a cedar is likely to sin. b And therefore, /b due to its gentle qualities, the b reed merited /b that b a quill is taken from it to write with it a Torah scroll, phylacteries, and i mezuzot /i . /b ,§ The mishna taught: b And likewise, /b if a b city is /b afflicted b by pestilence or collapsing buildings, /b that city fasts and sounds the alarm, and all of its surrounding areas fast but they do not sound the alarm. Rabbi Akiva says: They sound the alarm but they do not fast. b The Sages taught: /b These collapsing buildings b to which /b the Sages b referred /b are those of b sturdy and not dilapidated /b walls; they have walls b that are not ready to fall, and not those that are ready to fall. /b ,The Gemara expresses puzzlement with regard to the wording of the i baraita /i : b What are sound /b walls; b what are /b walls b that are not ready to fall; what are dilapidated /b walls; b what are those that are ready to fall? /b The elements in each pair of walls are apparently the same, and the i baraita /i is repetitive. The Gemara answers: b No, /b it is b necessary /b to specify that in the case of walls b that fell due to their height, /b i.e., they are sound but also ready to fall, due to their excessive height. b Alternatively, /b the i baraita /i is referring to a case b where /b the walls b were positioned on a riverbank, /b as they are likely to fall despite the fact that they are not dilapidated, as the riverbank itself is unstable.,The Gemara relates: This is b like that /b dilapidated wall b that was in Neharde’a, under which Rav and Shmuel would not pass, although it stood in place thirteen years. One day Rav Adda bar Ahava happened /b to come b there /b and walked with them. As they passed the wall, b Shmuel said to Rav: Come, Master, let us circumvent /b this wall, so that we do not stand beneath it. Rav b said to him: /b It is b not necessary /b to do so b today, as Rav Adda bar Ahava is with us, whose merit is great, and /b therefore b I am not afraid /b of its collapse.,The Gemara relates another incident. b Rav Huna had a certain /b quantity of b wine in a certain dilapidated house and he wanted to move it, /b but he was afraid that the building would collapse upon his entry. b He brought Rav Adda bar Ahava to there, /b to the ramshackle house, and b he dragged /b out a discussion with b him /b concerning a matter of b i halakha /i until they had removed /b all the wine. b As soon as they exited, the building collapsed. Rav Adda bar Ahava realized /b what had happened b and became angry. /b ,The Gemara explains: Rav Adda bar Ahava b holds in accordance with this /b statement, b as Rabbi Yannai said: A person should never stand in a place of danger and say: A miracle will be performed for me, /b and I will escape unharmed, b lest a miracle is not performed for him. And if you say /b that b a miracle /b will be b performed for him, they will deduct it from his merits. Rav Ḥa said: What is the verse /b that alludes to this idea? b As it is written: “I have become small from all the mercies and all the truth /b that You have showed Your servant” (Genesis 32:11). In other words, the more benevolence one receives from God, the more his merit is reduced.,After recounting stories that reflect Rav Adda bar Ahava’s great merit, the Gemara asks: b What were /b the exceptional deeds b of Rav Adda bar Ahava? /b The Gemara reports that they are b as it is stated: /b The students of Rabbi Zeira asked him, and some say that b the students of Rav Adda bar Ahava asked him: To what /b do you attribute b your longevity? He said to them: In all my days I did not become angry with my household, and I never walked before someone greater than myself; /b rather, I always gave him the honor of walking before me.,Rav Adda bar Ahava continued: b And I did not think /b about matters of Torah b in filthy alleyways; and I did not walk four cubits without /b engaging in b Torah and without /b donning b phylacteries; and I /b would b not fall asleep in the study hall, neither a deep sleep nor a brief nap; and I /b would b not rejoice in the mishap of my colleague; and I /b would b not call my colleague by his nickname. And some say /b that he said: I would b not call my colleague by his /b derogatory b family name. /b ,§ The Gemara relates another story about the righteous deeds of the Sages involving a dilapidated wall. b Rava said to Rafram bar Pappa: Let the Master tell us some of those fine /b deeds b that Rav Huna performed. He said to him: I do not remember /b what he did b in his youth, but /b the deeds b of his old age I remember. As on every cloudy day they would take him out in a golden carriage [ i guharka /i ], and he would survey the entire city. And /b he would command b that every unstable wall /b be b torn down, /b lest it fall in the rain and hurt someone. b If its owner was able /b to build another, Rav Huna would instruct him b to rebuild it. And if he was unable /b to rebuild it, Rav Huna would b build it himself with his own money. /b ,Rafram bar Pappa further relates: b And every Shabbat eve, /b in the b afternoon, /b Rav Huna b would send a messenger to the marketplace, and he would purchase all the vegetables that were left with the gardeners /b who sold their crops, b and throw /b them b into the river. /b The Gemara asks: b But /b why did he throw out the vegetables? b Let him give them to the poor. /b The Gemara answers: If he did this, the poor would b sometimes rely /b on the fact that Rav Huna would hand out vegetables, b and they would not come to purchase /b any. This would ruin the gardeners’ livelihood. The Gemara further asks: b And let him throw them to the animals. /b The Gemara answers: b He holds /b that b human food /b may b not be fed to animals, /b as this is a display of contempt for the food.,The Gemara objects: b But /b if Rav Huna could not use them in any way, he should b not purchase /b the vegetables b at all. /b The Gemara answers: If nothing is done, b you /b would have been b found /b to have caused b a stumbling block for them in the future. /b If the vegetable sellers see that some of their produce is left unsold, the next week they will not bring enough for Shabbat. Therefore, Rav Huna made sure that the vegetables were all bought, so that the sellers would continue to bring them.,Another custom of Rav Huna was b that when he had /b a new b medicine, he would fill /b a water b jug /b with the medicine b and hang it from the doorpost of his house, saying: All who need, let him come and take /b from this new medicine. b And there are /b those b who say: He had a remedy /b against the demon b Shivta /b that he knew by b tradition, /b that one must wash his hands for protection against this evil spirit. b And /b to this end, b he would place a water jug and hang /b it by the door, b saying: Anyone who needs, let him come /b to the house and wash his hands, so b that he will not be in danger. /b ,The Gemara further relates: b When /b Rav Huna b would eat bread, he would open the doors /b to his house, b saying: Whoever needs, let him come in and eat. Rava said: I can fulfill all these /b customs of Rav Huna, b except for this one, which I cannot do, /b

97. Babylonian Talmud, Yoma, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 131

70a. ובלבד שלא ידלג מסוף הספר לתחילתו,וגולל ספר תורה וכו' וכל כך למה כדי שלא להוציא לעז על ספר תורה,ובעשור של חומש הפקודים קורא על פה אמאי נגלול וניקרי אמר רב הונא בריה דרב יהושע אמר רב ששת לפי שאין גוללין ספר תורה בציבור מפני כבוד ציבור,ונייתי אחרינא ונקרי רב הונא בר יהודה אמר משום פגמו של ראשון וריש לקיש אמר משום ברכה שאינה צריכה,ומי חיישינן לפגמא והאמר ר' יצחק נפחא ראש חודש טבת שחל להיות בשבת מביאין שלש תורות וקורין אחת בענינו של יום ואחת של ראש חודש (טבת) ואחת של חנוכה,תלתא גברי בתלתא ספרי ליכא פגמא חד גברא בתרי ספרי איכא פגמא,ומברך עליה שמונה ברכות ת"ר על התורה כדרך שמברכים בבית הכנסת על העבודה ועל ההודאה ועל מחילת העון כתיקנה ועל המקדש בפני עצמו ועל הכהנים בפני עצמן ועל ישראל בפני עצמן ועל שאר תפלה,ת"ר ושאר התפלה רנה תחינה בקשה מלפניך על עמך ישראל שצריכין להושע וחותם בשומע תפלה ואח"כ כל אחד ואחד מביא ספר תורה מביתו וקורא בו כדי להראות חזותו לרבים,הרואה כהן גדול כו' לא מפני שאינו רשאי פשיטא מהו דתימא כדריש לקיש דאמר ריש לקיש אין מעבירין על המצות,ומאי מצוה (משלי יד, כח) ברב עם הדרת מלך קמ"ל, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big אם בבגדי בוץ קורא קדש ידיו ורגליו פשט ירד וטבל עלה ונסתפג והביאו לו בגדי זהב ולבש וקדש ידיו ורגליו ויצא,ועשה את אילו ואת איל העם ואת שבעת כבשים תמימים בני שנה דברי ר' אליעזר רבי עקיבא אומר עם תמיד של שחר היו קרבין ופר העולה ושעיר הנעשה בחוץ היו קרבין עם תמיד של בין הערבים,קדש ידיו ורגליו ופשט וירד וטבל ועלה ונסתפג,הביאו לו בגדי לבן ולבש וקדש ידיו ורגליו נכנס להוציא את הכף ואת המחתה קדש ידיו ורגליו ופשט וירד וטבל עלה ונסתפג,הביאו לו בגדי זהב ולבש וקדש ידיו ורגליו ונכנס להקטיר קטורת של בין הערבים ולהטיב את הנרות וקדש ידיו ורגליו ופשט (וירד וטבל עלה ונסתפג),הביאו לו בגדי עצמו ולבש ומלוין אותו עד ביתו ויום טוב היה עושה לאוהביו בשעה שיצא בשלום מן הקודש, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big איבעיא להו היכי קאמר עם תמיד של שחר היו קרבין ופר העולה ושעיר הנעשה בחוץ עם תמיד של בין הערבים,או דילמא הכי קאמר עם תמיד של שחר היו קרבין ופר העולה בהדייהו ושעיר הנעשה בחוץ עם תמיד של בין הערבים,ותו פר העולה לרבי אליעזר דשייריה אימת עביד ליה,ותו בין לרבי אליעזר בין לרבי עקיבא אימורי חטאת אימת עביד להו,אמר רבא לא משכחת לה מתקנתא אלא או לרבי אליעזר דתנא בדבי שמואל או לרבי עקיבא כדתוספתא,דתנא דבי שמואל רבי אליעזר אומר יצא ועשה אילו ואיל העם ואימורי חטאת אבל פר העולה ושבעת כבשים ושעיר הנעשה בחוץ עם תמיד של בין הערבים,רבי עקיבא דתוספתא מאי היא דתניא רבי עקיבא אומר פר העולה ושבעת כבשים עם תמיד של שחר היו קרבין שנאמר (במדבר כח, כג) מלבד עולת הבקר אשר לעולת התמיד ואחר כך עבודת היום

70a. All this is b provided that he does not skip from the end of the book to its beginning, /b since then it would be clear to everyone that he is skipping text.,§ It was taught in the mishna: The High Priest b furls the Torah scroll /b and places it on his bosom and says: More than what I have read before you is written here. The Gemara comments: b And why /b must he say b all this? /b It is b so as not to cast aspersions on the Torah scroll, /b because people might think that the portion he read by heart is not written there.,§ It was further taught in the mishna: The Torah portion beginning with the verse: b “And on the tenth,” from the book of Numbers /b (29:7), b he reads by heart. /b The Gemara asks: b Why /b does he read it by heart? b Let him furl /b the scroll to that portion b and read it /b from the text. b Rav Huna, son of Rav Yehoshua, said /b that b Rav Sheshet said: /b It is b because one may not furl a Torah scroll in public, out of respect for the community. /b It is inappropriate to make the community wait until they have reached the next section.,But why not b let another /b Torah scroll b be brought /b that has previously been furled to that portion b and read /b from it? b Rav Huna bar Yehuda said: /b People might mistakenly think the second scroll was brought b due to a flaw /b that was found b in the first /b one. b And Reish Lakish said /b a different reason: A second scroll should not be brought b due to /b the fact that doing do will cause an b unnecessary blessing /b to be recited; before reading from a new scroll the High Priest would have to repeat the blessings required upon reading from the Torah. Therefore, it is preferable that he read by heart.,The Gemara questions Rav Huna bar Yehuda’s answer: b Are we /b really b concerned /b that people will think the first scroll had b a flaw? Didn’t Rabbi Yitzḥak Nappaḥa say: /b When b the New Moon of Tevet, /b which always occurs during Hanukkah, b occurs on Shabbat, one brings /b and reads from b three Torah /b scrolls. b One reads /b from b one /b scroll b the topic of the day, /b i.e., the weekly portion; b and /b from b one /b scroll the portion b of the New Moon; and /b from b one /b scroll a passage related to Hanukkah. It is apparent from the statement of Rabbi Yitzḥak Nappaḥa that many Torah scrolls may be used, and there is no concern that people will mistakenly think one or more had a flaw.,The Gemara explains: When b three men /b read b from three scrolls there is no /b concern that people will think there was b a flaw, /b since people assume that it is befitting for each individual to receive his own scroll. But when b one man /b reads b from two scrolls, there is /b a concern that people will think there is b a flaw, /b and they will not realize that this was done only to avoid forcing the community to wait while the scroll was furled.,§ It was taught in the mishna: b And /b the High Priest b recites eight blessings /b after the reading. b The Sages taught /b in a i baraita /i that these are the eight blessings: br The blessing b concerning the Torah /b is recited b in the /b usual b way one recites a blessing in the synagogue: /b Who gives the Torah; br The three blessings: b concerning the /b Temple b service, concerning thanksgiving, and concerning pardon of iniquity, /b are all recited b according to their established forms /b in the prayers; br The blessing b concerning the Temple in and of itself; /b br The blessing b concerning the priests in and of themselves; /b br The blessing b concerning the Jewish people in and of itself; /b br The blessing b concerning the rest of the prayer. /b , b The Sages taught /b in another i baraita /i : b And /b the blessing b concerning the rest of the prayer /b reads: b Song, supplication, petition before You for Your people Israel, who need to be saved. And he /b adds an additional supplication and b concludes /b the blessing b with: The One Who hears prayer. And after /b the High Priest concludes his reading, b each and every /b person present b brings a Torah scroll from his house, /b although in fact each person had already brought one on Yom Kippur eve, b and reads from it /b for himself b in order to show its /b beautiful b appearance to the community. /b This is considered beautification of the mitzva.,§ It was taught in the mishna: b One who sees the High Priest /b reading the Torah does not see the bull and goat that are burned, and vice versa. This is b not because one is not permitted /b to see both but because there is a distance between them and they are performed simultaneously. The Gemara comments: It is b obvious /b that this is not due to a prohibition; what possible reason could there be to prohibit this? The Gemara answers: This was taught explicitly b lest you say that /b it is prohibited b in accordance with /b the statement of b Reish Lakish, as Reish Lakish said: One does not pass over /b the opportunity to perform b mitzvot, /b even if it is in order to perform a different mitzva.,The Gemara clarifies why this principle might have applied here. b And what mitzva /b is there in hearing the reading of the High Priest? It is a fulfillment of the principle expressed in the verse: b “The king’s glory is in the multitude of people” /b (Proverbs 14:28). Having a large assembly involved in a mitzva gives honor to God. Therefore, the mishna b teaches us /b that the problem with seeing both events was only a practical one., strong MISHNA: /strong b If /b the High Priest b read /b the Torah b in /b sacred white b fine linen garments, he /b then b sanctified his hands and feet /b as he did each time before removing the priestly vestments. He then b removed /b the linen garments, b descended /b to the ritual bath, b and immersed. /b Afterward he b ascended and dried himself /b with a towel, b and they brought him /b the b golden garments /b of the High Priesthood, b and he dressed /b in them b and sanctified his hands and feet. /b ,The mishna addresses those offerings whose sacrifice has still not been mentioned. The verses in Leviticus, chapter 16, detail the special offerings of the atonement service of Yom Kippur. of those offerings, the ram of the High Priest and the ram of the people have still not been addressed. In addition to this, the additional offerings of Yom Kippur detailed in Numbers, chapter 29, have not yet been discussed. These include seven one-year-old lambs and a bull to be brought as a burnt-offering and a goat to be brought as a sin-offering. The mishna continues: b He emerged and offered his ram and the ram of the people and the seven unblemished year-old lambs /b mandated to be offered that day. This is b the statement of Rabbi Eliezer. Rabbi Akiva says: /b Those offerings were not sacrificed at this point; b rather, /b they were sacrificed b with the daily morning offering; and the bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering; and the goat whose /b services b are performed outside /b of the Sanctuary, i.e., in the Temple courtyard, b were sacrificed with the daily afternoon offering. /b ,After sacrificing these offerings, b he sanctified his hands and feet and removed /b the golden garments, b and he descended /b into the ritual bath b and immersed and ascended and dried himself. /b , b They brought him the white garments /b again, b and he dressed /b in them b and sanctified his hands and feet. /b Afterward b he entered /b the Holy of Holies b to take out the /b incense b spoon and the coal pan, /b which he had brought there earlier. b He /b again b sanctified his hands and feet and removed /b the white garments b and descended /b to the ritual bath b and immersed and ascended and dried himself /b with a towel., b They brought him /b the b golden garments, and he dressed /b in them b and sanctified his hands and feet and entered /b the Sanctuary b to burn the afternoon incense and to remove /b the ashes from b the lamps, /b which signified the end of the day’s service. b And he sanctified his hands and feet and removed /b the golden garments, b and he descended /b to the ritual bath b and immersed and ascended and dried himself. /b , b They /b then b brought him his own clothing and he dressed, /b since the service was complete and Yom Kippur was over; and the people b escort him to his house /b in deference to him. b And /b the High Priest b would make a feast for his loved ones /b and his friends b when he emerged in peace from the Sanctuary. /b , strong GEMARA: /strong It was taught in the mishna: Rabbi Akiva said the seven lambs were sacrificed with the daily morning offering; and the bull of the Yom Kippur burnt-offering; and the goat whose services are performed outside of the Sanctuary, i.e., in the Temple courtyard, with the daily afternoon offering. It is unclear whether the middle clause concerning the bull should be read as a continuation of the first clause, or as relating to the latter clause. The Gemara seeks to clarify this ambiguity. b A dilemma was raised before /b the Sages: b What is /b Rabbi Akiva b saying? /b Does he mean to say the seven lambs b were sacrificed with the daily morning offering, /b whereas b the bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering and the goat whose /b services b are performed outside were sacrificed with the daily afternoon offering? /b , b Or perhaps this is what he is saying: /b The seven lambs b were sacrificed with the daily morning offering /b and b the bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering together with them, /b whereas b the goat whose /b services b are performed outside, /b i.e., in the Temple courtyard, was sacrificed b with the daily afternoon offering. /b , b And furthermore, /b another dilemma: With regard to b the bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering, /b according b to Rabbi Eliezer’s /b opinion: Since b he omitted /b mention of b it, /b it must be clarified b when /b the High Priest b performs /b its sacrifice. Is it sacrificed at this point in the day, or at another time?, b And furthermore, /b another dilemma: According to b both Rabbi Eliezer’s /b opinion b and /b according to b Rabbi Akiva’s /b opinion, since neither of them mentioned the b portions of the sin-offering /b to be consumed on the altar, it must be clarified b when /b the High Priest b performs their /b service and places them on the altar., b Rava said: You will only find it properly /b explained either according b to /b the opinion of b Rabbi Eliezer as taught by the school /b of b Shmuel, or /b according b to /b the opinion of b Rabbi Akiva as /b taught b in the i Tosefta /i . /b , b The school of Shmuel taught /b that b Rabbi Eliezer says: He came out and offered his ram and the ram of the people and the portions of the sin-offering /b to be consumed on the altar. b But the bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering and the seven lambs and the goat whose /b services b are performed outside /b were sacrificed b with the daily afternoon offering. /b , b What is Rabbi Akiva’s /b opinion as taught in the b i Tosefta /i ? As it was taught /b that b Rabbi Akiva says: The bull /b of the Yom Kippur b burnt-offering and the seven lambs were sacrificed with the daily morning offering, as it is stated /b with regard to the additional offerings of other Festivals: b “Besides the morning burnt-offering which is the daily burnt-offering /b you shall sacrifice these” (Numbers 28:23), indicating that the additional offerings of the day should be sacrificed together with the daily offering. b And afterward the service of the day, /b which is unique to Yom Kippur, is performed.

98. Eusebius of Caesarea, De Laudibus Constantini, None (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 17

99. Babylonian Talmud, Bava Batra, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 323

21a. סיפא אתאן לתינוקות של בית רבן ומתקנת יהושע בן גמלא ואילך,דאמר רב יהודה אמר רב ברם זכור אותו האיש לטוב ויהושע בן גמלא שמו שאלמלא הוא נשתכח תורה מישראל שבתחלה מי שיש לו אב מלמדו תורה מי שאין לו אב לא היה למד תורה מאי דרוש (דברים יא, יט) ולמדתם אותם ולמדתם אתם,התקינו שיהו מושיבין מלמדי תינוקות בירושלים מאי דרוש (ישעיהו ב, ג) כי מציון תצא תורה ועדיין מי שיש לו אב היה מעלו ומלמדו מי שאין לו אב לא היה עולה ולמד התקינו שיהו מושיבין בכל פלך ופלך ומכניסין אותן כבן ט"ז כבן י"ז,ומי שהיה רבו כועס עליו מבעיט בו ויצא עד שבא יהושע בן גמלא ותיקן שיהו מושיבין מלמדי תינוקות בכל מדינה ומדינה ובכל עיר ועיר ומכניסין אותן כבן שש כבן שבע,אמר ליה רב לרב שמואל בר שילת עד שית לא תקביל מכאן ואילך קביל ואספי ליה כתורא וא"ל רב לרב שמואל בר שילת כי מחית לינוקא לא תימחי אלא בערקתא דמסנא דקארי קארי דלא קארי ליהוי צוותא לחבריה,מיתיבי אחד מבני חצר שביקש לעשות רופא אומן וגרדי ומלמד תינוקות בני חצר מעכבין עליו הכא במאי עסקינן בתינוקות דעכו"ם,תא שמע שנים שיושבין בחצר וביקש אחד מהן לעשות רופא ואומן וגרדי ומלמד תינוקות חבירו מעכב עליו ה"נ בתינוקות דעכו"ם,תא שמע מי שיש לו בית בחצר השותפין ה"ז לא ישכירנו לא לרופא ולא לאומן ולא לגרדי ולא לסופר יהודי ולא לסופר ארמאי הכא במאי עסקינן בסופר מתא,אמר רבא מתקנת יהושע בן גמלא ואילך לא ממטינן ינוקא ממתא למתא אבל מבי כנישתא לבי כנישתא ממטינן ואי מפסק נהרא לא ממטינן ואי איכא תיתורא ממטינן ואי איכא גמלא לא ממטינן,ואמר רבא סך מקרי דרדקי עשרין וחמשה ינוקי ואי איכא חמשין מותבינן תרי ואי איכא ארבעין מוקמינן ריש דוכנא ומסייעין ליה ממתא,ואמר רבא האי מקרי ינוקי דגריס ואיכא אחרינא דגריס טפי מיניה לא מסלקינן ליה דלמא אתי לאיתרשולי רב דימי מנהרדעא אמר כ"ש דגריס טפי קנאת סופרים תרבה חכמה,ואמר רבא הני תרי מקרי דרדקי חד גריס ולא דייק וחד דייק ולא גריס מותבינן ההוא דגריס ולא דייק שבשתא ממילא נפקא רב דימי מנהרדעא אמר מותבינן דדייק ולא גריס שבשתא כיון דעל על,דכתיב (מלכים א יא, טז) כי ששת חדשים ישב שם יואב וכל ישראל עד הכרית כל זכר באדום כי אתא לקמיה דדוד אמר ליה

21a. In b the latter clause we arrive at /b the case of b schoolchildren /b who come to learn Torah in his house, b and /b this ruling applies b from /b the time of b the ordice of Yehoshua ben Gamla and onward. /b ,What was this ordice? b As Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: Truly, that man is remembered for the good, and his name is Yehoshua ben Gamla. If not for him /b the b Torah would have been forgotten from the Jewish people. Initially, whoever had a father /b would have his father b teach him Torah, /b and b whoever did not have a father would not learn Torah /b at all. The Gemara explains: b What /b verse b did they interpret homiletically /b that allowed them to conduct themselves in this manner? They interpreted the verse that states: b “And you shall teach them [ i otam /i ] /b to your sons” (Deuteronomy 11:19), to mean: b And you yourselves [ i atem /i ] shall teach, /b i.e., you fathers shall teach your sons.,When the Sages saw that not everyone was capable of teaching their children and Torah study was declining, b they instituted /b an ordice b that teachers of children should be established in Jerusalem. /b The Gemara explains: b What /b verse b did they interpret homiletically /b that enabled them to do this? They interpreted the verse: b “For Torah emerges from Zion” /b (Isaiah 2:3). b But still, whoever had a father, /b his father b ascended with him /b to Jerusalem b and had him taught, but whoever did not have a father, he did not ascend and learn. /b Therefore, the Sages b instituted /b an ordice b that /b teachers of children b should be established /b in one city b in each and every region [ i pelekh /i ]. And they brought /b the students b in at /b the b age /b of b sixteen /b and b at /b the b age /b of b seventeen. /b , b But /b as the students were old and had not yet had any formal education, a student b whose teacher grew angry at him /b would b rebel against him and leave. /b It was impossible to hold the youths there against their will. This state of affairs continued b until Yehoshua ben Gamla came and instituted /b an ordice b that teachers of children should be established in each and every province and in each and every town, and they /b would b bring /b the children b in /b to learn b at /b the b age /b of b six /b and b at /b the b age /b of b seven. /b With regard to the matter at hand, since this system was established for the masses, the neighbors cannot prevent a scholar from teaching Torah in the courtyard.,Concerning that same issue, b Rav said to Rav Shmuel bar Sheilat, /b a teacher of children: b Do not accept /b a student b before /b the age of b six, /b as he is too young, and it is difficult for him to learn in a steady manner. b From this /b point b forward, accept him and stuff him /b with Torah b like an ox. And Rav /b further b said to Rav Shmuel bar Sheilat: When you strike a child /b for educational purposes, b hit him only with the strap of a sandal, /b which is small and does not cause pain. Rav further advised him: b He who reads, /b let him b read /b on his own; b whoever does not read, let him be a companion to his friends, /b which will encourage him to learn to read.,With regard to a courtyard, the Gemara concluded that it is permitted for one to establish an elementary school to teach Torah and the neighbors cannot protest. The Gemara b raises an objection /b to this ruling from a i baraita /i : With regard to b one member of a courtyard who wishes to become a doctor, a bloodletter, a weaver [ i vegardi /i ], or a teacher of children, the /b other b members of the courtyard can prevent him /b from doing so. This indicates that neighbors can protest the teaching of children in their shared courtyard. The Gemara answers: b With what are we dealing here, /b i.e., when can they protest his teaching children? We are dealing b with /b a case of b gentile children, /b as there is no mitzva to educate them. In this situation, the neighbors can protest about the noise., b Come /b and b hear /b another i baraita /i : With regard to b two people who are residing in /b one b courtyard, and one of them sought to become a doctor, a bloodletter, a weaver, or a teacher of children, the other can prevent him /b from doing so. The Gemara answers: b Here too, /b we are dealing b with /b a case of b gentile children. /b ,The Gemara suggests: b Come /b and b hear /b another i baraita /i : b One who has a house in a jointly owned courtyard may not rent it to a doctor, nor to a bloodletter, nor to a weaver, nor to a Jewish teacher [ i sofer /i ], nor to a gentile teacher. /b This indicates that one’s neighbors can prevent him from teaching Jewish children. The Gemara answers: b With what are we dealing here? /b We are dealing b with the scribe [ i sofer /i ] of the town, /b who does not teach children but writes documents and letters for residents of the town. This type of work is not a mitzva, and since many people seek his services, the residents of the courtyard can prevent him from performing this job near their houses.,§ With regard to the ordice of Yehoshua ben Gamla, and concerning teaching children in general, b Rava says: From /b the time of b the ordice of Yehoshua ben Gamla, /b that schoolteachers must be established in each town, b and onward, one does not bring a child from one town to another. /b Rather, each child is educated where he resides. b But one does bring them from one synagogue /b where they learn b to another synagogue. And if a river separates /b the areas b one does not bring /b the children across, lest they fall into the river. b And if there is a bridge /b spanning the river b one may bring /b them across the river. b But if there is /b only b a narrow bridge [ i gamla /i ] one does not bring /b them., b And Rava said: /b The maximum b number /b of students for one b teacher of children /b is b twenty-five children. And if there are fifty /b children in a single place, b one establishes two /b teachers, so that each one teaches twenty-five students. b And if there are forty /b children, b one establishes an assistant, and /b the teacher b receives help from /b the residents of b the town /b to pay the salary of the assistant., b And Rava said: /b If there is b a teacher of children who teaches /b a few subjects, b and there is another who teaches more /b subjects b than him, one does not remove /b the first teacher from his position to hire the second, as b perhaps /b the other teacher b will come to be negligent /b due to the lack of competition. b Rav Dimi from Neharde’a said: /b On the contrary, b all the more so /b is it the case that he will b teach /b in b a better /b manner if he knows that he is the sole instructor in the place, as b jealousy among teachers increases wisdom. /b The one who was dismissed will try to refine his skills so that he will be rehired, and this will prevent negligence on the part of the other teacher., b And Rava said: /b If there are b two teachers of children, one /b who b teaches /b a lot of material b but is not precise /b in his statements, b and one /b who b is precise but does not teach /b a lot of material, b one hires the one who teaches /b a lot of material b but is not precise. /b Why is this? b Errors will be corrected by themselves, /b and no lasting harm will be caused. By contrast, b Rav Dimi of Neharde’a said: One hires /b the instructor b who is precise and does not teach /b a lot of material, b as once an error is taught, it is taught, /b and cannot be easily corrected.,The Gemara cites a proof for the opinion of Rav Dimi of Neharde’a: This is b as it is written: “For Joab and all Israel remained there six months until he had cut off every male in Edom” /b (I Kings 11:16). b When /b Joab b came before /b King b David /b after this episode, David b said to him: /b

100. Eusebius of Caesarea, Life of Constantine, 1.20-1.53, 1.21.2, 3.33, 3.36, 3.45 (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land •pilgrims, pilgrimage, holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 13, 15, 17, 188, 197, 199; Levine (2005) 244

1.20. The emperors then in power, observing his manly and vigorous figure and superior mind, were moved with feelings of jealousy and fear, and thenceforward carefully watched for an opportunity of inflicting some brand of disgrace on his character. But the young man, being aware of their designs, the details of which, through the providence of God, more than once came to him, sought safety in flight; in this respect again keeping up his resemblance to the great prophet Moses. Indeed, in every sense God was his helper; and he had before ordained that he should be present in readiness to succeed his father. 1.21. Immediately, therefore, on his escape from the plots which had been thus insidiously laid for him, he made his way with all haste to his father, and arrived at length at the very time that he was lying at the point of death. As soon as Constantius saw his son thus unexpectedly in his presence, he leaped from his couch, embraced him tenderly, and, declaring that the only anxiety which had troubled him in the prospect of death, namely, that caused by the absence of his son, was now removed, he rendered thanks to God, saying that he now thought death better than the longest life, and at once completed the arrangement of his private affairs. Then, taking a final leave of the circle of sons and daughters by whom he was surrounded, in his own palace, and on the imperial couch, he bequeathed the empire, according to the law of nature, to his eldest son, and breathed his last. 1.22. Nor did the imperial throne remain long unoccupied: for Constantine invested himself with his father's purple, and proceeded from his father's palace, presenting to all a renewal, as it were, in his own person, of his father's life and reign. He then conducted the funeral procession in company with his father's friends, some preceding, others following the train, and performed the last offices for the pious deceased with an extraordinary degree of magnificence, and all united in honoring this thrice blessed prince with acclamations and praises, and while with one mind and voice, they glorified the rule of the son as a living again of him who was dead, they hastened at once to hail their new sovereign by the titles of Imperial and Worshipful Augustus, with joyful shouts. Thus the memory of the deceased emperor received honor from the praises bestowed upon his son, while the latter was pronounced blessed in being the successor of such a father. All the nations also under his dominion were filled with joy and inexpressible gladness at not being even for a moment deprived of the benefits of a well ordered government. In the instance of the Emperor Constantius, God has made manifest to our generation what the end of those is who in their lives have honored and loved him. 1.23. With respect to the other princes, who made war against the churches of God, I have not thought it fit in the present work to give any account of their downfall, nor to stain the memory of the good by mentioning them in connection with those of an opposite character. The knowledge of the facts themselves will of itself suffice for the wholesome admonition of those who have witnessed or heard of the evils which severally befell them. 1.24. Thus then the God of all, the Supreme Governor of the whole universe, by his own will appointed Constantine, the descendant of so renowned a parent, to be prince and sovereign: so that, while others have been raised to this distinction by the election of their fellow-men, he is the only one to whose elevation no mortal may boast of having contributed. 1.25. As soon then as he was established on the throne, he began to care for the interests of his paternal inheritance, and visited with much considerate kindness all those provinces which had previously been under his father's government. Some tribes of the barbarians who dwelt on the banks of the Rhine, and the shores of the Western ocean, having ventured to revolt, he reduced them all to obedience, and brought them from their savage state to one of gentleness. He contented himself with checking the inroads of others, and drove from his dominions, like untamed and savage beasts, those whom he perceived to be altogether incapable of the settled order of civilized life. Having disposed of these affairs to his satisfaction, he directed his attention to other quarters of the world, and first passed over to the British nations, which lie in the very bosom of the ocean. These he reduced to submission, and then proceeded to consider the state of the remaining portions of the empire, that he might be ready to tender his aid wherever circumstances might require it. 1.26. While, therefore, he regarded the entire world as one immense body, and perceived that the head of it all, the royal city of the Roman empire, was bowed down by the weight of a tyrannous oppression; at first he had left the task of liberation to those who governed the other divisions of the empire, as being his superiors in point of age. But when none of these proved able to afford relief, and those who had attempted it had experienced a disastrous termination of their enterprise, he said that life was without enjoyment to him as long as he saw the imperial city thus afflicted, and prepared himself for the overthrowal of the tyranny. 1.27. Being convinced, however, that he needed some more powerful aid than his military forces could afford him, on account of the wicked and magical enchantments which were so diligently practiced by the tyrant, he sought Divine assistance, deeming the possession of arms and a numerous soldiery of secondary importance, but believing the co-operating power of Deity invincible and not to be shaken. He considered, therefore, on what God he might rely for protection and assistance. While engaged in this enquiry, the thought occurred to him, that, of the many emperors who had preceded him, those who had rested their hopes in a multitude of gods, and served them with sacrifices and offerings, had in the first place been deceived by flattering predictions, and oracles which promised them all prosperity, and at last had met with an unhappy end, while not one of their gods had stood by to warn them of the impending wrath of heaven; while one alone who had pursued an entirely opposite course, who had condemned their error, and honored the one Supreme God during his whole life, had found him to be the Saviour and Protector of his empire, and the Giver of every good thing. Reflecting on this, and well weighing the fact that they who had trusted in many gods had also fallen by manifold forms of death, without leaving behind them either family or offspring, stock, name, or memorial among men: while the God of his father had given to him, on the other hand, manifestations of his power and very many tokens: and considering farther that those who had already taken arms against the tyrant, and had marched to the battlefield under the protection of a multitude of gods, had met with a dishonorable end (for one of them had shamefully retreated from the contest without a blow, and the other, being slain in the midst of his own troops, became, as it were, the mere sport of death ); reviewing, I say, all these considerations, he judged it to be folly indeed to join in the idle worship of those who were no gods, and, after such convincing evidence, to err from the truth; and therefore felt it incumbent on him to honor his father's God alone. 1.28. Accordingly he called on him with earnest prayer and supplications that he would reveal to him who he was, and stretch forth his right hand to help him in his present difficulties. And while he was thus praying with fervent entreaty, a most marvelous sign appeared to him from heaven, the account of which it might have been hard to believe had it been related by any other person. But since the victorious emperor himself long afterwards declared it to the writer of this history, when he was honored with his acquaintance and society, and confirmed his statement by an oath, who could hesitate to accredit the relation, especially since the testimony of after-time has established its truth? He said that about noon, when the day was already beginning to decline, he saw with his own eyes the trophy of a cross of light in the heavens, above the sun, and bearing the inscription, Conquer by this . At this sight he himself was struck with amazement, and his whole army also, which followed him on this expedition, and witnessed the miracle. intensest reality the vision of the words, so that for the moment he was living in the intensest reality of such a vision. His mind had just that intense activity to which such a thing is possible or actual. It is like Goethe's famous meeting of his own self. It is that genius power for the realistic representation of ideal things. This is not the same exactly as "hallucination," or even "imagination." The hallucination probably came later when Constantine gradually represented to himself and finally to Eusebius the vivid idea with its slight ground, as an objective reality,—a common phenomenon. When the emperor went to sleep, his brain molecules vibrating to the forms of his late intense thought, he inevitably dreamed, and dreaming naturally confirmed his thought. This does not say that the suggestive form seen, or the idea itself, and the direction of the dream itself, were not providential and the work of the Holy Spirit, for they were, and were special in character, and so miraculous (or why do ideas come?); but it is to be feared that Constantine's own spirit or something else furnished some of the later details. There is a slight difference of authority as to when and where the vision took place. The panegyrist seems to make it before leaving Gaul, and Malalas is inaccurate as usual in having it happen in a war against the barbarians. For farther discussion of the subject see monographs under Literature in the Prolegomena, especially under the names: Baring, Du Voisin, Fabricius, Girault, Heumann, Jacutius Mamachi, Molinet, St. Victor, Suhr, Toderini, Weidener, Wernsdorf, Woltereck. The most concise, clear, and admirable supporter of the account of Eusebius, or rather Constantine, as it stands, is Newman, Miracles (Lond. 1875), 271-286.}-- 1.29. He said, moreover, that he doubted within himself what the import of this apparition could be. And while he continued to ponder and reason on its meaning, night suddenly came on; then in his sleep the Christ of God appeared to him with the same sign which he had seen in the heavens, and commanded him to make a likeness of that sign which he had seen in the heavens, and to use it as a safeguard in all engagements with his enemies. 1.30. At dawn of day he arose, and communicated the marvel to his friends: and then, calling together the workers in gold and precious stones, he sat in the midst of them, and described to them the figure of the sign he had seen, bidding them represent it in gold and precious stones. And this representation I myself have had an opportunity of seeing. 1.31. Now it was made in the following manner. A long spear, overlaid with gold, formed the figure of the cross by means of a transverse bar laid over it. On the top of the whole was fixed a wreath of gold and precious stones; and within this, the symbol of the Saviour's name, two letters indicating the name of Christ by means of its initial characters, the letter P being intersected by X in its centre: and these letters the emperor was in the habit of wearing on his helmet at a later period. From the cross-bar of the spear was suspended a cloth, a royal piece, covered with a profuse embroidery of most brilliant precious stones; and which, being also richly interlaced with gold, presented an indescribable degree of beauty to the beholder. This banner was of a square form, and the upright staff, whose lower section was of great length, bore a golden half-length portrait of the pious emperor and his children on its upper part, beneath the trophy of the cross, and immediately above the embroidered banner. The emperor constantly made use of this sign of salvation as a safeguard against every adverse and hostile power, and commanded that others similar to it should be carried at the head of all his armies. 1.32. These things were done shortly afterwards. But at the time above specified, being struck with amazement at the extraordinary vision, and resolving to worship no other God save Him who had appeared to him, he sent for those who were acquainted with the mysteries of His doctrines, and enquired who that God was, and what was intended by the sign of the vision he had seen. They affirmed that He was God, the only begotten Son of the one and only God: that the sign which had appeared was the symbol of immortality, and the trophy of that victory over death which He had gained in time past when sojourning on earth. They taught him also the causes of His advent, and explained to him the true account of His incarnation. Thus he was instructed in these matters, and was impressed with wonder at the divine manifestation which had been presented to his sight. Comparing, therefore, the heavenly vision with the interpretation given, he found his judgment confirmed; and, in the persuasion that the knowledge of these things had been imparted to him by Divine teaching, he determined thenceforth to devote himself to the reading of the Inspired writings. Moreover, he made the priests of God his counselors, and deemed it incumbent on him to honor the God who had appeared to him with all devotion. And after this, being fortified by well-grounded hopes in Him, he hastened to quench the threatening fire of tyranny. 1.33. For he who had tyrannically possessed himself of the imperial city, had proceeded to great lengths in impiety and wickedness, so as to venture without hesitation on every vile and impure action. For example: he would separate women from their husbands, and after a time send them back to them again, and these insults he offered not to men of mean or obscure condition, but to those who held the first places in the Roman senate. Moreover, though he shamefully dishonored almost numberless free women, he was unable to satisfy his ungoverned and intemperate desires. But when he assayed to corrupt Christian women also, he could no longer secure success to his designs, since they chose rather to submit their lives to death than yield their persons to be defiled by him. 1.34. Now a certain woman, wife of one of the senators who held the authority of prefect, when she understood that those who ministered to the tyrant in such matters were standing before her house (she was a Christian), and knew that her husband through fear had bidden them take her and lead her away, begged a short space of time for arraying herself in her usual dress, and entered her chamber. There, being left alone, she sheathed a sword in her own breast, and immediately expired, leaving indeed her dead body to the procurers, but declaring to all mankind, both to present and future generations, by an act which spoke louder than any words, that the chastity for which Christians are famed is the only thing which is invincible and indestructible. Such was the conduct displayed by this woman. 1.35. All men, therefore, both people and magistrates, whether of high or low degree, trembled through fear of him whose daring wickedness was such as I have described, and were oppressed by his grievous tyranny. Nay, though they submitted quietly, and endured this bitter servitude, still there was no escape from the tyrant's sanguinary cruelty. For at one time, on some trifling pretense, he exposed the populace to be slaughtered by his own bodyguard; and countless multitudes of the Roman people were slain in the very midst of the city by the lances and weapons, not of Scythians or barbarians, but of their own fellow citizens. And besides this, it is impossible to calculate the number of senators whose blood was shed with a view to the seizure of their respective estates, for at different times and on various fictitious charges, multitudes of them suffered death. 1.36. But the crowning point of the tyrant's wickedness was his having recourse to sorcery: sometimes for magic purposes ripping up women with child, at other times searching into the bowels of new-born infants. He slew lions also, and practiced certain horrid arts for evoking demons, and averting the approaching war, hoping by these means to get the victory. In short, it is impossible to describe the manifold acts of oppression by which this tyrant of Rome enslaved his subjects: so that by this time they were reduced to the most extreme penury and want of necessary food, a scarcity such as our contemporaries do not remember ever before to have existed at Rome. 1.37. Constantine, however, filled with compassion on account of all these miseries, began to arm himself with all warlike preparation against the tyranny. Assuming therefore the Supreme God as his patron, and invoking His Christ to be his preserver and aid, and setting the victorious trophy, the salutary symbol, in front of his soldiers and bodyguard, he marched with his whole forces, trying to obtain again for the Romans the freedom they had inherited from their ancestors. And whereas, Maxentius, trusting more in his magic arts than in the affection of his subjects, dared not even advance outside the city gates, but had guarded every place and district and city subject to his tyranny, with large bodies of soldiers, the emperor, confiding in the help of God, advanced against the first and second and third divisions of the tyrant's forces, defeated them all with ease at the first assault, and made his way into the very interior of Italy. 1.38. And already he was approaching very near Rome itself, when, to save him from the necessity of fighting with all the Romans for the tyrant's sake, God himself drew the tyrant, as it were by secret cords, a long way outside the gates. And now those miracles recorded in Holy Writ, which God of old wrought against the ungodly (discredited by most as fables, yet believed by the faithful), did he in every deed confirm to all alike, believers and unbelievers, who were eye-witnesses of the wonders. For as once in the days of Moses and the Hebrew nation, who were worshipers of God, Pharaoh's chariots and his host has he cast into the sea and his chosen chariot-captains are drowned in the Red Sea, - so at this time Maxentius, and the soldiers and guards with him, went down into the depths like stone, Exodus 15:5 when, in his flight before the divinely-aided forces of Constantine, he essayed to cross the river which lay in his way, over which, making a strong bridge of boats, he had framed an engine of destruction, really against himself, but in the hope of ensnaring thereby him who was beloved by God. For his God stood by the one to protect him, while the other, godless, proved to be the miserable contriver of these secret devices to his own ruin. So that one might well say, He has made a pit, and dug it, and is fallen into the ditch which he made. His mischief shall return upon his own head, and his violence shall come down upon his own pate. Thus, in the present instance, under divine direction, the machine erected on the bridge, with the ambuscade concealed therein, giving way unexpectedly before the appointed time, the bridge began to sink, and the boats with the men in them went bodily to the bottom. And first the wretch himself, then his armed attendants and guards, even as the sacred oracles had before described, sank as lead in the mighty waters. Exodus 15:10 So that they who thus obtained victory from God might well, if not in the same words, yet in fact in the same spirit as the people of his great servant Moses, sing and speak as they did concerning the impious tyrant of old: Let us sing unto the Lord, for he has been glorified exceedingly: the horse and his rider has he thrown into the sea. He has become my helper and my shield unto salvation. And again, Who is like you, O Lord, among the gods? Who is like you, glorious in holiness, marvelous in praises, doing wonders? 1.39. Having then at this time sung these and suchlike praises to God, the Ruler of all and the Author of victory, after the example of his great servant Moses, Constantine entered the imperial city in triumph. And here the whole body of the senate, and others of rank and distinction in the city, freed as it were from the restraint of a prison, along with the whole Roman populace, their counteces expressive of the gladness of their hearts, received him with acclamations and abounding joy; men, women, and children, with countless multitudes of servants, greeting him as deliverer, preserver, and benefactor, with incessant shouts. But he, being possessed of inward piety toward God, was neither rendered arrogant by these plaudits, nor uplifted by the praises he heard: but, being sensible that he had received help from God, he immediately rendered a thanksgiving to him as the Author of his victory. 1.40. Moreover, by loud proclamation and monumental inscriptions he made known to all men the salutary symbol, setting up this great trophy of victory over his enemies in the midst of the imperial city, and expressly causing it to be engraven in indelible characters, that the salutary symbol was the safeguard of the Roman government and of the entire empire. Accordingly, he immediately ordered a lofty spear in the figure of a cross to be placed beneath the hand of a statue representing himself, in the most frequented part of Rome, and the following inscription to be engraved on it in the Latin language: by virtue of this salutary sign, which is the true test of valor, I have preserved and liberated your city from the yoke of tyranny. I have also set at liberty the roman senate and people, and restored them to their ancient distinction and splendor . 1.41. Thus the pious emperor, glorying in the confession of the victorious cross, proclaimed the Son of God to the Romans with great boldness of testimony. And the inhabitants of the city, one and all, senate and people, reviving, as it were, from the pressure of a bitter and tyrannical domination, seemed to enjoy purer rays of light, and to be born again into a fresh and new life. All the nations, too, as far as the limit of the western ocean, being set free from the calamities which had heretofore beset them, and gladdened by joyous festivals, ceased not to praise him as the victorious, the pious, the common benefactor: all, indeed, with one voice and one mouth, declared that Constantine had appeared by the grace of God as a general blessing to mankind. The imperial edict also was everywhere published, whereby those who had been wrongfully deprived of their estates were permitted again to enjoy their own, while those who had unjustly suffered exile were recalled to their homes. Moreover, he freed from imprisonment, and from every kind of danger and fear, those who, by reason of the tyrant's cruelty, had been subject to these sufferings. 1.42. The emperor also personally inviting the society of God's ministers, distinguished them with the highest possible respect and honor, showing them favor in deed and word as persons consecrated to the service of his God. Accordingly, they were admitted to his table, though mean in their attire and outward appearance; yet not so in his estimation, since he thought he saw not the man as seen by the vulgar eye, but the God in him. He made them also his companions in travel, believing that He whose servants they were would thus help him. Besides this, he gave from his own private resources costly benefactions to the churches of God, both enlarging and heightening the sacred edifices, and embellishing the august sanctuaries of the church with abundant offerings. 1.43. He likewise distributed money largely to those who were in need, and besides these showing himself philanthropist and benefactor even to the heathen, who had no claim on him; and even for the beggars in the forum, miserable and shiftless, he provided, not with money only, or necessary food, but also decent clothing. But in the case of those who had once been prosperous, and had experienced a reverse of circumstances, his aid was still more lavishly bestowed. On such persons, in a truly royal spirit, he conferred magnificent benefactions; giving grants of land to some, and honoring others with various dignities. Orphans of the unfortunate he cared for as a father, while he relieved the destitution of widows, and cared for them with special solicitude. Nay, he even gave virgins, left unprotected by their parents' death, in marriage to wealthy men with whom he was personally acquainted. But this he did after first bestowing on the brides such portions as it was fitting they should bring to the communion of marriage. In short, as the sun, when he rises upon the earth, liberally imparts his rays of light to all, so did Constantine, proceeding at early dawn from the imperial palace, and rising as it were with the heavenly luminary, impart the rays of his own beneficence to all who came into his presence. It was scarcely possible to be near him without receiving some benefit, nor did it ever happen that any who had expected to obtain his assistance were disappointed in their hope. 1.44. Such, then, was his general character towards all. But he exercised a peculiar care over the church of God: and whereas, in the several provinces there were some who differed from each other in judgment, he, like some general bishop constituted by God, convened synods of his ministers. Nor did he disdain to be present and sit with them in their assembly, but bore a share in their deliberations, ministering to all that pertained to the peace of God. He took his seat, too, in the midst of them, as an individual among many, dismissing his guards and soldiers, and all whose duty it was to defend his person; but protected by the fear of God, and surrounded by the guardianship of his faithful friends. Those whom he saw inclined to a sound judgment, and exhibiting a calm and conciliatory temper, received his high approbation, for he evidently delighted in a general harmony of sentiment; while he regarded the unyielding wills with aversion. 1.45. Moreover he endured with patience some who were exasperated against himself, directing them in mild and gentle terms to control themselves, and not be turbulent. And some of these respected his admonitions, and desisted; but as to those who proved incapable of sound judgment, he left them entirely at the disposal of God, and never himself desired harsh measures against any one. Hence it naturally happened that the disaffected in Africa reached such a pitch of violence as even to venture on overt acts of audacity; some evil spirit, as it seems probable, being jealous of the present great prosperity, and impelling these men to atrocious deeds, that he might excite the emperor's anger against them. He gained nothing, however, by this malicious conduct; for the emperor laughed at these proceedings, and declared their origin to be from the evil one; inasmuch as these were not the actions of sober persons, but of lunatics or demoniacs; who should be pitied rather than punished; since to punish madmen is as great folly as to sympathize with their condition is supreme philanthropy. 1.46. Thus the emperor in all his actions honored God, the Controller of all things, and exercised an unwearied oversight over His churches. And God requited him, by subduing all barbarous nations under his feet, so that he was able everywhere to raise trophies over his enemies: and He proclaimed him as conqueror to all mankind, and made him a terror to his adversaries: not indeed that this was his natural character, since he was rather the meekest, and gentlest, and most benevolent of men. 1.47. While he was thus engaged, the second of those who had resigned the throne, being detected in a treasonable conspiracy, suffered a most ignominious death. He was the first whose pictures, statues, and all similar marks of honor and distinction were everywhere destroyed, on the ground of his crimes and impiety. After him others also of the same family were discovered in the act of forming secret plots against the emperor; all their intentions being miraculously revealed by God through visions to His servant. For he frequently vouchsafed to him manifestations of himself, the Divine presence appearing to him in a most marvelous manner, and according to him manifold intimations of future events. Indeed, it is impossible to express in words the indescribable wonders of Divine grace which God was pleased to vouchsafe to His servant. Surrounded by these, he passed the rest of his life in security, rejoicing in the affection of his subjects, rejoicing too because he saw all beneath his government leading contented lives; but above all delighted at the flourishing condition of the churches of God. 1.48. While he was thus circumstanced, he completed the tenth year of his reign. On this occasion he ordered the celebration of general festivals, and offered prayers of thanksgiving to God, the King of all, as sacrifices without flame or smoke. And from this employment he derived much pleasure: not so from the tidings he received of the ravages committed in the Eastern provinces. 1.49. For he was informed that in that quarter a certain savage beast was besetting both the church of God and the other inhabitants of the provinces, owing, as it were, to the efforts of the evil spirit to produce effects quite contrary to the deeds of the pious emperor: so that the Roman empire, divided into two parts, seemed to all men to resemble night and day; since darkness overspread the provinces of the East, while the brightest day illumined the inhabitants of the other portion. And whereas the latter were receiving manifold blessings at the hand of God, the sight of these blessings proved intolerable to that envy which hates all good, as well as to the tyrant who afflicted the other division of the empire; and who, notwithstanding that his government was prospering, and he had been honored by a marriage connection with so great an emperor as Constantine, yet cared not to follow the steps of that pious prince, but strove rather to imitate the evil purposes and practice of the impious; and chose to adopt the course of those whose ignominious end he had seen with his own eyes, rather than to maintain amicable relations with him who was his superior. 1.50. Accordingly he engaged in an implacable war against his benefactor, altogether regardless of the laws of friendship, the obligation of oaths, the ties of kindred, and already existing treaties. For the most benigt emperor had given him a proof of sincere affection in bestowing on him the hand of his sister, thus granting him the privilege of a place in family relationship and his own ancient imperial descent, and investing him also with the rank and dignity of his colleague in the empire. But the other took the very opposite course, employing himself in machinations against his superior, and devising various means to repay his benefactor with injuries. At first, pretending friendship, he did all things by guile and treachery, expecting thus to succeed in concealing his designs; but God enabled his servant to detect the schemes thus devised in darkness. Being discovered, however, in his first attempts, he had recourse to fresh frauds; at one time pretending friendship, at another claiming the protection of solemn treaties. Then suddenly violating every engagement, and again beseeching pardon by embassies, yet after all shamefully violating his word, he at last declared open war, and with desperate infatuation resolved thenceforward to carry arms against God himself, whose worshiper he knew the emperor to be. 1.51. And at first he made secret enquiry respecting the ministers of God subject to his dominion, who had never, indeed, in any respect offended against his government, in order to bring false accusations against them. And when he found no ground of accusation, and had no real ground of objection against them, he next enacted a law, to the effect that the bishops should never on any account hold communication with each other, nor should any one of them absent himself on a visit to a neighboring church; nor, lastly, should the holding of synods, or councils for the consideration of affairs of common interest, be permitted. Now this was clearly a pretext for displaying his malice against us. For we were compelled either to violate the law, and thus be amenable to punishment, or else, by compliance with its injunctions, to nullify the statutes of the Church; inasmuch as it is impossible to bring important questions to a satisfactory adjustment, except by means of synods. In other cases also this God-hater, being determined to act contrary to the God-loving prince, enacted such things. For whereas the one assembled the priests of God in order to honor them, and to promote peace and unity of judgment; the other, whose object it was to destroy everything that was good, used all his endeavors to destroy the general harmony. 1.52. And whereas Constantine, the friend of God, had granted to His worshipers freedom of access to the imperial palaces; this enemy of God, in a spirit the very reverse of this, expelled thence all Christians subject to his authority. He banished those who had proved themselves his most faithful and devoted servants, and compelled others, on whom he had himself conferred honor and distinction as a reward for their former eminent services, to the performance of menial offices as slaves to others; and at length, being bent on seizing the property of all as a windfall for himself, he even threatened with death those who professed the Saviour's name. Moreover, being himself of a nature hopelessly debased by sensuality, and degraded by the continual practice of adultery and other shameless vices, he assumed his own worthless character as a specimen of human nature generally, and denied that the virtue of chastity and continence existed among men. 1.53. Accordingly he passed a second law, which enjoined that men should not appear in company with women in the houses of prayer, and forbade women to attend the sacred schools of virtue, or to receive instruction from the bishops, directing the appointment of women to be teachers of their own sex. These regulations being received with general ridicule, he devised other means for effecting the ruin of the churches. He ordered that the usual congregations of the people should be held in the open country outside the gates, alleging that the open air without the city was far more suitable for a multitude than the houses of prayer within the walls. 3.33. This was the emperor's letter; and his directions were at once carried into effect. Accordingly, on the very spot which witnessed the Saviour's sufferings, a new Jerusalem was constructed, over against the one so celebrated of old, which, since the foul stain of guilt brought on it by the murder of the Lord, had experienced the last extremity of desolation, the effect of Divine judgment on its impious people. It was opposite this city that the emperor now began to rear a monument to the Saviour's victory over death, with rich and lavish magnificence. And it may be that this was that second and new Jerusalem spoken of in the predictions of the prophets, concerning which such abundant testimony is given in the divinely inspired records. First of all, then, he adorned the sacred cave itself, as the chief part of the whole work, and the hallowed monument at which the angel radiant with light had once declared to all that regeneration which was first manifested in the Saviour's person. 3.36. For at the side opposite to the cave, which was the eastern side, the church itself was erected; a noble work rising to a vast height, and of great extent both in length and breadth. The interior of this structure was floored with marble slabs of various colors; while the external surface of the walls, which shone with polished stones exactly fitted together, exhibited a degree of splendor in no respect inferior to that of marble. With regard to the roof, it was covered on the outside with lead, as a protection against the rains of winter. But the inner part of the roof, which was finished with sculptured panel work, extended in a series of connected compartments, like a vast sea, over the whole church; and, being overlaid throughout with the purest gold, caused the entire building to glitter as it were with rays of light. 3.45. While, however, her character derived luster from such deeds as I have described, she was far from neglecting personal piety toward God. She might be seen continually frequenting his Church, while at the same time she adorned the houses of prayer with splendid offerings, not overlooking the churches of the smallest cities. In short, this admirable woman was to be seen, in simple and modest attire, mingling with the crowd of worshipers, and testifying her devotion to God by a uniform course of pious conduct.

101. Eusebius of Caesarea, Preparation For The Gospel, None (3rd cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 164

102. Babylonian Talmud, Sotah, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: nan nan

30b. וחכמים אוסרין,ותניא כביצה,סברוה אידי ואידי בעיסה ראשונה וחולין הטבולין לחלה לא כחלה דמו,מאי לאו בהא קמיפלגי דמר סבר אין שני עושה שלישי בחולין,ומר סבר שני עושה שלישי בחולין,אמר רב מרי בריה דרב כהנא דכולי עלמא אין שני עושה שלישי בחולין והכא בחולין הטבולין לחלה קמיפלגי מר סבר כחלה דמו ומר סבר לא כחלה דמו,ואיבעית אימא דכולי עלמא חולין הטבולין לחלה לא כחלה דמו ואין שני עושה שלישי בחולין והכא במותר לגרום טומאה לחולין שבארץ ישראל קמיפלגי,מ"ס מותר לגרום טומאה לחולין שבארץ ישראל ומר סבר אסור לגרום טומאה לחולין שבארץ ישראל,בו ביום דרש רבי עקיבא וכו',במאי קא מיפלגי מר סבר תחומין דאורייתא ומר סבר דרבנן,ת"ר בו ביום דרש רבי עקיבא בשעה שעלו ישראל מן הים נתנו עיניהם לומר שירה וכיצד אמרו שירה כגדול המקרא את הלל והן עונין אחריו ראשי פרקים משה אמר (שמות טו, א) אשירה לה' והן אומרים אשירה לה' משה אמר כי גאה גאה והן אומרים אשירה לה',רבי אליעזר בנו של רבי יוסי הגלילי אומר כקטן המקרא את הלל והן עונין אחריו כל מה שהוא אומר משה אמר אשירה לה' והן אומרים אשירה לה' משה אמר כי גאה גאה והן אומרים כי גאה גאה,רבי נחמיה אומר כסופר הפורס על שמע בבית הכנסת שהוא פותח תחילה והן עונין אחריו,במאי קמיפלגי רבי עקיבא סבר לאמר אמילתא קמייתא,ורבי אליעזר בנו של ר"י הגלילי סבר לאמר אכל מילתא ומילתא ור' נחמיה ' סבר ויאמרו דאמור כולהו בהדי הדדי לאמר דפתח משה ברישא,תנו רבנן דרש רבי יוסי הגלילי בשעה שעלו ישראל מן הים נתנו עיניהם לומר שירה וכיצד אמרו שירה עולל מוטל על ברכי אמו ותינוק יונק משדי אמו כיון שראו את השכינה עולל הגביה צוארו ותינוק שמט דד מפיו ואמרו זה אלי ואנוהו שנאמר (תהלים ח, ג) מפי עוללים ויונקים יסדת עוז,היה רבי מאיר אומר מנין שאפי' עוברים שבמעי אמן אמרו שירה שנאמר

30b. b And the Rabbis prohibit /b separating i ḥalla /i in this manner., b And it is taught /b in a i baraita /i that Rabbi Eliezer even allows the ritually pure dough placed in the middle to be as large as b an egg-bulk, /b even though dough of that size is susceptible to the i halakhot /i of ritual impurity.,The Gemara now explains the reasoning of those who tried to prove from here that Rabbi Eliezer is of the opinion that second-degree ritual impurity cannot impart third-degree ritual impurity upon non-sacred items: b They assumed /b that both b this /b mishna b and this /b i baraita /i are referring to cases b where /b the b dough /b is of b first- /b degree impurity. b And /b furthermore, they assumed that all the i tanna’im /i agree that b non-sacred /b food b that is untithed with regard to /b the obligation to separate b i ḥalla /i , /b as its i ḥalla /i has not yet been separated, b is not /b treated b like i ḥalla /i /b as far as its ability to contract third-degree ritual impurity. Rather, it is regarded as generic non-sacred food, which is susceptible only to second-degree impurity.,Based on these assumptions the Gemara explains how these authorities understood the tannaitic dispute: b What, is it not /b clear that Rabbi Eliezer and the Rabbis b disagree with regard to /b the following matter: One b Sage, /b Rabbi Eliezer, b holds /b that an item of second-degree impurity b cannot impart /b third-degree impurity b to non-sacred items. /b Therefore, there is no problem placing an egg-bulk of pure dough in the middle, as although it will touch the impure dough and will thereby contract second-degree impurity, nevertheless it is unable to transmit impurity to the pure dough., b And /b one b Sage, /b i.e., the Rabbis, b holds /b that an item of second-degree impurity b can impart /b third-degree ritual impurity b to non-sacred items. /b They therefore prohibit placing an egg-bulk of dough in the middle, as it will assume second-degree impurity status, which, in their opinion, can impart third-degree impurity status upon the pure dough., b Rav Mari, son of Rav Kahana, said /b that the dispute can be understood differently: b Everyone /b agrees that an item of second-degree ritual impurity b cannot impart /b third-degree ritual impurity b to non-sacred items. But here, /b the dispute concerns another matter, as b they disagree with regard to /b the status of b non-sacred /b food that is b untithed vis-à-vis i ḥalla /i , /b as its i ḥalla /i has not yet been separated. One b Sage, /b i.e., the Rabbis, b holds /b that b it is /b treated b like i ḥalla /i /b with regard to its ability to contract third-degree impurity, b and /b one b Sage, /b Rabbi Eliezer, b holds /b that b it is not /b treated b like i ḥalla /i /b and cannot contract third-degree impurity. Therefore, he permits separating i ḥalla /i in this manner., b And if you wish, say /b instead that they disagree with regard to a different issue: b Everyone /b agrees that b non-sacred /b food that is b untithed with regard to i ḥalla /i is not /b treated b like i ḥalla /i /b and cannot contract third-degree impurity, b and /b that an item of second-degree ritual impurity b cannot impart /b third-degree ritual impurity b to non-sacred items. But here, they disagree with regard to /b whether or not b it is permitted to cause ritual impurity to non-sacred /b food b that is in Eretz Yisrael. /b ,One b Sage, /b Rabbi Eliezer, b holds /b that b it is permitted to cause impurity to non-sacred /b food b that is in Eretz Yisrael. /b Therefore, since the dough placed in the middle cannot impart third-degree ritual impurity status upon the dough designated for i ḥalla /i , there is no reason to prohibit doing so. b And /b one b Sage, /b i.e., the Rabbis, b holds /b that b it is prohibited to cause impurity to non-sacred /b food b that is in Eretz Yisrael. /b Therefore, although the dough of the ritually pure batch will not become impure, nevertheless the Rabbis prohibit separating i ḥalla /i in this manner, as causing the dough in the middle to become impure is prohibited.,§ It is stated in the mishna: b On that same day Rabbi Akiva interpreted /b one of the contradictory verses with regard to the amount of land surrounding the Levite cities as teaching that one may not travel beyond a two-thousand-cubit radius around his city limits on Shabbat. Rabbi Eliezer, son of Rabbi Yosei HaGelili, on the other hand, interprets the contradictory verses as referring to different types of land left for the Levites around their cities.,The Gemara asks: b With regard to what /b halakhic matter b do they disagree? /b The Gemara answers: One b Sage, /b Rabbi Akiva, b holds /b that the i halakha /i of Shabbat b boundaries /b is mandated b by Torah law, /b as he bases it on a verse; b and /b one b Sage, /b Rabbi Eliezer, son of Rabbi Yosei HaGelili, b holds /b that the i halakha /i of Shabbat boundaries is mandated b by rabbinic law, /b and he therefore derives other matters from the verse.,§ b The Sages taught: On that same day Rabbi Akiva taught /b that b at the time that the Jewish people ascended from the /b split b sea they set their eyes on reciting a song /b of gratitude to God. b And how did they recite /b the b song? /b In the same manner b as an adult man reciting i hallel /i /b on behalf of a congregation, as his reading enables all who hear to fulfill their obligation, b and /b the congregation listening merely b recite after him the chapter headings /b of i hallel /i . So too, by the sea, b Moses said: “I will sing unto the Lord” /b (Exodus 15:1), b and /b the people b said /b after Moses: b “I will sing unto the Lord.” Moses /b continued and b said: “For He is highly exalted” /b (Exodus 15:1), b and they said /b once again the chapter heading: b “I will sing unto the Lord.” /b , b Rabbi Eliezer, son of Rabbi Yosei HaGelili, says: /b The Jewish people sang just b like a minor boy reciting i hallel /i and /b the congregation who hear him b repeat after him all that he says, /b word for word, as hearing the recital of a minor is insufficient for fulfilling one’s obligation. So too, by the sea, b Moses said: “I will sing unto the Lord” /b (Exodus 15:1), b and /b the people b said /b after Moses: b “I will sing to the Lord.” Moses said: “For He is highly exalted,” and they said /b after him the same words: b “For He is highly exalted.” /b , b Rabbi Neḥemya says: /b They sang the song of the sea b like a scribe, /b a cantor, b who recites /b aloud b the /b introductory prayers and blessings before b i Shema /i in the synagogue; as he begins /b by saying the b first /b words of the blessing, b and they repeat after him /b the initial words and continue reciting the rest of i Shema /i together with him in unison. So too, in the song of the sea, Moses began and then everyone recited the entire song together with him.,The Gemara asks: b With regard to what do they disagree? /b The Gemara answers that they disagree with regard to the interpretation of the verse: “Then Moses and the children of Israel sang this song unto the Lord, and said, saying” (Exodus 15:1). b Rabbi Akiva holds /b that the word b “saying,” /b which indicates that the people sang after Moses, is referring only b to the first words /b of the song, which the people continually repeated: “I will sing unto the Lord” (Exodus 15:1)., b And Rabbi Eliezer, son of Rabbi Yosei HaGelili, holds /b that the word b “saying” /b is referring b to every single word, /b as they would repeat after Moses every word. b And Rabbi Neḥemya holds /b that the phrase b “and they said” /b (Exodus 15:1) indicates b that everyone recited /b the song of the sea b together, /b and the word b “saying” /b means b that Moses began /b singing the song b first; /b and then the rest of the people sang the beginning after him and they all continued in unison.,§ b The Sages taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Yosei HaGelili taught: At the time that the Jewish people ascended from the sea they resolved to sing /b a song of gratitude to God. b And how did they recite /b this song? If b a baby /b was b lying on his mother’s lap or an infant /b was b nursing from his mother’s breasts, once they saw the Divine Presence, the baby straightened his neck and the infant dropped the breast from his mouth, and they recited: “This is my God and I will glorify Him” /b (Exodus 15:2). b As it is stated: “Out of the mouths of babies and sucklings You have founded strength” /b (Psalms 8:3)., b Rabbi Meir would say: From where /b is it derived b that even fetuses in their mother’s womb recited /b the b song /b at the sea? b As it is stated: /b

103. Babylonian Talmud, Bava Metzia, None (3rd cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 324

85b. אמרו חכמים ולא פירשוהו אמרו נביאים ולא פירשוהו עד שפירשו הקב"ה בעצמו שנאמר (ירמיהו ט, יב) ויאמר ה' על עזבם את תורתי אשר נתתי לפניהם אמר רב יהודה אמר רב שלא ברכו בתורה תחילה,אמר רב חמא מאי דכתיב (משלי יד, לג) בלב נבון תנוח חכמה ובקרב כסילים תודע בלב נבון תנוח חכמה זה ת"ח בן ת"ח ובקרב כסילים תודע זה ת"ח בן ע"ה אמר עולא היינו דאמרי אינשי אסתירא בלגינא קיש קיש קריא,אמר ליה ר' ירמיה לר' זירא מאי דכתיב (איוב ג, יט) קטן וגדול שם הוא ועבד חפשי מאדניו אטו לא ידעינן דקטן וגדול שם הוא אלא כל המקטין עצמו על דברי תורה בעוה"ז נעשה גדול לעוה"ב וכל המשים עצמו כעבד על דברי תורה בעוה"ז נעשה חפשי לעוה"ב,ריש לקיש הוה מציין מערתא דרבנן כי מטא למערתיה דר' חייא איעלמא מיניה חלש דעתיה אמר רבש"ע לא פלפלתי תורה כמותו יצתה בת קול ואמרה לו תורה כמותו פלפלת תורה כמותו לא ריבצת,כי הוו מינצו ר' חנינא ור' חייא אמר ליה ר' חנינא לר' חייא בהדי דידי קא מינצית ח"ו אי משתכחא תורה מישראל מהדרנא לה מפילפולי אמר ליה ר' חייא לר' חנינא בהדי דידי קא מינצית דעבדי לתורה דלא תשתכח מישראל,מאי עבידנא אזלינא ושדינא כיתנא וגדילנא נישבי וציידנא טבי ומאכילנא בשרייהו ליתמי ואריכנא מגילתא וכתבנא חמשה חומשי וסליקנא למתא ומקרינא חמשה ינוקי בחמשה חומשי ומתנינא שיתא ינוקי שיתא סדרי ואמרנא להו עד דהדרנא ואתינא אקרו אהדדי ואתנו אהדדי ועבדי לה לתורה דלא תשתכח מישראל,היינו דאמר רבי כמה גדולים מעשי חייא אמר ליה ר' ישמעאל בר' יוסי אפי' ממר אמר ליה אין אפי' מאבא אמר ליה ח"ו לא תהא כזאת בישראל,אמר ר' זירא אמש נראה לי ר' יוסי בר' חנינא אמרתי לו אצל מי אתה תקוע אמר לי אצל ר' יוחנן ור' יוחנן אצל מי אצל ר' ינאי ור' ינאי אצל מי אצל ר' חנינא ור' חנינא אצל מי אצל ר' חייא אמרתי לו ור' יוחנן אצל ר' חייא לא אמר לי באתר דזקוקין דנורא ובעורין דאשא מאן מעייל בר נפחא לתמן,אמר רב חביבא אשתעי לי רב חביבא בר סורמקי חזי ליה ההוא מרבנן דהוה שכיח אליהו גביה דלצפרא הוו שפירן עיניה ולאורתא דמיין כדמיקלין בנורא אמרי ליה מאי האי ואמר לי דאמרי ליה לאליהו אחוי לי רבנן כי סלקי למתיבתא דרקיע אמר לי בכולהו מצית לאסתכולי בהו לבר מגוהרקא דר' חייא דלא תסתכל ביה מאי סימנייהו בכולהו אזלי מלאכי כי סלקי ונחתי לבר מגוהרקא דר' חייא דמנפשיה סליק ונחית,לא מצאי לאוקמא אנפשאי אסתכלי בה אתו תרי בוטיטי דנורא ומחיוהו לההוא גברא וסמינהו לעיניה למחר אזלי אשתטחי אמערתיה אמינא מתנייתא דמר מתנינא ואתסאי,אליהו הוה שכיח במתיבתא דרבי יומא חד ריש ירחא הוה נגה ליה ולא אתא א"ל מאי טעמא נגה ליה למר אמר ליה אדאוקימנא לאברהם ומשינא ידיה ומצלי ומגנינא ליה וכן ליצחק וכן ליעקב ולוקמינהו בהדי הדדי סברי תקפי ברחמי ומייתי ליה למשיח בלא זמניה,א"ל ויש דוגמתן בעולם הזה אמר ליה איכא ר' חייא ובניו גזר רבי תעניתא אחתינהו לר' חייא ובניו אמר משיב הרוח ונשבה זיקא אמר מוריד הגשם ואתא מיטרא כי מטא למימר מחיה המתים רגש עלמא,אמרי ברקיעא מאן גלי רזיא בעלמא אמרי אליהו אתיוהו לאליהו מחיוהו שתין פולסי דנורא אתא אידמי להו כדובא דנורא על בינייהו וטרדינהו,שמואל ירחינאה אסייה דרבי הוה חלש רבי בעיניה א"ל אימלי לך סמא א"ל לא יכילנא אשטר לך משטר [א"ל] לא יכילנא הוה מותיב ליה בגובתא דסמני תותי בי סדיה ואיתסי,הוה קא מצטער רבי למסמכיה ולא הוה מסתייעא מילתא א"ל לא לצטער מר לדידי חזי לי סיפרא דאדם הראשון וכתיב ביה שמואל ירחינאה

85b. b was stated by the Sages, /b i.e., the wise man mentioned in the verse, b and /b yet b they /b could b not explain it. /b It b was stated by the prophets, /b i.e., those to whom the mouth of the Lord has spoken, b and /b yet b they /b could b not explain it, until the Holy One, Blessed be He, Himself explained it, as it is stated /b in the next verse: b “And the Lord says: Because they have forsaken My Torah which I set before them” /b (Jeremiah 9:12). b Rav Yehuda says /b that b Rav says: /b This does not mean b that /b the Jewish people ceased Torah study altogether; rather, b they did not recite a blessing on the Torah prior /b to its study, as they did not regard Torah study as a sacred endeavor., b Rav Ḥama says: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written: “In the heart of him that has discernment wisdom rests; but in the inward part of fools it makes itself known” /b (Proverbs 14:33)? b “In the heart of him who has discernment wisdom rests”; this /b is b a Torah scholar, son of a Torah scholar. “But in the inward part of fools it makes itself known”; this /b is b a Torah scholar, son of an ignoramus, /b as his wisdom stands out in contrast to the foolishness of the rest of his family. b Ulla said: This /b explains the adage b that people say: /b A small b coin in /b an empty b barrel calls: i Kish /i , i kish /i , /b i.e., it rattles loudly, whereas a coin in a barrel full of coins is not heard., b Rabbi Yirmeya said to Rabbi Zeira: What /b is the meaning of that b which is written /b with regard to the World-to-Come: b “The humble and great are there; and the servant is free from his master” /b (Job 3:19)? b Is that to say /b that b we do not know that the humble and the great are there /b in the World-to-Come? b Rather, /b this is the meaning of the verse: b Anyone who humbles himself over matters of Torah in this world becomes great in the World-to-Come; and anyone who establishes himself as a servant over matters of Torah in this world becomes free in the World-to-Come. /b ,§ The Gemara continues discussing the greatness of the Sages. b Reish Lakish was demarcating /b burial b caves of the Sages. When he arrived at the cave of Rabbi Ḥiyya, /b the precise location of his grave b eluded him. /b Reish Lakish b became distressed, /b as he was apparently unworthy of finding the grave. b He said: Master of the Universe! Did I not analyze the Torah like /b Rabbi Ḥiyya? b A Divine Voice emerged and said to him: You did analyze the Torah like him, /b but b you did not disseminate Torah like him. /b ,The Gemara relates: b When Rabbi Ḥanina and Rabbi Ḥiyya would debate /b matters of Torah, b Rabbi Ḥanina /b would b say to Rabbi Ḥiyya: /b Do you think b you can debate with me? Heaven forbid! If the Torah were forgotten from the Jewish people, I /b could b restore it with my /b powers of b analysis /b and intellectual acumen. b Rabbi Ḥiyya said to Rabbi Ḥanina: /b Do you think b you can debate with me? /b You cannot compare yourself to me, b as I am acting /b to ensure that b the Torah /b will b not be forgotten by the Jewish people. /b ,Rabbi Ḥiyya elaborated: b What do I do /b to this end? b I go and sow flax /b seeds b and twine nets /b with the flax, b and /b then b I hunt deer and feed their meat to orphans. /b Next b I prepare parchment /b from their hides b and I write the five books /b of the Torah on them. b I go to a city and teach five children the five books, /b one book per child, b and I teach six /b other b children the six orders /b of the Mishna, b and I say to them: Until I return and come /b here, b read each other /b the Torah b and teach each other /b the Mishna. This is how b I act /b to ensure that b the Torah will not be forgotten by the Jewish people. /b ,The Gemara notes that b this is what Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b said: How great are the deeds of /b Rabbi b Ḥiyya! Rabbi Yishmael, son of Rabbi Yosei, said to /b Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi: Are his deeds b even greater than the Master’s, /b i.e., yours? Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to him: Yes. /b Rabbi Yishmael persisted: Are they b even /b greater b than /b those of my b father, /b Rabbi Yosei? Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to him: Heaven forbid! Such /b a statement b shall not be /b heard b among the Jewish people, /b that someone is greater than your father, Rabbi Yosei.,The Gemara continues discussing the greatness of Rabbi Ḥiyya. b Rabbi Zeira said: Last night, Rabbi Yosei, son of Rabbi Ḥanina, appeared to me /b in a dream. b I said to him: Near whom are you placed /b in the upper realms? b He said to me: Near Rabbi Yoḥa. /b I asked: b And Rabbi Yoḥa is near whom? /b He replied: b Near Rabbi Yannai. And Rabbi Yannai is near whom? Near Rabbi Ḥanina. And Rabbi Ḥanina is near whom? Near Rabbi Ḥiyya. /b Rabbi Zeira added: b I said to /b Rabbi Yosei: b But isn’t Rabbi Yoḥa /b worthy of being placed b near Rabbi Ḥiyya? He said to me: In a place of fiery sparks and burning fires, who can bring /b Rabbi Yoḥa, b son of Nappaḥa, there? /b , b Rav Ḥaviva said: Rav Ḥaviva bar Surmakei told me: I /b once b saw one of the Sages whom Elijah /b the prophet b would visit, /b and b his eyes /b looked b beautiful /b and healthy b in the morning, but appeared to be charred by fire in the evening. I said to him: What is this /b phenomenon? b And he said to me: I said to Elijah: Show me the Sages upon their ascension to the heavenly academy. /b Elijah b said to me: You may gaze at all of them except for /b those in b the chariot [ i miguharka /i ] of Rabbi Ḥiyya, upon whom you may not gaze. /b I asked Elijah: b What are the signs /b of Rabbi Ḥiyya’s chariot, so I will know when not to look? He said: b Angels accompany all /b of the other Sages’ chariots b as they ascend and descend, except for the chariot of Rabbi Ḥiyya, which ascends and descends of its own accord, /b due to his greatness.,The Sage relating this story continued: b I was unable to restrain myself, /b and b I gazed upon /b Rabbi Ḥiyya’s chariot. b Two fiery flames came and struck that man, /b i.e., me, b and blinded his eyes. The next day, I went and prostrated on /b Rabbi Ḥiyya’s burial b cave /b in supplication. b I said: I study the i baraitot /i of the Master, /b Rabbi Ḥiyya; please pray on my behalf. b And /b my vision b was healed, /b but my eyes remained scorched.,The Gemara relates another incident involving Elijah the prophet. b Elijah was /b often b found in the academy of Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi. b One day it was a New Moon, /b the first of the month, and Elijah b was delayed and did not come /b to the academy. Later, Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to /b Elijah: b What is the reason /b that b the Master was delayed? /b Elijah b said to him: I /b had b to wake up Abraham, wash his hands, and /b wait for him to b pray, and /b then b lay him down /b again. b And similarly, /b I followed the same procedure b for Isaac, and similarly for Jacob /b in turn. Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi asked Elijah: b And let /b the Master b wake them /b all b together. /b Elijah responded: b I maintain /b that if I were to wake all three to pray at the same time, b they /b would b generate powerful prayers and bring the Messiah prematurely. /b ,Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to /b Elijah: b And is there anyone /b alive b in this world /b who is b comparable to them /b and can produce such efficacious prayers? Elijah b said to him: There are Rabbi Ḥiyya and his sons. Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b decreed a fast, /b and the Sages b brought Rabbi Ḥiyya and his sons down /b to the pulpit to pray on behalf of the congregation. Rabbi Ḥiyya b recited /b the phrase in the i Amida /i prayer: b Who makes the wind blow, and the wind blew. /b Rabbi Ḥiyya b recited /b the next phrase: b Who makes the rain fall, and rain fell. When he was about to say /b the phrase: b Who revives the dead, the world trembled. /b , b They said in heaven: Who is the revealer of secrets in the world? They said /b in response: It is b Elijah. Elijah was brought /b to heaven, whereupon b he was beaten with sixty fiery lashes. /b Elijah b came /b back down to earth b disguised as a bear of fire. He came among /b the congregation b and distracted them /b from their prayers, preventing Rabbi Ḥiyya from reciting the phrase: Who revives the dead.,§ The Gemara relates: b Shmuel Yarḥina’a was the physician of Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi. One time, b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b felt a pain in his eye. /b Shmuel b said to him: I will place a medication in /b your eye. Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to him: I cannot /b have the medication placed directly in my eye, as I am afraid it will cause me too much pain. Shmuel b said to him: I will apply a salve /b above your eye, not directly in it. Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b said to him: /b Even that b I cannot /b bear. Shmuel b placed /b the medication b in a tube of herbs beneath his pillow, and /b Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi b was healed. /b , b Rabbi /b Yehuda HaNasi b made efforts to ordain /b Shmuel Yarḥina’a as a rabbi b but was unsuccessful, /b as Shmuel always demurred. Shmuel Yarḥina’a b said to him: The Master should not be upset /b about my refusal, as I know that I am not destined to be ordained as a rabbi. b I myself saw the book of Adam the first /b man, which contains the genealogy of the human race, b and it is written in it /b that b Shmuel Yarḥina’a /b

104. Itinerarium Hierosolymitanum, Itinerarium Burdigalense, 594-595, 598-599 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 13

105. Paulinus of Nola, Letters, 21.20 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 21

106. Leo I Pope, Letters, 109, 139, 126 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 245

107. Leo I Pope, Letters, 109, 126, 139 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 27

108. Leo I Pope, Letters, 109, 126, 139 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 27

109. Anon., Midrash Psalms, None (4th cent. CE - 9th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 136

110. Rufinus of Aquileia, In Suam Et Eusebii Caesariensis Latinam Ab Eo Factam Historiam, 11.2-11.8 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 23

111. Augustine, Questions On The Heptateuch, None (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: van , t Westeinde (2021) 222

112. Gregory of Nazianzus, Letters, 126, 125 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 132

113. Socrates Scholasticus, Ecclesiastical History, 1.2, 1.27 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25, 117, 146

114. Theodoret of Cyrus, Ecclesiastical History, 1.27 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19

1.27. Constantinus Augustus to the holy council assembled in Tyre. In the general prosperity which distinguishes the present time, it seems right that the Catholic Church should likewise be exempt from trouble, and that the servants of Christ should be freed from every reproach. But certain individuals instigated by the mad desire of contention, not to say leading a life unworthy of their profession, are endeavoring to throw all into disorder. This appears to me to be the greatest of all possible calamities. I beseech you, therefore, in post haste, as the phrase goes, to assemble together, without any delay, in formal synod; so that you may support those who require your assistance, heal the brethren who are in danger, restore uimity to the divided members, and rectify the disorders of the Church while time permits; and thus restore to those great provinces the harmony which, alas! The arrogance of a few men has destroyed. I believe every one would admit that you could not perform anything so pleasing in the sight of God, so surpassing all my prayers as well as your own, or so conducive to your own reputation, as to restore peace. Do not therefore delay, but when you have come together with all that sincerity and fidelity which our Saviour demands of all His servants, almost in words that we can hear, endeavour with redoubled eagerness to put a fitting end to these dissensions. Nothing shall be omitted on my part to further the interests of our religion. I have done all that you recommended in your letters. I have sent to those bishops whom you specified, directing them to repair to the council for the purpose of deliberating with you upon ecclesiastical matters. I have also sent Dionysius , a man of consular rank, to counsel those who are to sit in synod with you, and to be himself an eye witness of your proceedings, and particularly of the order and regularity that is maintained. If any one should dare on the present occasion also to disobey our command, and refuse to come to the council, which, however, I do not anticipate, an officer will be dispatched immediately to send him into banishment by imperial order, that he may learn not to oppose the decrees enacted by the emperor for the support of truth. All that now devolves upon your holinesses is to decide with uimous judgment, without partiality or prejudice, in accordance with the ecclesiastical and apostolic rule, and to devise suitable remedies for the offenses which may have resulted from error; in order that the Church may be freed from all reproach, that my anxiety may be diminished, that peace may be restored to those now at variance, and that your renown may be increased. May God preserve you, beloved brethren. The bishops accordingly repaired to the council of Tyre. Amongst them were those who were accused of holding heterodox doctrines; of whom Asclepas, bishop of Gaza, was one. The admirable Athanasius also attended. I shall first dwell on the tragedy of the accusation, and shall then relate the proceedings of this celebrated tribunal.

115. Gregory of Nazianzus, Letters, 126, 125 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 132

116. Augustine, Regula Ad Servos Dei, 4-8 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: van , t Westeinde (2021) 155

117. Augustine, Rule, 4-8 (4th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: van , t Westeinde (2021) 155

118. Ammianus Marcellinus, History, 21.2 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 19

119. Gregory of Nyssa, Letters, 2 (4th cent. CE - 4th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 22

120. Justinian, Novellae, None (5th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 163

121. Jerome, Letters, 41.2, 49.12-49.13, 51.2, 58.3-58.4, 66.11, 71.1, 71.4, 77.3, 77.8, 101.2, 122.1, 122.4, 126.1 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 22, 128; van , t Westeinde (2021) 38, 152, 155, 175, 180, 212, 222

122. Jerome, Letters, 41.2, 51.2, 101.2 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 22, 128

123. Jerome, Commentaria In Jeremiam, 31.15.6 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 331

124. Jerome, Contra Vigilantium Liber, 5 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 114

125. John Rufus, Life of Peter The Iberian, 166, 26-28, 31-34, 40-44, 71, 35 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 155

126. Marcellinus Comes, Chronicon, None (5th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25

127. Zosimus, New History, 1.2 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 26

128. Jerome, Letters, 41.2, 51.2, 101.2 (5th cent. CE - 5th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 22, 128

129. Severus of Antioch, Letters, None (6th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 255

130. Evagrius Scholasticus, Ecclesiastical History, 1.2, 1.20-1.24 (6th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25, 245, 253, 255, 256

131. Procopius, On Buildings, 1.2-1.9 (6th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 115, 162, 168; Levine (2005) 244

132. Gregory of Tours, Historia Francorum, 1.29 (6th cent. CE - 6th cent. CE) Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 117

133. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q434A, 0 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 39

134. Epigraphy, Rrmam, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 128

135. Simplicius, Epistula Ad Acacium, 121.25-121.30 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 245

136. Anon., Chronicle of The Year 1234, 231.2-231.13 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 286

137. Ambrosius, On The Death of Theodosius, 40-49, 51, 50 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 23

138. Jerome, Commentarii In Ezechielem, 1.1 Tagged with subjects: •holy land/holy places Found in books: van , t Westeinde (2021) 38

139. Origenes, In Iesu Nave, 19.4, 20.3 Tagged with subjects: •holy land/holy places Found in books: van , t Westeinde (2021) 222

140. Manuscripts, Cambridge University Library, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 339

141. Anon., Chronicon Paschale, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25

142. Papyri, Cpj, 10, 111, 139-141, 150, 284, 325-326, 330, 365, 368, 374, 322 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 316

143. Zacharias of Mytilene, Life of Severus, 114 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 255

144. Anon., Ruthrabbah, 3.4 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 412

3.4. דִּילָמָא רַבִּי חִיָּא רַבָּה וְרַבִּי שִׁמְעוֹן בֶּן חֲלַפְתָּא הֲווֹ יָתְבִין לָעֲיִין בְּאוֹרָיְיתָא בַּהֲדֵין בֵּית מִדְרָשָׁא רַבָּא דִּטְבֶרְיָא בַּעֲרוּבַת פִּסְחָא, וְאִית דְּאָמְרֵי בַּעֲרוּבַת צוֹמָא רַבָּא, וּשְׁמַעֵי קָלְהוֹן דִּבְרִיָּיאתָא בָּיְיבִין, אֲמַר לֵיהּ אִילֵּין בְּרִיָּיתָא מָה עִסְקוֹן, אֲמַר דְּאִית לֵיהּ זָבַן וּדְלֵית לֵיהּ אָזֵיל לְגַבֵּי מָרֵי עֲבִדְתֵּיהּ וְהוּא יָהֵיב לֵיהּ. אֲמַר לֵיהּ אִם כֵּן הוּא אַף אֲנָא אִיזֵיל גַּבֵּי מָרֵי עֲבִדְתִּי וְהוּא יָהֵב לִי, נְפַק וְצַלֵּי בַּהֲדָא אִילוּסִיס דִּטְבֶרְיָא, וַחֲזָא חַד יְדָא מוֹשְׁטָא לֵיהּ חֲדָא מַרְגָּלִיתָא, אֲזַל טָעִין גַּבֵּי רַבֵּנוּ, אֲמַר לֵיהּ הָדָא מְנָא אִית לָךְ, הָדָא מִילָא דְאִיסְטוֹפִיטָא הִיא, אֶלָּא הֵא לָךְ תְּלָתָא דִינָרִין, וַאֲזֵל וַעֲבֵד לִיקָרָא דְיוֹמָא, וּבָתַר יוֹמָא טָבָא אֲנַן שָׁטְחִין קָלֵיהּ וּמַה דְּהוּא עָבֵיד טִימִיתַהּ תִּיסַב. נְסַב תְּלָתָא דִינָרִין וַאֲזֵיל זְבַן זְבוּנִין וְעָל לְבֵיתֵיהּ, אָמְרָה לֵיהּ דְּבִיתְהוּ שִׁמְעוֹן שָׁרֵית גָּנֵיב, כָּל פָּעֳלָךְ לֵית הִיא אֶלָּא מְאָה מָנֶה וְאִילֵין זְבִינָתָה מָה אִינוּן, מִיָּד תַּנֵּי לָהּ עוֹבָדָא. אָמְרָה לֵיהּ מַאי אַתְּ בָּעֵי תְּהֵי גְּנוּנָךְ חָסֵר מִן דְּחַבְרָךְ חֲדָא מַרְגָּלִיתָא לְעַלְמָא דְּאָתֵי. אֲמַר לָהּ וּמַה נַּעֲבֵד, אָמְרָה לֵיהּ זִיל תַּחֲזוֹר זְבִינָתָא לְמָרֵיהוֹן וְדִינָרַיָּא לְמָרֵיהוֹן וּמַרְגָּלִיתָא לְמָרָא. כַּד שָׁמַע רַבֵּינוּ מִצְטָעֵר, שְׁלַח וְאַיְתֵיתַהּ, אֲמַר לָהּ כָּל הָדֵין צַעְרָא צְעַרְתְּ לְהָדֵין צַדִיקָא. אָמְרָה לֵיהּ מָה אַתְּ בָּעֵי דִּיהֵא גְּנוּנֵיהּ חָסֵר מִדִּידְכוֹן חֲדָא מַרְגָּלִיתָא לְעַלְמָא דְּאָתֵי. אֲמַר לָהּ וְאִין הֲוָה חָסֵר לֵית בָּן מְמַלְּיָיה יָתֵיהּ. אָמְרָה לֵיהּ רַבִּי בַּהֲדֵין עַלְמָא זְכֵינַן מֶחֱמֵי אַפָּךְ, וְלֹא אָמַר רֵישׁ לָקִישׁ כָּל צַדִּיק וְצַדִּיק יֵשׁ לוֹ מָדוֹר בִּפְנֵי עַצְמוֹ, וְהוֹדָה לָהּ. וְלֹא עוֹד אֶלָּא שֶׁדַּרְכָּן שֶׁל עֶלְיוֹנִים לִתֵּן וְאֵין דַּרְכָּן לִטֹּל, הַנֵּס הָאַחֲרוֹן קָשֶׁה מִן הָרִאשׁוֹן, מִנְסֵיב לֵיהּ הֲוָת יְדָא אַרְעֲיָא [למטה], וּמִי מוֹשְׁטָא לֵיהּ הֲוָה יְדָא עִילָּאָה, כְּאִינִישׁ דְּמוֹזֵיף לְחַבְרֵיהּ.

145. Michael The Syrian, Chron., 1.218 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 286

146. Anon., Letter of Aristeas, 116 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 204

116. ince it is well watered in all directions and well protected from storms. The river Jordan, as it is called, which never runs dry, flows through the land. Originally (the country) contained not less than 60 million acres-though afterwards the neighbouring peoples made incursions against it - and 600,000 men were settled upon it in farms of a hundred acres each. The river like the Nile rises in harvest- time and irrigates a large portion of the land. Near the district belonging to the people of

147. Anon., Joseph And Aseneth, 7.1, 13.11, 20.9-20.10, 29.3-29.6 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 109

148. Anon., Soferim, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 134, 136, 158, 160, 294, 311

149. John Malalas, History, 11.2, 11.28 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25, 271

150. John Moschus, Prat., 187, 6, 61, 68 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 178

151. Gerontius, Life of Melania, 50-56, 58-59 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25

152. Anon., Avellana Collectio, 131.22 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 256

153. Papyri, P.Oxy., 55.3805 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 427

155. Theodosius, De Situ Terrae Sanctae, 4, 15 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 133

156. Papyri, P.München, None Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 305

157. Sozomenus, Ecclesiastical History, 1.2 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 18, 117

158. Papyri, Ldab, 3450, 16850 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 305

160. Eusebius, On The Sepulcher of Christ, 11.2, 11.22 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 197, 203

161. Anon., Life of Barsawma, 91.2 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 155

162. Ps.-Zacharias Rhetor, Ecclesiastical History, 1.2, 1.22 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 245, 255

163. Cyril of Scythopolis, Life of John The Hesychast, 4 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25

164. Anon., Pesiqta De Rav Kahana, 24.5 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 135

165. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q41, 0 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 39

166. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q37, 0 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 39

167. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q511,123N, 0 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

168. Dead Sea Scrolls, 4Q286,123N, 0 Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 123

169. Manuscripts, Bodleian Library, Oxford, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Reif (2006) 338, 344, 346

170. Anon., Midrash On Samuel, None Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 136

171. Epigraphy, Tad, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 63

172. Epigraphy, Seg, 1.215 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 17

173. Egeria (Eucheria), Itinerarium, 1.2, 11.2, 11.20, 21.2-21.2, 21.2, 21.20, 21.21, 31.2, 31.3 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 23

174. Anon., Leges Publicae, 2.2, 4.2 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 378

175. Cyril of Jerusalem, Catechetical Lectures, 1.20, 11.2, 11.29 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 22

176. Anon., Expositio Totius Mundi Et Gentium, 29 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 117

177. Babylonian Talmud, Avodah Zarah, None Tagged with subjects: •israel/palestine/holy land/zion Found in books: Reif (2006) 299

27a. ברופא מומחה דכי אתא רב דימי א"ר יוחנן אם היה מומחה לרבים מותר,וסבר רבי יהודה כותי שפיר דמי והתניא ישראל מל את הכותי וכותי לא ימול ישראל מפני שמל לשם הר גרזים דברי רבי יהודה,אמר לו רבי יוסי וכי היכן מצינו מילה מן התורה לשמה אלא מל והולך עד שתצא נשמתו,אלא לעולם איפוך כדאפכינן מעיקרא ודקא קשיא דרבי יהודה אדר' יהודה ההיא דרבי יהודה הנשיא היא,דתניא רבי יהודה הנשיא אומר מנין למילה בעובד כוכבים שהיא פסולה ת"ל ואתה את בריתי תשמור,אמר רב חסדא מאי טעמא דרבי יהודה דכתיב לה' המול ורבי יוסי המול ימול,ואידך הכתיב לה' המול ההוא בפסח כתיב ואידך נמי הכתיב המול ימול דברה תורה כלשון בני אדם,איתמר מנין למילה בעובד כוכבים שהיא פסולה דרו בר פפא משמיה דרב אמר ואתה את בריתי תשמור ורבי יוחנן המול ימול,מאי בינייהו ערבי מהול וגבנוני מהול איכא בינייהו מאן דאמר המול ימול איכא ומ"ד את בריתי תשמור ליכא,ולמאן דאמר המול ימול איכא והתנן קונם שאני נהנה מן הערלים מותר בערלי ישראל ואסור במולי עובדי כוכבים אלמא אף על גב דמהילי כמאן דלא מהילי דמו,אלא איכא בינייהו ישראל שמתו אחיו מחמת מילה ולא מלוהו למ"ד ואתה את בריתי תשמור איכא למאן דאמר המול ימול ליכא,ולמ"ד המול ימול ליכא והתנן קונם שאני נהנה ממולים אסור בערלי ישראל ומותר במולי עובדי כוכבים אלמא אע"ג דלא מהילי כמאן דמהילי דמו,אלא איכא בינייהו אשה למ"ד ואתה את בריתי תשמור ליכא דאשה לאו בת מילה היא ולמ"ד המול ימול איכא דאשה כמאן דמהילא דמיא,ומי איכא למאן דאמר אשה לא והכתיב (שמות ד, כה) ותקח צפורה צר קרי ביה ותקח והכתיב ותכרות קרי ביה ותכרת דאמרה לאיניש אחרינא ועבד ואיבעית אימא אתיא איהי ואתחלה ואתא משה ואגמרה:, big strongמתני׳ /strong /big מתרפאין מהן ריפוי ממון אבל לא ריפוי נפשות ואין מסתפרין מהן בכל מקום דברי רבי מאיר וחכמים אומרים ברה"ר מותר אבל לא בינו לבינו:, big strongגמ׳ /strong /big מאי ריפוי ממון ומאי ריפוי נפשות אילימא ריפוי ממון בשכר ריפוי נפשות בחנם ליתני מתרפאין מהן בשכר אבל לא בחנם,אלא ריפוי ממון דבר שאין בו סכנה ריפוי נפשות דבר שיש בו סכנה והאמר רב יהודה אפילו ריבדא דכוסילתא לא מתסינן מינייהו,אלא ריפוי ממון בהמתו ריפוי נפשות גופיה והיינו דאמר רב יהודה אפילו ריבדא דכוסילתא לא מתסינן מינייהו,אמר רב חסדא אמר מר עוקבא אבל אם אמר לו סם פלוני יפה לו סם פלוני רע לו מותר

27a. We are dealing b with an expert physician, /b who will not risk his reputation by harming a child. This is similar to that which Rabbi Yoḥa said, b as when Rav Dimi came /b from Eretz Yisrael to Babylonia, he said that b Rabbi Yoḥa says: If /b the physician b was /b considered b a recognized expert, /b it is b permitted /b for one to be healed by him. When Rabbi Meir said that an Aramean may circumcise a Jewish boy, he was referring specifically to a doctor who is known for his expertise.,The latter clause of the i baraita /i states that Rabbi Yehuda maintains that a Samaritan may circumcise a Jewish infant. The Gemara asks: b And does Rabbi Yehuda /b actually b hold /b that it is b permitted /b for a Samaritan to perform circumcision? b But isn’t it taught /b in a i baraita /i : b A Jew may circumcise a Samaritan but a Samaritan may not /b be allowed to b circumcise a Jew, because he circumcises /b him b for the sake of Mount Gerizim; /b this is b the statement of Rabbi Yehuda. /b , b Rabbi Yosei said to him: And where do we find that /b the mitzva of b circumcision from the Torah /b must be performed b for the sake of /b fulfilling God’s will? b Rather, /b a Samaritan b may continue to circumcise /b Jews b until his soul leaves /b his body, i.e., until the Samaritan dies, and there is no room for concern. But Rabbi Yehuda explicitly states above that circumcision may not be performed by a Samaritan., b Rather, actually /b you should b reverse /b the opinions in the i baraita /i b as we reversed /b them b initially. And /b as for the b difficulty /b raised with regard to one statement b of Rabbi Yehuda against /b the other statement b of Rabbi Yehuda, that /b opinion, that a gentile may not perform circumcision, b is /b actually the opinion b of Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi. /b Conversely, the first i baraita /i , which is reversed and therefore cites Rabbi Yehuda as maintaining that an Aramean may perform circumcision, is referring to Rabbi Yehuda bar Ilai. Accordingly, the different opinions reflect a dispute between i tanna’im /i rather than a contradiction.,The Gemara cites a proof that according to the opinion of Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi a gentile is not qualified to perform circumcision. b As it is taught /b in a i baraita /i that b Rabbi Yehuda HaNasi says: From where /b is it derived with regard b to circumcision /b performed b by a gentile that /b it b is not valid? The verse states: /b “And God said to Abraham: b And as for you, you shall keep My covet, /b you, and your seed after you throughout their generations” (Genesis 17:9).,§ It was stated that according to the opinion of Rabbi Yehuda circumcision must be performed for the sake of fulfilling a mitzva, whereas Rabbi Yosei holds that no particular intention is necessary. The Gemara analyzes these opinions. b Rav Ḥisda said: What is the reasoning of Rabbi Yehuda? As it is written: /b “And when a stranger shall sojourn with thee, and will keep the Passover b to the Lord let /b all his males b be circumcised” /b (Exodus 12:48). It can be inferred from the verse that the males must be circumcised “to the Lord,” i.e., for the sake of fulfilling God’s will. The Gemara asks: b And /b what is the reasoning of b Rabbi Yosei? /b It is written: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ]” /b (Genesis 17:13). The usage of the doubled verb teaches that circumcision may be performed by anyone.,The Gemara asks: b And /b according to b the other /b Sage, i.e., Rabbi Yosei, b isn’t it written: “To the Lord let /b all his males b be circumcised,” /b which indicates that circumcision must be performed for the sake of fulfilling God’s will? The Gemara answers: b That is written with regard to Passover. /b According to Rabbi Yosei, the phrase “to the Lord” is referring to the previous mention of the Paschal offering, rather than to circumcision. Accordingly, the verse should be read: “Will keep Passover to the Lord.” The Gemara asks: b And /b according to b the other /b Sage, Rabbi Yehuda, b isn’t it also written: “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” /b indicating that circumcision may be performed by anyone? The Gemara answers: b The Torah spoke in the language of people, /b i.e., the doubled verb is the usual style of the Torah, which does not serve to teach a novel i halakha /i .,§ The Gemara continues discussing the issue of circumcisions performed by gentiles. b It was stated: From where /b is it derived with regard b to circumcision /b performed b by a gentile that /b it b is not valid? Daru bar Pappa says in the name of Rav: /b This is derived from a verse, as it is stated: And God said to Abraham: b “And as for you, you shall keep My covet, /b you, and your seed after you throughout their generations.” b And Rabbi Yoḥa /b says that it is derived from the verse: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ].” /b According to Rabbi Yoḥa, this verse teaches that a Jew must be circumcised by one who is already circumcised.,The Gemara asks: b What /b is the practical difference b between /b these two opinions? b There is /b a practical difference b between them /b with regard to b a circumcised Arab or a circumcised hill person [ i gavnuni /i ]. /b According to b the one who says /b that the i halakha /i that a Jewish infant may be circumcised only by one who has been circumcised himself is derived from the verse: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” there is /b reason to permit an Arab or i gavnuni /i to perform the circumcision, as they are circumcised. b And /b according to b the one who says /b that circumcision may not be performed by a gentile is derived from the phrase: b “You shall keep my covet,” there is no /b reason to permit an Arab or Gibeonite to perform circumcision.,The Gemara raises an objection: b And /b is it so, b according to the one who says /b it is derived from the verse: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” /b that a Jew may not be circumcised by a gentile, that b there is /b reason to permit a circumcised gentile to perform circumcision? b But didn’t we learn /b in a mishna ( i Nedarim /i 31b): With regard to one who vows: b Deriving benefit from those who are uncircumcised is i konam /i for me, /b he b is permitted /b to derive benefit b from uncircumcised Jews /b because they are not regarded as uncircumcised, b but he is prohibited /b from deriving benefit b from the uncircumcised of the nations of the world? Apparently, even though /b some gentiles b are circumcised, they are /b nevertheless b considered as those who are uncircumcised. /b , b Rather, there is /b a difference b between them /b with regard to b a Jew whose brothers died due to circumcision, and /b as a result, b they did not circumcise him. According to the one who says /b that the i halakha /i is derived from the verse: b “And as for you, you shall keep My covet,” there is /b reason to permit such a person to perform circumcision, as he is a Jew. b According to the one who says /b that the i halakha /i is derived from the phrase: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” there is no /b reason to permit this Jew to perform circumcision, as he is not circumcised himself.,The Gemara rejects this suggestion as well: b And /b is it so that b according to the one who says /b that the i halakha /i is derived from the verse: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” there is no /b reason to permit an uncircumcised Jew to perform circumcision? b But didn’t we learn /b in a mishna ( i Nedarim /i 31b): With regard to one who vows: b Deriving benefit from those who are circumcised /b is i konam /i b for me, he is prohibited /b from deriving benefit even b from uncircumcised Jews and /b he is b permitted /b to derive benefit b from the circumcised of the nations of the world. Apparently, even though /b some Jews b are not circumcised, they are /b nevertheless b considered as those who are circumcised. /b , b Rather, there is /b a difference b between /b these two opinions with regard to b a woman. According to the one who says /b that the i halakha /i is derived from the verse: b “And as for you, you shall keep My covet,” there is no /b reason to permit a woman to perform circumcision, b as a woman is not subject to /b the mitzva of b circumcision, /b and therefore she is not included in those who must keep God’s covet. b And according to the one who says /b that the i halakha /i is derived from the verse: b “He must be circumcised [ i himmol yimmol /i ],” there is /b reason to permit a woman to perform circumcision, b as a woman is considered as one who is /b naturally b circumcised. /b ,The Gemara raises a difficulty against this explanation: b And is there anyone who says /b that b a woman may not /b perform circumcision? b But isn’t it written: “Then Zipporah took [ i vattikkaḥ /i ] a flint /b and cut off the foreskin of her son” (Exodus 4:25). This verse explicitly states that a circumcision was performed by a woman. The Gemara answers that one should b read into /b the verse: b And she caused to be taken [ i vattakkaḥ /i ], /b i.e., she did not take a flint herself. b But isn’t it written: And she cut off [ i vattikhrot /i ]? Read into /b the verse: b And she caused to be cut off [ i vattakhret /i ], as she told another person /b to take a flint and cut off her son’s foreskin, b and he did /b so. The Gemara provides an alternative explanation: b And if you wish, say /b instead: b She came and began /b the act, b and Moses came and completed /b the circumcision., strong MISHNA: /strong The mishna discusses the issue of accepting certain professional services from a gentile. b One may be treated by /b gentiles, provided that it is b monetary treatment, but not personal treatment. And one may not have his hair cut by them anywhere, /b due to the danger that the gentile will kill him with the razor; this is b the statement of Rabbi Meir. And the Rabbis say: In the public thoroughfare, /b it is b permitted /b to have one’s hair cut by a gentile, b but not /b when the Jew and gentile are b alone together. /b , strong GEMARA: /strong b What /b is b monetary treatment, and what /b is b personal treatment? If we say /b that b monetary treatment /b is medical attention provided in exchange b for payment, /b whereas b personal treatment /b is medical attention provided b for free, /b then b let /b the mishna b teach: One may be treated by /b gentiles in exchange b for payment, but not for free. /b ,The Gemara suggests another explanation: b Rather, monetary treatment /b is referring to medical treatment for b a matter that poses no /b life-threatening b danger, /b whereas b personal treatment /b is referring to treatment for b a matter that does pose /b life-threatening b danger. /b The Gemara rejects this suggestion as well. b But doesn’t Rav Yehuda say: Even /b with regard to the wound of b a bloodletting incision [ i rivda dekhusilta /i ] we are not /b permitted to be b treated by /b gentiles. The wound left after bloodletting certainly does not pose life-threatening danger, and yet a Jew is prohibited from having it treated by a gentile., b Rather, monetary treatment /b is referring to medical treatment provided for b one’s animal, /b whereas b personal treatment /b is referring to treatment provided for b his /b own b body, and this is /b in accordance with b that /b which b Rav Yehuda says: Even /b with regard to the wound of b a bloodletting incision, we are not /b permitted to be b treated by them. /b , b Rav Ḥisda says /b that b Mar Ukva says: But if /b a gentile b said to him: Such and such a potion is beneficial for /b this ailment, or b such and such a potion is harmful for /b this ailment, it is b permitted /b to adhere to the gentile’s advice.

178. Papyri, Mich. Pap. B, 111 Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 433

179. Theophanes, Chronicle, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 33

180. Justinian, Codex Theodosianus, 11.2 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 20, 128

181. Epigraphy, Ijoiii, None Tagged with subjects: •palestine (eretz israel, holy land) Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 339

182. Cyril of Scythopolis, Life of Sabas, 30, 50-53, 55-57, 70-74, 54 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 26, 30

183. Anon., Itinerarium Antonini Placentini, 10-17, 2, 23, 5-9, 4 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 125

184. Cyril of Scythopolis, Life of Euthymius, 16, 2, 27, 32, 35, 37, 45, 30 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 25, 28

185. Anon., Canones Conciliorum Oecumenicorum, None Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 13

186. Cyril of Jerusalem, Letter To Constantius, 1, 6-7, 3 Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 18, 22

187. Theodore of Petra, Life of Theodosius, 24 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 32

188. Anon., Life of Alexander The Sleepless, 43 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 146

189. Corripus, In Praise of The Younger Justin, 1.2 Tagged with subjects: •holy land Found in books: Klein and Wienand (2022) 117

190. Demetrius The Chronographer, Apud Eusebius, Preparation For The Gospel, None Tagged with subjects: •nan Found in books: Salvesen et al (2020) 164

Tiresias: The Ancient Mediterranean Religions Source Database